Creating a Mailbox
Submitted 5/11/2012 in Web Services: eMails
You can create mailboxes at any of your hosted domains. To create a mailbox go to eMail Options > eMail Manager on your web hosting control panel. On the top you see a Create New Box tab. After you click on it, you see several text boxes that you need to be filled in.
IMPORTANT: There is a video tutorial that shows how you can create a mailbox,
watch it here.
eMail address - Here you enter the name for your mailbox, which is the part of your eMail address before the @. Next you choose one of your hosted domains from the drop-down menu on the right. The domain would be the part of your eMail address after the @.
Password - Here you need to enter the password for your mailbox. You will be using this password to login to the webmail and also when you setup your eMail account in Outlook and other eMail clients. You can enter a password using the symbols a-z and 0-9. The password should be between 2 and 16 symbols long. Once you enter the password, you need to re-type it in the "Re-type Password" field. This way the password is verified and you can be sure that it is correct.
Forward eMail - If you select this option, you will be able to enter an eMail address where all messages received in your new mailbox will be forwarded to. There is also a "Save a copy in this mailbox" option. If you select it, a copy of every message that is forwarded will also be saved in this mailbox. You will be able to setup eMail forwarding later.
Use Autoresponder - Select this option if you want to enter an auto-reply message, which would be sent back to anyone who sends you an eMail. Usually this option is used to setup a message informing people that you are on vacation, for example, so it is unlikely that you need this right now. You can setup an auto-responder at any time. (see: How do I set an auto-reply message to my eMail account?)
When you are ready, you can click the Create eMail button to create the mailbox. It will appear in the list of Mailboxes.
You may also find these articles helpful:
Changing the Password of a Mailbox
Submitted 5/11/2012 in Web Services: eMails
You can change the password of any of your mailboxes via the eMail Manager (eMail Options > eMail Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
In order to change the password of a mailbox hosted in your account, go to the eMail Manager menu and click on the Change Password icon, which is located in the Actions column. A window will appear where you’ll have to fill the new password. Once you click on the Change Password button, the new password will be saved.
The change takes up to 10 minutes to take effect, so keep in mind that you may not be able to log in using the new password immediately.
Security tip: Please note that in order to increase the security of your mailboxes it is recommended that you use "strong" passwords. A strong password is a password, which is difficult to be broken, effectively protecting data from unauthorized access. A strong password consists of at least six characters that are a combination of letters, numbers and symbols (@, #, $, %, etc.). Passwords are typically case-sensitive, so a strong password would contain both uppercase and lowercase letters. Also, a strong password would not contain words that can be found in a dictionary or parts of the user’s name or eMail address.
Problems with Sending eMails (Outgoing Mail)
Submitted 5/11/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Webmail
If you have problems sending messages via any of our Webmail clients (RoundCube, Horde, SupremeMail), please make sure that the eMail account you are logged into is handled by our mail servers. Go to the Site Options > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and make sure that the MX records of your domain are in fact ours. If you have changed them you will not be able to use our mail service. If you would like to set the records back to ours, simply click on the Reset button. Allow up to 2 hours for the new records to propagate worldwide. If the problem persists, please do not hesitate to contact us by opening a ticket using the link at the bottom of this page.
Outlook, Thunderbird, Mac Mail and other eMail clients
There could be several reasons why you are not able to send eMails using Outlook (or any other eMail client installed on your computer). Here are several possible scenarios:
(1) When you try to send an eMail, it bounces back with an error message "550 relay not permitted" or your eMail client informs you that authentication has failed.
(2) When you try to send an eMail you get an error stating that the connection has been terminated.
Our SMTP server, which is the outgoing eMail server that your eMail client tries to connect to in order to send the eMail, uses port 25 and port 2525. When you set up your eMail account in your eMail client, the SMTP port is set to 25 by default. Some Internet providers, however, block port 25. A possible solution would be to change the SMTP port to 2525.
Web contact forms
If you have a problem with a PHP/Perl contact form on your website or any other script that is supposed to send eMail but doesn't, please refer to this article: The contact form on my website is not working - how do I properly configure my mail form?
FrontPage contact forms
Limits and Restrictions for Outgoing eMails
Submitted 5/11/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Sending eMail messages is a vital part of the ever-growing Internet business. Sometimes, a large number of eMail are required to be sent daily, even hourly. With this comes also the ever-increasing problem with the eMail spam, and the countless number of junk messages users receive constantly.
We provide shared hosting services and the same mail servers are used by many customers. Excessive use of the eMail service, i.e. a large amount of eMails sent out from a single hosting account, could decrease the quality of the service for other users. To ensure high quality and fast delivery, we have implemented the following hourly and daily limits for outgoing mail:
-
50 recipients per message, where each recipient is counted as a separately sent eMail message (e.g. if you have 50 recipients in a single message, this will count as 50 sent messages)
-
If you are using a mailing list, then the restriction is 1500 eMails for 24 hours. There’s no restriction for the amount of eMails sent per hour, i.e. you can send an eMail to a mailing list with up to 1500 recipients without a problem
If you reach the hourly/daily limit you will get this error when trying to send further eMails:
550 – Stop, you are sending too fast!
You will be able to send eMails again, once the hour/day has passed.
Things you should know in order to avoid exceeding your limit:
-
The above eMail restrictions are valid for the entire hosting account, and not for a single mailbox. This means, that if one of your mailboxes exceeds the allowed limit, you will not be able to send messages from any of your other eMail accounts.
-
If, at any point you receive the afore-mentioned error message, it is highly recommended to stop all attempts to send messages from your mailboxes. If you continue trying, your messages will be left in a mail queue, which will have to clear first, before the server timer can reset and allow you to send eMails again.
Whenever I Send an eMail It Bounces Back with an Error "550 - Relay Not Permitted"
Submitted 5/11/2012 in Web Services: eMails
When you set up your eMail account in Outlook and other eMail clients you must enable authentication for the outgoing mail server. In many eMail clients this option is not enabled by default, which results in an error "550 - Relay not permitted" whenever you try to send an eMail.
Here is how you can enable authentication in some of the most commonly used eMail clients:
Microsoft Outlook Express on Windows:
-
Under "Tools" select "Accounts..."
-
Select your account name and click "Properties" to edit your account
-
Check the "My Server Requires Authentication" check box and the adjacent "settings" button
-
Make sure that the "Use same settings as my Incoming Mail Server" radio button is selected.
-
Click the "OK" button twice, and the "close" button. That's it.
Microsoft Outlook 2002 on Windows:
-
Select Tools > eMail Accounts...
-
Select "View or change eMail accounts"
-
Select the "Outgoing Server" tab
-
Check the "My outgoing server (SMTP) requires authentication" box.
-
Make sure that the "Use same settings as my Incoming Mail Server" radio button is selected
-
Click "OK" button. Click "Next". Click "Finish". That's it.
Microsoft Outlook 2000 on Windows:
-
Under "Tools" select "services..."
-
Select "Internet Mail - (your account name)" and click on "Properties" to edit your account
-
Click on the "Servers" tab
-
Check the "My Server Requires Authentication" check box and the adjacent "settings" button
-
Make sure that the "Use same settings as my Incoming Mail Server" radio button is selected
-
Click the "OK" button 3 times to close and save all the windows. That's it.
Microsoft Outlook Express on Macintosh:
-
Under "Tools" select "Accounts..."
-
Select your account name and click "Edit" to edit your account
-
Under the "Sending Mail" section, click on the "Click here for advanced sending options" field
-
Check the "SMTP Server Requires Authentication" check box
-
Make sure that the "Use same settings as Incoming Mail Server" radio button is selected
-
Close window. Click "OK". Close window. That's it.
Mozilla Thunderbird on Windows:
-
Under "Tools" select "Account Settings"
-
Scroll down your accounts and select "Outgoing Server (SMTP)"
-
Select your outgoing server and click "Edit"
-
Enable the "Use name and password" option
-
As username, type your full mailbox name, for example: myemail@my-best-domain.com
-
As password, type the respective password for this mailbox
Netscape 6 on Windows and Macintosh:
-
Launch your Netscape mail client
-
Under "Edit" select "Mail and Newsgroups Account Settings..."
-
Click the "Mail and Newsgroups" menu item on the left
-
Select the "Outgoing Server" menu option on the left
-
Check the "Use name and Password" check box and enter your "User Name" (which is your eMail address)
Netscape 4.7x on Windows and Macintosh:
-
Launch your Netscape mail client
-
Under "Edit" select "Preferences..."
-
Click the "Mail Servers" menu item on the left
-
Under "Outgoing Mail Server User Name" enter your User Name (which is your eMail address)
Other eMail clients:
-
Find the eMail account preferences window
-
Find the settings for the SMTP (aka Outgoing) mail server
-
Check the checkbox which asks if the SMTP mail server requires authentication (if necessary)
-
Enter the same "user name" (your eMail address) and password as your incoming (POP) mail server’s, or click the "use same settings as "Incoming Mail Server" radio button
-
Save the changes and close your preferences windows
What is SSL?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: SSL
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) is a cryptographic Internet protocol that provides a secure connection (an encrypted link) between a web server and a browser. This secure link ensures that all data transfered from the browser to the web server, and vice versa, is integral and private. Before transmitting the information via SSL secured page, it is coded with a unique key and after the information is received, the same key is used to decode the data. SSL is a standard security technology used by millions of web sites on the Internet. URLs that are secured with an SSL certificate start with https, instead of the common http.
The main application for SSL certificates is securing pages that obtain sensitive data from the site visitors - payment details, personal information, etc. You can purchase and manage SSL certificates using the Site Management > SSL menu of the web hosting control panel. For detailed information on installing an SSL certificate, please refer to article
How to Activate SSL for My Domain/Subdomain - A Step-By-Step Guide. There is other useful information about SSL certificates in the articles under the SSL section of the Knowledge Base.
Site visitors will know that a certain page is SSL secured by the lock indicator of their browser.
The SSL certificate contains information about the domain name, the company/personal name, the address (including the city, the state and the country) of the company or person it is issued for as well as the expiration date of the Certificate and information for the Certification Authority that has issued the Certificate. When a connection to a secure site is established the browser retrieves the site's SSL Certificate and checks if it is expired, if it has been issued by a trusted Certification Authority, and if it is being used by the website it has been issued for. A warning will be dispayed by the browser if any of the checks fail and it will inform the site visitor that the page is not secured by SSL.
Common Terms
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Glossary
Above the Fold: the portions of a webpage that can be visible without scrolling down.
A/B Test: a method of testing by which a baseline control page is compared to a variety of single-variable test pages in order to improve conversion rates. This method is best for testing new pages, and is commonly used for low traffic websites.
ALT Text: (Alternate Text) On a web page, a text description that can be added to the HTML tag that displays an image. The ALT text is displayed in a web browser when the cursor is moved over the picture. If pictures are turned off in the browser, the ALT text is automatically displayed instead.
Call to Action: Words that urge the reader or viewer of a sales or promotional message to take an immediate action, such as "Write Now", "Call Now", or "Click Here". A website without a call-to-action is considered incomplete and ineffective.
Chance to Beat Original: This is the probability that an experiment runs, a certain combination's conversion rate will beat that of the original (ignoring all other combinations). When this probability is high, it's a good idea to replace your original combination.
Combination: A combination is a version of your web page that visitors see when your experiment is running. Each combination contains variations for each section of the page. For example, if you've divided your page into four sections; Headline, Image, Text, and Footer - with two variations each, your users may see Headline A + Image B + Text C, or Headline B + Image A + Text A, and so forth. The winning combination is the combination with the highest conversion rate.
Conversion: The specific action that represents the goal of a website or landing page.
Conversion Rate: This is a percentage of people who complete an action or goal on your website versus the total number of visitors. For example if you had 100 people visit your website and 3 bought your product, your sales conversion rate would be 3% (3 divided by 100). Conversion Cultivator allows you to easily measure and test your website to increase your conversation rate.
Conversion Rate Range: This is the conversion rate range for each combination that you can expect. The conversion range is an estimate based on the conversion rate experienced during an experiment. The range can also be expressed as a value with a "plus or minus" component; for example, a conversion rate range of 12 to 16 percent translates to a conversion rate of 14% +/- 2.
Control: The original, unmodified version of the page you are testing against.
Factor or Element: The section of the page that is being varied. Common factors are headline text, button size, colors, and so forth.
KPI: Key Performance Indicator.
Landing Page: A "first" or "front" page that typically is the first page you see when visiting a web site, and usually has an immediate "call to action".
Landing Page Optimization: The process of getting the greatest number of conversions from a landing page by continuously testing and revising various landing page elements.
Multivariate Experiment: This is a website testing method that tests multiple variations of multiple sections, at the same time. Using multivariate testing, you can test the headline, image, and promotional messages on a page as sections, and then create three different variations for each one. When an experiment is running, a visitor might see Headline A, Image B, and Promo Text C, or Headline B, Image C, and Promo Text A, and so forth. Multivariate experiments work best on medium to high traffic sites. For smaller sites we recommend A/B testing for more reliable results.
Organic Search: are listings on search engine results pages that appear because of their relevance to the search terms, as opposed to their being advertisements. In contrast, non-organic search results may include pay per click advertising.
Page Sections: This is a part of your web page you'll change to test what converts best. There are several different types of page sections you can test: headlines, images, promotions, call to actions, colors, fonts, and so forth. If you have a marketing team ask them for help.
Page Views: Used to convey relative popularity of pages within your site. Number of pages successfully loaded from your site for visitors. This excludes error pages and views by search engine robots/spiders.
Paid Search: A type of contextual advertising where web site owners pay an advertising fee, usually based on click-through or ad views to have their website search results shown in top placement on search engine result pages.
PPC: (Pay Per Click) is an Internet advertising model used on websites, in which advertisers pay their host only when their ad is clicked. With search engines, advertisers typically bid on keyword phrases relevant to their target market.
ROI: (Return on Investment) is the ratio of money gained or lost (whether realized or unrealized) on an investment relative to the amount of money invested.
SEO: (Search Engine Optimization) is the process of improving the volume or quality of traffic to a web site from search engines via "natural" or un-paid ("organic" or "algorithmic") search results.
SEM: (Search Engine Marketing) is a form of Internet marketing that seeks to promote websites by increasing their visibility in search engine result pages through the use of paid placement, contextual advertising, and paid inclusion.
SERP: (Search Engine Results Page) are the list of web pages returned by a search engine in response to a keyword query. The results normally include a list of web pages with titles, a link to the page, and a short description showing where the keywords have matched content within the page. Nowadays they will even have a preview button so you can see what the actual page looks like before clicking the link.
Statistical Significance: In the case of online testing, the probability that a test combination has reached enough visitors to be considered 95% accurate.
Experiment: In online optimization, a test is an "experiment" you perform on a particular page of your site to increase conversions. When you create a test with Conversion Cultivator, you'll be able to easily test different versions of your site to see what works better (converts more).
Test Page: The test page is the page where you'll experiment with different variations of your content. You decide which variations you'd like to use, and we'll rotate different combinations of those variations on your page in order to determine what will be most effective in getting results for your site.
Variation: A variation is a different version of a section of your page. A variation can be the original version, often called the "control", or different variations that you want to test. For example, your page may have a headline that says, "Get a FREE $25 Coupon Here!". You could test different variations of this headline, such as "Save $25" or "Get 20% OFF if you spend $100". Also can be called a variant.
Unique Visitors: The number of unique visitors that visit your site, tracked by unique IP address.
How Can I Load External JavaScript as Part of a Variation?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
This applies to multivariate experiments only.
First you need to enable Advanced Mode, then click "Add Advanced Section".
In the popup that appears select "Header Style/Code", then click ok. Click the green plus icon to add a variation as usual. At this point you should see this box:
Replace the script with your code linking to your JavaScript file.
And that's it! Whenever this variation appears on your site, it will load the JavaScript file you linked to.
How Do I Duplicate an Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
From your dashboard, next to the test you want to copy click the "duplicate experiment" icon.
A new test is created with the same goals and variations as the original. From here you can start running the copied test, or you can go back and edit/create new goals and variations.
There is no need to reinstall the JavaScript on the same pages.
How Do I Edit/Add a CSS Style Sheet?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
This applies to Maultivariate experiments only.
Multivariate Tests
First you'll need to enable Advanced Mode, then click "Add Advanced Section".
In the popup that appears select "Header Style/Code" then click Ok. Click the green plus icon to add a variation as usual. At this point you should see this box:
Add your new CSS in between the two <style> tags. You can also link to an external style sheet hosted on your website. Just replace the <style> tags with;
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://www.yoursite.com/style_sheet_url" type="text/css" />
Now whenever this variation appears on your site, your visitors will see the new CSS.
How Do I Setup My Experiment to Only Show for Specific Visitors?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
You can limit your experiment to specific visitors in the group settings.
From your dashboard, click "Manage Traffic Sources" for the group of experiments you want to apply this to
IP Filters
Use IP Filters if you want to exclude specific IP address(s) from being tested.
Traffic Sources
You have a lot of options when it comes to filtering your traffic. For example, if you only want to test on visitors that reach your site from a Facebook ad, you would set the type to "referrer" operator to "does not contain" and in the referrer field enter "facebook.com". A visitor from any other website is now excluded from the test.
Let's say you want to include all traffic in your test, unless they came from Google. For that you would also set the type to "referrer" then for this the operator should be "contains" and the referrer "google.com".
Query: Is useful if you're sending variables through the URL after a ? in the URL parameter.
Search Keywords: Will filter traffic based on a search keywords passed by Google or other search engines.
Visitor: Will filter traffic based on if this is a visitor's first or return visit to your site.
How Do I Update My Page with the Winning Version?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
There are three different ways you can do this:
Disable Combinations
The fastest option is to simply stop running any other combinations.
To do this, go to your test's report page, and turn off the other combinations by clicking the pause button.
You'll also want to turn off the control version of your page. Note that this doesn't actually change the code on your site, so any visitor with JavaScript disabled will only be able to see the original page.
Spawn New Experiment
Or spawn a new experiment with winner as control.
Preview and Copy HTML
Or preview the source of your winning combination /variotion and copy the HTML code.
How Many Combinations Should I Test in a Multivariate Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
You can test as many combinations (sections and variations*) as you like.
The limiting factor is that the more combinations you test, the longer it will take to get meaningful test results. For high-traffic sites, the difference between testing 3 combinations and 30 may be negligible.
There are four factors which influence how long a Test will take:
-
Web Site Traffic (higher traffic = shorter duration)
-
Number of Combinations (more combinations = longer duration)
-
Conversion Rate (higher conversion = shorter duration)
-
Estimated Conversion Rate Lift (greater improvement = shorter duration)
The factor over which you have the most control is the number of combinations.
* The number of combinations is calculated by multiplying the number of variations for each section: 4 headlines, 3 images and 5 pieces of text is 4 x 3 x 5 = 60 combinations.
Known Issues with Our Experiment Builder
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
Due to how Conversion Cultivator works, there are a few known issues you should be aware of:
iFrames. You can not edit content that is in an iFrame. iFrames load another URL inside of a web page, therefore to fix this issue, just be sure to enter the original URL in the [i]Experiment URL[/i].
Background Images. Sometimes there can be an image that is set as a background in a DIV, so resizing the image won't work because the image is a background and we only can see and resize the DIV itself. To work around this, either use an advanced section in the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder, or edit your original page.
New Image Size Constraints in A/B Experiments. If you upload a new image that is a different size than your original image, it can make your page look broken. While we don't let you set the size of uploaded images, it's easy to resize them in our A/B Experiment Builder. In the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder you can edit the code so this is not an issue.
We will keep posting these workarounds as we find them, but that's it for now!
What Kind of Encoding Do You Support?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Advance Features
We support any encoding or character set that is used on your test or conversion pages by using UTF-8 encoding.
This ensures all international characters are supported.
What Does an Experiment Report Show?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
The first part of the Report page is the Overview of the experiment.
The Overview shows:
-
The name of the experiment.
-
The URL of the experiment.
-
The status of the experiment (running, paused or setup).
-
The total number of visitors for the experiment.
-
The action for the experiment. This is where you would click to Pause/Start the experiment.
There are two kinds of reports: a combination report and a page section report. Each of the columns in those reports provides a different insight into the performance of combinations, page sections and variations.
Combination Report
A Combination Report will show the performance results for all of the page combinations made from the page section variations you created for your Test. By seeing how well a particular combination performs in comparison with the original and the other combinations, you can choose the most successful one to improve your site.
This page has a graph showing the results of each combination of the test. By default, the original page (control) is the only combination showing. By checking the boxes next to the other combinations, you can visually compare the results of each combination on the graph.
The Report page also shows the Overview of the test including:
-
The name section shows all your combinations by name.
-
The number of visitors for the combination.
-
The number of conversions for the combination.
-
The conversion rate for the combination.
-
The conversion rate margin of error for the combination.
-
The conversion range for the combination. Conversion range provides the most immediate insight into overall performance. You'll view this column to see how well each combination is performing relative to your original content. If you're a numbers type, you can view the numerical range to the left, but we've visually displayed the performance in the bars to the right: bars that veer toward the left and are colored in red aren't performing as well as your original content, while bars that veer toward the right and are partially green are performing better than your original content.
-
The increase/decrease percentage over control (applicable only for two or more combinations). Increase displays the percent improvement over the original combination. Because this percentage is a ratio of the conversion rate of a combination to the conversion rate of the original column, it will often vary widely. We suggest that you only concentrate on the observed improvement when a large amount of data has been collected and it can be considered more reliable.
-
The chance column shows the likelihood, expressed as a probability, displays the probability that a combination will be more the successful than all the other combinations running in the Test. This number will tend to be lower than the corresponding number in the chance to beat original column because the given combination is competing with all the other combinations, and not just the original combination. When numbers in this column are high, perhaps around 95%, that means a given combination is probably a good candidate to replace your original content. Low numbers in this column mean that the corresponding combination is a poor candidate for replacement.
-
The on/pause button for that combination (green for on; red for pause).
-
The preview function for that combination (magnifying glass).
-
The heat map view for that combination (flame).
Page Section Report
The Sections Report displays the same type of information as the Combination Report, but breaks it down the individual variations so you can see which variation for each section is performing the best.
Keep in mind that picking the best-performing variations for each section may not be as effective as picking a winning combination, since there may be interactions among variations that the page section report does not consider.
The page section report can be interpreted in the exact same manner as in the combinations report, with the caveat that they're only meaningful among the variations of a single page section and only provide insight into how a variation performs relative to the original variation.
How Do I Pause or Stop an Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
You can stop or pause your experiment to by clicking the Pause link on your experiment Report page.
When you pause an experiment, your original page will immediately be shown to all visitors. You can start the experiment again by clicking the Resume button.
How Do I Setup My Experiment to Only Show for Specific Visitors?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
You can limit your experiment to specific visitors in the group settings.
From your dashboard, click "Manage Traffic Sources" for the group of experiments you want to apply this to
IP Filters
Use IP Filters if you want to exclude specific IP address(s) from being tested.
Traffic Sources
You have a lot of options when it comes to filtering your traffic. For example, if you only want to test on visitors that reach your site from a Facebook ad, you would set the type to "referrer" operator to "does not contain" and in the referrer field enter "facebook.com". A visitor from any other website is now excluded from the test.
Let's say you want to include all traffic in your test, unless they came from Google. For that you would also set the type to "referrer" then for this the operator should be "contains" and the referrer "google.com".
Query: Is useful if you're sending variables through the URL after a ? in the URL parameter.
Search Keywords: Will filter traffic based on a search keywords passed by Google or other search engines.
Visitor: Will filter traffic based on if this is a visitor's first or return visit to your site.
How Do I Update My Page with the Winning Version?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
There are three different ways you can do this:
Disable Combinations
The fastest option is to simply stop running any other combinations.
To do this, go to your test's report page, and turn off the other combinations by clicking the pause button.
You'll also want to turn off the control version of your page. Note that this doesn't actually change the code on your site, so any visitor with JavaScript disabled will only be able to see the original page.
Spawn New Experiment
Or spawn a new experiment with winner as control.
Preview and Copy HTML
Or preview the source of your winning combination /variotion and copy the HTML code.
How Long Does an Experiment Run?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
The duration of your experiment depends on:
-
the amount of traffic your page receives
-
the complexity of your test
-
the difference in conversion rates for your combination (believe it or not, the smaller the increase in conversion, the longer the experiment will need to run - it's just how the probability stats work)
Less traffic, more complexity, and very similar conversion rates will contribute to a longer duration. We have a calculator that will estimate this for you on the experiment report page once a test is running.
If My Chance to Beat the Original is Less Than 95%, What Do I Do?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
If the chance to beat the original is less than 95%, it usually means that you didn't get enough visitors to the experiment - and you should let the it run longer.
In rare cases, it can also mean that there wasn't a large enough difference between the original and the combinations tested.
Is There a Delay Between When I Start an Experiment and When the Changes Show on My Live Site?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
No, the changes you've made will show on your site immediately after starting an experiment. You must click the Start button to start an experiment, it will not start automatically.
Always make sure you preview your changes before clicking Start.
Will the Experiment Begin as Soon as I Add the JavaScript?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Reports
No. Once you've added the JavaScript, you still have time to review and edit the variations or combination you've created.
When you're finally ready for the experiment to go live on your site, go to Step 4 of the experiment set-up, and click on the "Start" button to begin the experiment.
We'll begin displaying combinations and collecting data as soon as you do this, although it will take up to 5 minutes for anything to appear in your reporting.
How Do I Set Up a Form Submit Goal?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Goal Tracking
On Step 3 - Define Your Goals, for the goal trigger select "Submits A Form".
Submits A Form - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form.
Submits Form With URL - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form to a specific URL.
Submits Form With ID - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form with a specific ID.
Submits Form With Custom Selector - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form with a custom selector.
Optional Parameters
The first field is for a Post Back URL, which registers a goal/conversion to another URL when goal/conversion is triggered in Conversion Cultivator. This is typically an image, or pixel, and you should only enter the URL in the link provided, not the entire image reference. This feature is useful to track conversions on another ad platform, such as Tracking202 or any ad server.
The next field is Revenue from Goal. If you have a dollar amount to assign to a goal, input that amount here. This helps you track and report revenue per conversion.
Once you complete this page, click Save Goal, and the goal is saved and shown below;
You may add as many goals as you want per experiment, but keep in mind how that will affect reports.
If you're still having problems feel free to send us a
support ticket.
How Do I Set Up and Track Conversion Goals?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Goal Tracking
The Define and Add Conversion Goals step is the same for all experiment types.
The easiest way to create a Conversion Goal is to click on a link or URL in our experiment creator (either Visual A/B or Multivariate) and select Add Goal.
This will create a click goal on the page below. Click goals are good but are not always the most accurate, so we recommend doing a URL goal with the JavaScript installed for best results. (Form validation can cause false goals in the case of certain click goals).
Goal Triggers tell Conversion Cultivator where you want your visitors to go and what you want them to do such as click a link, visit a page, submit a form, and so forth to count as a goal/conversion.
The first field you see is Name. We suggest naming your goal something descriptive, such as a Thank You Page. The more descriptive your names are, the easier your goals are to identify and manage.
The next option is Goal Trigger. This is asking what you want your visitors to do to trigger a conversion Goal. We offer the following conversion Goals:
Visits A Page on Your Website - registers a conversion Goal when a visitor visits a page/URL on the SAME domain as your Test page.
Clicks on Link - registers a conversion Goal when specific links are clicked. For example, if you type the URL "tester.com" in this field, it only tracks links that are pointing to tester.com.
Submits A Form - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form.
Submits Form With URL - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form to a specific URL.
Submits Form With ID - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form with a specific ID.
Submits Form With Custom Selector - registers a conversion Goal when the visitor submits a form with a custom selector.
3rd Party Page (pixel) - registers a conversion Goal when a pixel is fired on a third party domain/website.
Click on Element - registers a conversion Goal when specific elements or links are clicked ONLY if they have a specific ID. For example, if you type the word enter in this field, then it only tracks elements or links with id=enter.
Click On Element With jQuery Selector - registers a conversion Goal when any links clicked within a page have a specific selector.
Optional Parameters
The first field is for a Post Back URL, which registers a goal/conversion to another URL when goal/conversion is triggered.
This is typically an image, or pixel, and you should only enter the URL in the link provided, not the entire image reference.
The next field is Revenue from Goal. If you have a dollar amount to assign to a goal, input that amount here. This helps you track and report revenue per conversion.
Once you complete this page, click Save Goal, and the goal is saved and shown below.
You may add as many goals as you want per experiment.
Why Can't I See the Changes on My Site?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Goal Tracking
Situation: You've created an experiment, installed the JavaScript correctly, but whenever you view your test URL you always see the same version. Why aren't your changes showing up?
First do a quick check of the experiment report. If the report shows a visitor for each combination or variation, then your variations are being seen. What is probably happening is you are seeing the same version of your site (either the original or a variation) because when a visitor first reaches your site, our software sets a cookie that tracks the specific version of your URL they see so that they see it every time they visit your site (you wouldn't want the everything changing everytime a visitor refreshes or revisits the page).
The version visitors see is selected randomly, so there's always the chance that your original (control) page will show.
Solution: Try deleting your browser cache and cookies and reloading the page. You should see a different version of your URL, if not, redo the process a couple more times.
If you're still having problems feel free to send us a
support ticket.
How Can I Load External JavaScript as Part of a Variation?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
This applies to multivariate experiments only.
First you need to enable Advanced Mode, then click "Add Advanced Section".
In the popup that appears select "Header Style/Code", then click ok. Click the green plus icon to add a variation as usual. At this point you should see this box:
Replace the script with your code linking to your JavaScript file.
And that's it! Whenever this variation appears on your site, it will load the JavaScript file you linked to.
How Do I Add or Change a Section in a Mutivariate Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
In a Multivariate Experiment, you can select a section by moving your mouse over the page you'll see a border appear around different areas. Click on the area you wish to test. A pop-up is displayed allowing you to further edit the section area.
By using the slider inside the pop-up, you can expand the selected area. You'll see just below the slider the Current HTML Tag Selected: which indicates to you, as you move the slider, what tag or area you are selecting, be it H1 (headline), div, table, image, or any other element. This ensures your tests only change the specific area you want.
When you have selected the area you wish to test, click Add Section. You are prompted to enter a Section Name. Once you have entered the Section Name, click OK.
Your newly named section appears in the top-left corner of the page like below:
In this Sections block, the title of the section you just created is displayed (in this example, Headline), some icons (add, edit, delete), as well as your control (labeled Original), which is your page in its original state, prior to any changes. Clicking on the magnifying glass icon allows you to preview that version.
To add a new variation of that section ckiuck on the gree plus icon.
How Do I Duplicate an Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
From your dashboard, next to the test you want to copy click the "duplicate experiment" icon.
A new test is created with the same goals and variations as the original. From here you can start running the copied test, or you can go back and edit/create new goals and variations.
There is no need to reinstall the JavaScript on the same pages.
How Do I Edit/Add a CSS Style Sheet?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
This applies to Maultivariate experiments only.
Multivariate Tests
First you'll need to enable Advanced Mode, then click "Add Advanced Section".
In the popup that appears select "Header Style/Code" then click Ok. Click the green plus icon to add a variation as usual. At this point you should see this box:
Add your new CSS in between the two <style> tags. You can also link to an external style sheet hosted on your website. Just replace the <style> tags with;
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://www.yoursite.com/style_sheet_url" type="text/css" />
Now whenever this variation appears on your site, your visitors will see the new CSS.
How Do I Update My Page with the Winning Version?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
There are three different ways you can do this:
Disable Combinations
The fastest option is to simply stop running any other combinations.
To do this, go to your test's report page, and turn off the other combinations by clicking the pause button.
You'll also want to turn off the control version of your page. Note that this doesn't actually change the code on your site, so any visitor with JavaScript disabled will only be able to see the original page.
Spawn New Experiment
Or spawn a new experiment with winner as control.
Preview and Copy HTML
Or preview the source of your winning combination /variotion and copy the HTML code.
How Long Does an Experiment Run?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
The duration of your experiment depends on:
-
the amount of traffic your page receives
-
the complexity of your test
-
the difference in conversion rates for your combination (believe it or not, the smaller the increase in conversion, the longer the experiment will need to run - it's just how the probability stats work)
Less traffic, more complexity, and very similar conversion rates will contribute to a longer duration. We have a calculator that will estimate this for you on the experiment report page once a test is running.
How Many Changes Should I Make?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
You can test as much as you want in your experiment.
The limiting factor is that the more sections/combination you have, the longer it will take to get meaningful results.
There are three main factors which influence how long an experiment will take:
-
Web Site Traffic (higher traffic = shorter duration)
-
Number of Combinations (more combinations = longer duration)
-
Estimated Conversion Rate Increase/Decrease (higher increase = shorter duration, smaller increase = longer duration)
The factor over which you have the most control is the number of variations in an A/B experiment, and combinations in a multivariate experiment*.
* The number of combinations in a multivariate experiment is calculated by multiplying the number of variations for each section: 4 headlines, 3 images and 5 pieces of text is 4 x 3 x 5 = 60 combinations (this includes your control, or original).
Conversion Cultivator has a Test Duration Calculator on our experiment report page that will give you a good estimate - just click it to see how it works we have on screen help to explain everything.
How Many Combinations Should I Test in a Multivariate Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
You can test as many combinations (sections and variations*) as you like.
The limiting factor is that the more combinations you test, the longer it will take to get meaningful test results. For high-traffic sites, the difference between testing 3 combinations and 30 may be negligible.
There are four factors which influence how long a Test will take:
-
Web Site Traffic (higher traffic = shorter duration)
-
Number of Combinations (more combinations = longer duration)
-
Conversion Rate (higher conversion = shorter duration)
-
Estimated Conversion Rate Lift (greater improvement = shorter duration)
The factor over which you have the most control is the number of combinations.
* The number of combinations is calculated by multiplying the number of variations for each section: 4 headlines, 3 images and 5 pieces of text is 4 x 3 x 5 = 60 combinations.
Known Issues with Our Experiment Builder
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
Due to how Conversion Cultivator works, there are a few known issues you should be aware of:
iFrames. You can not edit content that is in an iFrame. iFrames load another URL inside of a web page, therefore to fix this issue, just be sure to enter the original URL in the [i]Experiment URL[/i].
Background Images. Sometimes there can be an image that is set as a background in a DIV, so resizing the image won't work because the image is a background and we only can see and resize the DIV itself. To work around this, either use an advanced section in the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder, or edit your original page.
New Image Size Constraints in A/B Experiments. If you upload a new image that is a different size than your original image, it can make your page look broken. While we don't let you set the size of uploaded images, it's easy to resize them in our A/B Experiment Builder. In the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder you can edit the code so this is not an issue.
We will keep posting these workarounds as we find them, but that's it for now!
What Method of Testing Does Conversion Cultivator Use?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
Conversion Cultivator employs Full Factorial Multivariate Testing.
Multivariate Factorial Tests are tests where multiple factors (e.g. headline, button, etc.) with multiple choices for each factor (e.g. button1, button2, etc.) can be tested at the same time (as opposed to A/B Tests). From a full factorial test, you can learn about each combination of the choices -- for example, if you had two page sections (headline and button) and each had 2 variations, you would learn about each of the 4 possible combinations. Fractional factorial Tests are designed to limit the number of combinations that are tested for faster, yet less accurate results.
The benefit of reducing the number of combinations comes at the cost of limiting the conclusions that can be drawn from the Test. Testing a fraction of the combinations won't allow you to test every possible combination of factors, such as whether a specific color influences the performance of a specific headline.
What Should I Test?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: Multivariate Tests
When you're deciding what to experiment with, it's important to think about the goal of your page. What action do you want users to take? Does your page clearly communicate that action to your users? What sections of your page will have a significant impact on whether users take that action?
In general, there are several different types of page sections we recommend testing: headlines, images, text, and call to action.
Here Are Some Suggestions:
Use headlines to test different pitches and see how highlighting different benefits of your product or business affects your results. For example, a car dealer could test three headlines, each emphasizing different business features: "We have a $500 rebate special", "You are 45 seconds away from saving $500" and "Get 5% off for every $10,000 you spend", and so forth.
Test different text to determine whether less or more text works better for your site, and whether one aspect of your product or service has a bigger impact on conversions. For example, if you were selling a phone, you might highlight the value of talking to your loved ones for hours versus the value of call waiting and battery life features. You might also want to test different formats for your text, such as paragraphs vs. bullets.
Test your call to action. Most sites have actions like 'Sign up' or 'Buy Now' - try different buttons, images, or text. You can play with your wording, such as "Free Sign-up" or "Try Now".
Test images to find out whether your visitors respond better to graphics or photos, personal or product-focused. Try testing a graphic design, a picture of your product, and a person using your product.
There's a infinite amount of things you should test, please read our blog for more ideas and strategies.
How Do I Add Variations to an A/B Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: A/B Experiments
In an A/B experiment, you can add variations for each section by clicking the Add Variation tab.
We'll show the original content for that page so you can change it to create a new variation.
After you click on an element on your page, you will see a menu that will give you the following choices:
Move: Moves the element you selected.
Hide: Hides the element you selected - to preserve spacing hide is often better than remove.
Remove: Removes the element you selected - caution may break the page.
Resize: Resizes the element you selected.
Replace Image: Replaces the element you selected.
Edit Text: Edits the text you selected.
Bring to Front: Brings the element you selected to the front/top layer of the page.
Add Goal: Makes the link you selected a "click" conversion goal. (only appears for links)
Expand Selection: Expands your selected element to include more elements.
Edit HTML/CSS: Edits the HTML of the element or adds CSS to the element you selected.
Cancel: Hides the menu and lets you select something else.
There is an undo and redo button at the top of the page if you make a mistake.
Because this is an A/B test, don't make more than one change per variation or you won't
be able to tell which change really made the difference. To make multiple changes, just
add a new Variation (by adding a new Tab) for each change. Keep in mind the more
variations you make the more traffic you will need for reliable results. We recommend
starting out by testing your headlines, buttons, and calls to action and then refining from
there with more testing.
How Do I Duplicate an Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: A/B Experiments
From your dashboard, next to the test you want to copy click the "duplicate experiment" icon.
A new test is created with the same goals and variations as the original. From here you can start running the copied test, or you can go back and edit/create new goals and variations.
There is no need to reinstall the JavaScript on the same pages.
How Do I Update My Page with the Winning Version?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: A/B Experiments
There are three different ways you can do this:
Disable Combinations
The fastest option is to simply stop running any other combinations.
To do this, go to your test's report page, and turn off the other combinations by clicking the pause button.
You'll also want to turn off the control version of your page. Note that this doesn't actually change the code on your site, so any visitor with JavaScript disabled will only be able to see the original page.
Spawn New Experiment
Or spawn a new experiment with winner as control.
Preview and Copy HTML
Or preview the source of your winning combination /variotion and copy the HTML code.
How Long Does an Experiment Run?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: A/B Experiments
The duration of your experiment depends on:
-
the amount of traffic your page receives
-
the complexity of your test
-
the difference in conversion rates for your combination (believe it or not, the smaller the increase in conversion, the longer the experiment will need to run - it's just how the probability stats work)
Less traffic, more complexity, and very similar conversion rates will contribute to a longer duration. We have a calculator that will estimate this for you on the experiment report page once a test is running.
How Many Changes Should I Make?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: A/B Experiments
You can test as much as you want in your experiment.
The limiting factor is that the more sections/combination you have, the longer it will take to get meaningful results.
There are three main factors which influence how long an experiment will take:
-
Web Site Traffic (higher traffic = shorter duration)
-
Number of Combinations (more combinations = longer duration)
-
Estimated Conversion Rate Increase/Decrease (higher increase = shorter duration, smaller increase = longer duration)
The factor over which you have the most control is the number of variations in an A/B experiment, and combinations in a multivariate experiment*.
* The number of combinations in a multivariate experiment is calculated by multiplying the number of variations for each section: 4 headlines, 3 images and 5 pieces of text is 4 x 3 x 5 = 60 combinations (this includes your control, or original).
Conversion Cultivator has a Test Duration Calculator on our experiment report page that will give you a good estimate - just click it to see how it works we have on screen help to explain everything.
Known Issues with Our Experiment Builder
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: A/B Experiments
Due to how Conversion Cultivator works, there are a few known issues you should be aware of:
iFrames. You can not edit content that is in an iFrame. iFrames load another URL inside of a web page, therefore to fix this issue, just be sure to enter the original URL in the [i]Experiment URL[/i].
Background Images. Sometimes there can be an image that is set as a background in a DIV, so resizing the image won't work because the image is a background and we only can see and resize the DIV itself. To work around this, either use an advanced section in the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder, or edit your original page.
New Image Size Constraints in A/B Experiments. If you upload a new image that is a different size than your original image, it can make your page look broken. While we don't let you set the size of uploaded images, it's easy to resize them in our A/B Experiment Builder. In the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder you can edit the code so this is not an issue.
We will keep posting these workarounds as we find them, but that's it for now!
What Should I Test?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conv Cultivator: A/B Experiments
When you're deciding what to experiment with, it's important to think about the goal of your page. What action do you want users to take? Does your page clearly communicate that action to your users? What sections of your page will have a significant impact on whether users take that action?
In general, there are several different types of page sections we recommend testing: headlines, images, text, and call to action.
Here Are Some Suggestions:
Use headlines to test different pitches and see how highlighting different benefits of your product or business affects your results. For example, a car dealer could test three headlines, each emphasizing different business features: "We have a $500 rebate special", "You are 45 seconds away from saving $500" and "Get 5% off for every $10,000 you spend", and so forth.
Test different text to determine whether less or more text works better for your site, and whether one aspect of your product or service has a bigger impact on conversions. For example, if you were selling a phone, you might highlight the value of talking to your loved ones for hours versus the value of call waiting and battery life features. You might also want to test different formats for your text, such as paragraphs vs. bullets.
Test your call to action. Most sites have actions like 'Sign up' or 'Buy Now' - try different buttons, images, or text. You can play with your wording, such as "Free Sign-up" or "Try Now".
Test images to find out whether your visitors respond better to graphics or photos, personal or product-focused. Try testing a graphic design, a picture of your product, and a person using your product.
There's a infinite amount of things you should test, please read our blog for more ideas and strategies.
Can I Use Conversion Cultivator if I'm Using Another Analytics Product?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Compatibility
Yes, this shouldn't interfere with any other existing tags on your pages.
Your current analytics system should work properly even while your experiments are running.
Does Testing Affect My Search Rank?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Compatibility
No, Conversion Cultivator won't make any impact your SEO scores or rankings.
All search engine crawlers will be ignored and shown the original version of your page(s).
How Do I Use Conversion Cultivator with WordPress?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Compatibility
To install the JavaScript code on your WordPress blog, from the admin, go to Appearance, then Editor.
The next step is dependent on the theme you're using, but there's a good chance there will be a file titled "Header" on the right side of the page.
If there is, click that file and paste the JavaScript code anywhere between the <head> tags.
Once you've added the JavaScript to your page you're done with the code and won't have to update it again.
Known Issues with Our Experiment Builder
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Compatibility
Due to how Conversion Cultivator works, there are a few known issues you should be aware of:
iFrames. You can not edit content that is in an iFrame. iFrames load another URL inside of a web page, therefore to fix this issue, just be sure to enter the original URL in the [i]Experiment URL[/i].
Background Images. Sometimes there can be an image that is set as a background in a DIV, so resizing the image won't work because the image is a background and we only can see and resize the DIV itself. To work around this, either use an advanced section in the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder, or edit your original page.
New Image Size Constraints in A/B Experiments. If you upload a new image that is a different size than your original image, it can make your page look broken. While we don't let you set the size of uploaded images, it's easy to resize them in our A/B Experiment Builder. In the Mutlivariate Experiment Builder you can edit the code so this is not an issue.
We will keep posting these workarounds as we find them, but that's it for now!
What Kind of Encoding Do You Support?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Compatibility
We support any encoding or character set that is used on your test or conversion pages by using UTF-8 encoding.
This ensures all international characters are supported.
What Version of jQuery Do You Use?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Compatibility
We're currently using version 1.4.2.
What will Users See if they Have JavaScript or Cookies Disabled?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Compatibility
If your visitors don't have JavaScript or cookies enabled, they will see your original page content and will not be counted as a visitor.
How Can I Verify the JavaScript is Installed Correctly?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
In the section titled Check For JavaScript:
If you see "Installed" in a green font, then you're good to go.
If it says "Not Detected" recheck that you added the code to your pages correctly and click the Recheck JavaScript button.
If you're having problems installing the JavaScript code, send us a
support ticket.
Can I Use Conversion Cultivator if I'm Using Another Analytics Product?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
Yes, this shouldn't interfere with any other existing tags on your pages. Your current analytics system should work properly even while your experiments are running.
How Do I Setup My Experiment to Only Show for Specific Visitors?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
You can limit your experiment to specific visitors in the group settings.
From your dashboard, click "Manage Traffic Sources" for the group of experiments you want to apply this to
IP Filters
Use IP Filters if you want to exclude specific IP address(s) from being tested.
Traffic Sources
You have a lot of options when it comes to filtering your traffic. For example, if you only want to test on visitors that reach your site from a Facebook ad, you would set the type to "referrer" operator to "does not contain" and in the referrer field enter "facebook.com". A visitor from any other website is now excluded from the test.
Let's say you want to include all traffic in your test, unless they came from Google. For that you would also set the type to "referrer" then for this the operator should be "contains" and the referrer "google.com".
Query: Is useful if you're sending variables through the URL after a ? in the URL parameter.
Search Keywords: Will filter traffic based on a search keywords passed by Google or other search engines.
Visitor: Will filter traffic based on if this is a visitor's first or return visit to your site.
How Do I Use Conversion Cultivator with WordPress?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
To install the JavaScript code on your WordPress blog, from the admin, go to Appearance, then Editor.
The next step is dependent on the theme you're using, but there's a good chance there will be a file titled "Header" on the right side of the page.
If there is, click that file and paste the JavaScript code anywhere between the <head> tags.
Once you've added the JavaScript to your page you're done with the code and won't have to update it again.
What Kind of Encoding Do You Support?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
We support any encoding or character set that is used on your test or conversion pages by using UTF-8 encoding.
This ensures all international characters are supported.
What Version of jQuery Do You Use?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
We're currently using version 1.4.2.
What Will Users See If they have JavaScript or Cookies Disabled?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
If your visitors don't have JavaScript or cookies enabled, they will see your original page content and will not be counted as a visitor.
Will Conversion Cultivator Work on Dynamically Generated Pages?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
Yes, Conversion Cultivator will work on dynamically generated pages.
Will I Need Technical Help?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
If you don't know HTML, or you don't have access to edit the HTML source of your website, you'll need some initial technical help installing the JavaScript on your website.
Don't worry - we provide instructions that will guide you or your webmaster through any technical portions of setup, and once that is done you will be able to do everything else using our web based software.
Will the Experiment Begin as Soon as I Add the JavaScript?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Installation
No. Once you've added the JavaScript, you still have time to review and edit the variations or combination you've created.
When you're finally ready for the experiment to go live on your site, go to Step 4 of the experiment set-up, and click on the "Start" button to begin the experiment.
We'll begin displaying combinations and collecting data as soon as you do this, although it will take up to 5 minutes for anything to appear in your reporting.
Can I Run Experiments on More than One Domain Per Account?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
Yes, you can run experiments on as many domains as you want, using the same JavaScript (it's the same for all your experiments, across domains).
Can I Use Conversion Cultivator If I'm Using Another Analytics Product?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
Yes, this shouldn't interfere with any other existing tags on your pages. Your current analytics system should work properly even while your experiments are running.
Can I Use the JavaScript to Run More than One Experiment at a Time?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
Yes, you can you can use the JavaScript to run as many experiments as you want - there is no limit on experiments - only traffic.
Your account has one unique JavaScript, which works across all your experiments, regardless of quantity.
Do You Recommend What to Experiment?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
No, Conversion Cultivator does not make automatic recommendations or changes.
You and your marketing team will be responsible for determining how you'd like to try different ideas for your site.
For lots of ideas, you can also read our blog or if you have a plan with phone support, we are always happy to give you some ideas.
Does Testing Affect My Search Rank?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
No, Conversion Cultivator won't make any impact in your SEO scores or rankings. All search engine crawlers will be ignored and shown the original version of your page(s).
How Can Testing My Website Help Me?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
Testing can help to improve your conversion rate and increase your ROI by enabling you to figure out what users on your site respond to best.
How Do I Upgrade or Downgrade My Account?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
You can upgrade or downgrade anytime by going to your Account Settings.
You can get to your [b]Account Settings[/b] quickly by hovering your mouse over your name at the top right of the page, and clicking "Account Settings" on the menu that appears.
Once you cancel you won't be charged again, but you are responsible for whatever charges have already been incurred for the current billing period. For example, if your billing cycle is on the 16th of every month, and you cancel on the 18th, you'll still have to pay for the current month, but you won't be charged again after that. We do not offer pro-rated refunds. In order to treat everyone equally, no exceptions will be made.
How Long Does an Experiment Run?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
The duration of your experiment depends on:
-
the amount of traffic your page receives
-
the complexity of your test
-
the difference in conversion rates for your combination (believe it or not, the smaller the increase in conversion, the longer the experiment will need to run - it's just how the probability stats work)
Less traffic, more complexity, and very similar conversion rates will contribute to a longer duration. We have a calculator that will estimate this for you on the experiment report page once a test is running.
How Much Traffic Can You Handle?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
As much as you can give us! We developed our own proprietary system for high traffic websites using cloud technologies, so we can handle any amount of traffic with ease.
What Do I Need to do Before Starting?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
Before you start, you'll need a website with traffic, a call to action, and a way to measure its value to you.
You will also need to place a small JavaScript in your header for testing purposes - that's all that is needed. After that, anyone can use the software without any HTML or programming knowledge.
What Kind of Encoding Do You Support?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
We support any encoding or character set that is used on your test or conversion pages by using UTF-8 encoding.
This ensures all international characters are supported.
What Method of Testing Does Conversion Cultivator Use?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
Conversion Cultivator employs Full Factorial Multivariate Testing.
Multivariate Factorial Tests are tests where multiple factors (e.g. headline, button, etc.) with multiple choices for each factor (e.g. button1, button2, etc.) can be tested at the same time (as opposed to A/B Tests). From a full factorial test, you can learn about each combination of the choices -- for example, if you had two page sections (headline and button) and each had 2 variations, you would learn about each of the 4 possible combinations. Fractional factorial Tests are designed to limit the number of combinations that are tested for faster, yet less accurate results.
The benefit of reducing the number of combinations comes at the cost of limiting the conclusions that can be drawn from the Test. Testing a fraction of the combinations won't allow you to test every possible combination of factors, such as whether a specific color influences the performance of a specific headline.
What Should I Test?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
When you're deciding what to experiment with, it's important to think about the goal of your page. What action do you want users to take? Does your page clearly communicate that action to your users? What sections of your page will have a significant impact on whether users take that action?
In general, there are several different types of page sections we recommend testing: headlines, images, text, and call to action.
Here Are Some Suggestions:
Use headlines to test different pitches and see how highlighting different benefits of your product or business affects your results. For example, a car dealer could test three headlines, each emphasizing different business features: "We have a $500 rebate special", "You are 45 seconds away from saving $500" and "Get 5% off for every $10,000 you spend", and so forth.
Test different text to determine whether less or more text works better for your site, and whether one aspect of your product or service has a bigger impact on conversions. For example, if you were selling a phone, you might highlight the value of talking to your loved ones for hours versus the value of call waiting and battery life features. You might also want to test different formats for your text, such as paragraphs vs. bullets.
Test your call to action. Most sites have actions like 'Sign up' or 'Buy Now' - try different buttons, images, or text. You can play with your wording, such as "Free Sign-up" or "Try Now".
Test images to find out whether your visitors respond better to graphics or photos, personal or product-focused. Try testing a graphic design, a picture of your product, and a person using your product.
There's a infinite amount of things you should test, please read our blog for more ideas and strategies.
What Will Users See If they have JavaScript or Cookies Disabled?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
If your visitors don't have JavaScript or cookies enabled, they will see your original page content and will not be counted as a visitor.
Will Conversion Cultivator Work on Dynamically Generated Pages?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
Yes, Conversion Cultivator will work on dynamically generated pages.
Will I Need Technical Help?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Pre-Sales
If you don't know HTML, or you don't have access to edit the HTML source of your website, you'll need some initial technical help installing the JavaScript on your website.
Don't worry - we provide instructions that will guide you or your webmaster through any technical portions of setup, and once that is done you will be able to do everything else using our web based software.
Where is Conversion Cultivator Hosted?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Technical
Conversion Cultivator's Javascript is hosted on the Amazon S3 cloud, and has seen over 99.8% uptime to date. We designed Conversion Cultivator to be downtime free, so even if our Javascript fails to load, your website will continue to serve its pages as usual.
How Secure is Conversion Cultivator?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Technical
We take security of your data VERY seriously. We will never share your data with anyone. Please see our Privacy Policy.
How Scalable is Conversion Cultivator?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Technical
Conversion Cultivator can handle millions of visitors per day. We developed our own proprietary system for high traffic websites using cloud technologies, so we can handle any amount of traffic with ease.
Will Using Conversion Cultivator Negatively Affect My SEO Campaigns?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Technical
No. Google and other search engines will always see your original page. Your SEO results will not be affected in any way.
How Much Extra Load Time Does Conversion Cultivator Add?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: Technical
Our Javascript is designed to be efficient and ultra light weight, typically adding only around 100-200 milliseconds.
What is Multivariate Testing?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: General
Multivariate testing is a methodology in which you test different parts of your website to see what produces the best results.
What is a Conversion?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: General
Conversion is a term used for whatever goal your website has. Conversion can mean a download off your site, a click, a signup, a purchase, etc. Conversion rate is the percentage of visitors that come to your website who complete your desired goal.
What is a Control Page?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: General
The control is the original version of your web page.
How Does Testing Work?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: General
Testing is accomplished by creating variations of your website. Common things to be tested include color schemes, button sizes, value proposition, calls to action, and almost anything else you can find on a web page. Conversion Cultivator automatically tests all these possible combinations and tells you what works best.
What is the Difference Between A/B Split and Multivariate Testing?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator: General
Split A/B Testing - means you vary just one element of your web page at a time and see what converts better.
Multivariate Testing means you test multiple elements/sections on your web page and create variations for each section to see what converts best. Conversion Cultivator can track all these versions for you, for example, if you wanted to test a page with 5 sections with 5 variations of each section, you would have to track 3125 combinations! Imagine trying to do that with HTML and spreadsheets? Conversion Cultivator does all of this for you automatically.
How Does Conversion Cultivator Work?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator
-
After creating a test with different variations of a page, you place a small Javascript on your website. You only need to do this once.
-
When a visitor hits your page, before displaying the page, Conversion Cultivator determines which test to run on that page.
-
The page is displayed to the visitor.
-
If the visitor converts, it is tracked automatically by Conversion Cultivator.
What Types of Conversion Goals are Supported by Conversion Cultivator?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator
1. Clicking - Specify a link on your page and when a visitor clicks on the link, a conversion goal will be registered.
2. Pixel Tracking - Conversion Cultivator can track conversions across 3rd party websites.
3. Visit to a page - Specify a page on your site, and when a visitor goes to it, a goal is registered.
4. Custom Conversion Goal - This option uses jQuery and lets you do just about anything. Technical skills required.
How Much Improvement Can You Expect?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator
Improvement depends on a lot of factors, some of which are:
-
Current Conversion rate - depending on how extensively you have used multivariate testing already, there may be only so much you can do. If you have never tested before, there is a strong chance you will see results.
-
Elements to be tested impact the expected improvement in conversions. Best pratice is to test website elements which are most obvious.
-
The more variations, better are the chances of improvement. However, the more variations, the more traffic you will need to get statistically accurate results.
Though improvement rates vary according to each website, you should be happy with any improvement as it is more money from your existing traffic. In some cases, we have made over 100% improvement in a campaign, hence our name "Conversion Cultivator".
What Are Some Specific Features of Conversion Cultivator?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Conversion Cultivator
-
Full factorial multivariate testing.
-
Visitors will always see the same version.
-
Multiple tests can be run on the same page.
-
The test results are realtime, not delayed.
What is the Inbox Feature?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Inbox Information
The inbox feature allows a group to view a list of conversations that have taken place.
How Do I View a Conversation?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Inbox Information
To view a conversation, click on the sender's phone number. A pop-up with then appear showing the conversation.
How Do I Reply to the Sender?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Inbox Information
To reply to the sender, enter your message within the pop-up and press "Send".
How Do I Archive a Message?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Inbox Information
To archive a message, click the box next to the appropriate message and click Archive. To view archived messages click Archive on the left side of the screen.
How Do I Unsubscribe a User?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Inbox Information
To unsubscribe a user click the check box next to the appropriate message and click Unsubscribe.
How Do I Mark a Message as Read/Unread?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Inbox Information
To mark a message as read or unread, click the box next to the appropriate message and click Mark as Read or Mark as Unread.
What is the Calendar Feature?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Calendar Information
The Calendar feature allows you to view your scheduled messages in a given day, week or month.
How Do I Access the Day View of the Calendar?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Calendar Information
To access the Day View, select the number in the top left of the desired day. Once you have accessed the particular day, you can view any scheduled messages for that day as well as create a reminder for that particular day.
How Do I Edit a Scheduled Message?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Calendar Information
To edit a Scheduled Message, click on the message's title. You will then be directed to the message's original scheduling screen where you can edit the message's details.
What is the Report Section?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
The reports section provides a way for a company to view their messaging and subscriber data.
How Do I Generate a Report?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
To generate a report, select the type of report you want to generate, specify the desired subscriber group and date range, and click Generate Report.
What is the Reports Feature?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
The reports feature provides a more detailed summary of messaging and subscriber data. To view your reports, select Reports in control panel. Be sure that "Reports" is selected in the top right corner.
What is the Subscriber List Report?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
The subscriber list will display a report of all subscribers listed within the specified date range.
What is Opt-In and Opt-Out Trends Report?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
The Opt-In/Out Trends report will display a report of when subscribers have opted in or out within the specified date range.
What is Messages Sent Report?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
Clicking Messages Sent will display a report of all messages sent within the specified date range.
What is Inbound Messages Report?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
Inbound Messages will display a report of any conversations via your Inbox.
What is the Charts Feature?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
Charts are a visual representation of a company's messaging and subscriber data. To view your charts, select "Reports" in the company control panel. Be sure that "Charts" is selected in the top right corner.
What Does Message Usage Refer to?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
Message Usage refers to the amount of messages sent, displayed by month.
What Does Subscriber Trends Refer to?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
Subscriber trends refer to the amount of subscribers opting-in and opting out of your groups.
What Does Subscribers by Groups Refer to?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Report Information
"Subscribers by Groups" refers to the amount of subscribers, shown by group.
What Are the Differences Between the 3 Ways to Send Messages (Organization Tree, Address Book, and Individual)?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Message Center Info
Sending a message from the Organization Tree allows you to select the entire organization, division, or group from the tree. If you check next to the entire organization, each division under that organization will receive the message. However, if you only check next to a specific group, only the subscribers of that group will receive the message. Once you have selected the organization, division or group to receive the message, you can create your message and press send.
Sending a message with the Address Book allows you to select message recipients by the group that they are subscribed to. You will see subscribers listed by either their phone number or last name. Simply check the subscriber or subscribers you would like to receive the message and press send.
Sending a message by Individual allows you to select a particular individual to send a message to. Use the raffle feature to randomly select a subscriber from a group.
How Do I Schedule a Message?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Message Center Info
-
Check the box Schedule Message.
-
First decide which manner you want to send the message: by Organization Tree, Address Book or Individual.
-
Select the desired date for the message to be sent.
-
Checking Repeat Reminder will provide options to repeat the message.
-
Next, select the time for the message to be sent, as well as the amount of minutes, hours, days or weeks before the event for the message to be delivered.
-
Checking the "Include appointment time in message" box will automatically insert the appointment's details into the message.
-
Compose the message click Schedule Message to schedule the message.
How Do I Run a Raffle?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Message Center Info
-
First select the Manage Tab and select the individual setting.
-
Next select the group that you would like to use for your raffle.
-
The raffle feature randomly selects a subscriber from one of your groups.
-
To select a random subscriber, specify the group and click Raffle.
-
The subscriber's information will now appear below.
-
You will be able to fill in your message and hit send to notify the recipient.
How Do I Send a Message from an Administrator's Phone?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Message Center Info
-
First create a new text message on the phone that would be sent to 90210.
-
In the body of the message, type "nm" followed by a space.
-
Next, type the desired group's keyword.
-
Finally, type the desired message with a space between the keyword and hit send.
Ex. nm kellyssalon Kelly's Salon Alert – Come by this afternoon from 3:00-6:00 for a $14 make over. Expires 6/21/10.
How Do I Add Contact Information to My Organization?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Organization Info
-
Click on the Manage tab at the top of the page.
-
Next, click on Organization on the left side of the screen.
-
In the Select drop-down box, select your Organization name.
-
Here you can edit your organization's Name and add Contact Information such as Address, Phone and URL.
-
Once you have edited and personalized the desired organization information, click Save.
How Do I Add a Group?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Organization Info
To add a group to a division, select the desired division from the drop-down menu and select Add Group.
This will bring up a screen asking you to specify the new group's name. Name the new group and specify if you'd like to keep the new group public (keeping the group public makes the group visible on the widget, allowing users to subscribe to it via the widget if that is in use). To finish adding the group, select "Add".
How Do I Add a Subscriber?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Organization Info
-
To add a subscriber to a group, click on Manage on the top control panel.
-
Next, click on Subscribers on the left navigation.
-
Enter the subscriber's phone or eMail and click Continue.
-
If the subscriber is not already registered in the system, you can add subscriber information such as First and Last Name, phone numbers, and eMail, if supplied. This information is not necessary to adding the subscriber to a group. Click Update to save this subscriber.
-
Next, add the subscriber to by going to the Select Group drop-down menu, selecting the desired group, and clicking Add.
-
Once the subscriber is added to the group, you will have the option of text, eMail or both to reach that specific subscriber. Note that you must have the subscriber's text and/or eMail in order to select that respective option.
-
In order to add that subscriber to another group, repeat the steps above.
How Do I Remove a Subscriber?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Organization Info
-
To remove a subscriber from a group, click on Manage on the top control panel.
-
Next click on Subscribers on the left navigation.
-
Enter the subscriber's phone or eMail and click Continue.
-
You should now be able to view which group the subscriber belongs to.
-
Click Remove next to the appropriate group in which you wish to unsubscribe the subscriber.
How Do I Add a User?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Organization Info
-
To add a user (an individual you would like to grant access) to a company, division or group, click on Manage from the top control panel.
-
Next, click on Users on the left navigation.
-
First search for the user by entering their phone or eMail. This search will yield which companies, divisions, or groups they have access to.
-
To add the specified user, select the desired company, division or group from the drop down menu and click Add Access.
-
The user will have access to anything underneath the access that is specified.
For example: A person with company access would be able to view and edit all divisions and groups under that company, while a person with just group access would only be able to view and edit that particular group.
-
To Add a User That isn't Found in the System:
If the user is not found after searching, they can be added to the system. To do this, after the search, fill in the applicable information and click "Create".
Complete the steps as seen in "Adding a User" (above) to finish adding the user.
What is a Keyword?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Keywords are used to identify a business (or a specific category for that business) when used with our short code 90210. You text a specific keyword to 90210 to "opt-in" and allow our partners to send text messages and special offers direct to you and others who have also opted in – all at the same time.
How Does a Business or Organization Use Mobile Marketing to Advertise and Promote to their Customers or Database?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
A business would simply invite customers, and prospective customers, to "opt-in" and receive communication and/or promotions or offers via text messages on their cell phone. Several effective methods are available to invite people to opt-in using signage, mail, eMail, social media, print, radio, TV or website campaigns. Those who see or hear the invite will simply text the KEYWORD for that business or organization to 90210 and as a result, build an opt-in database of people who are interested in receiving text messages from their chosen businesses or organization right to their cell phone.
This allows the business (or any entity) to have instant and real-time communication with those who have opted in, by simply sending a text message to potentially hundreds or thousands at one time with a specific offer, promotion, discount or important message.
This is instantaneous and results-driven marketing - at its finest - to those who really want to know – and where they will actually see it!
How Do I Opt-Out or Unsubscribe Once Enrolled?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Simply reply 'stop' to any message received on the keyword channel you opted into. You will receive an immediate text alert confirming you have successfully opted out.
Will I Get SPAM with this Service?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
All cell phone carriers, and the FCC (http://www.fcc.gov/aboutus.html) have strict and enforced policies regarding text messaging. All campaigns are required to be 100% permission-based so you must have texted a KEYWORD to receive your communications. You can opt-out anytime, whenever you desire. iZigg does not support SPAM and enforces a zero-tolerance policy.
Are Keywords Case-Sensitive?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Keywords are not case-sensitive, just type and send!
Do You Use My Personal Information for Any Other Purpose?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Absolutely not! When you "opt-in" for messages from a specific business or entity, the text messages you receive will come only from them, exclusively. iZigg, will not use, nor make your personal information or cell phone number available, for any other purpose.
What Cell Carriers Do You Support?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
All US-recognized carriers with the exception of Metro PCS, Boost Mobile and Cricket currently support incoming text message marketing campaigns. If this changes in the future we will let you know on this web site.
How Much am I Charged to Receive a Text Message?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Cell customers are charged the Standard Text Messaging rates in accordance with your cell phone provider's plan. If you're unsure of your text messaging plan, please contact your wireless provider, as the rates do vary among plans, and from provider to provider.
How Do I Know How Many Keywords and Monthly Messages I Have?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
You are allotted a set number of Keywords and monthly messages according to the iZigg Mobile Messaging Product you have purchased. See the below table to access your allotted Keywords and Messages.
How Do I Set Up My Keyword?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
-
Click on the Manage tab in the upper control panel.
-
Next, click on Keywords on the left navigation.
-
In the Select Group drop-down box, select the Group you want to personalize.
-
Then, name the Keyword as you would like it to be viewed by your customer. The keyword must be one word.
What If the Keyword I Requested is Already Taken?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
If you have selected a keyword that already is in use, a small window will appear below, notifying you that this keyword is taken. You must then choose another keyword that is not already in use.
What Do I Put in the Response Field?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
The Response field is the text that the person's phone will receive after texting the keyword for the first time.
What Does Auto-Subscribe Feature Mean?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Checking the Auto Subscribe box will subscribe all individuals who text the keyword to the group you've selected in the drop-down menu. This will allow you to send future text messages.
What is an Already Subscribed Response?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
This field specifies the response sent to users who have previously subscribed to that keyword. Here you can alert the user that they are already subscribed to this keyword, send a second offer, or just communicate ongoing information.
Ex. Thanks for checking back in. You are already subscribed to KellysSalon, but stay tuned for updates!
Ex. Joe's Pizza Offer - Thanks for checking back in! Just show this text for a $4.99 large pizza. Only offered to our Mobile VIP's.
What is the Notify Feature?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
The Notify feature gives you the option of notifying an admin each time a user texts that keyword.
Can I Edit My Keyword After it is Saved?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
You can continue to update and edit by returning to the Keywords page and choosing the keyword you would like to edit. Remember that once you change a keyword it will become available for other users to reserve.
How Do I Delete a Keyword?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
To delete a keyword, click 'Delete' next to the appropriate keyword. To cancel or save your settings, click Cancel or Save.
What Happens When I Delete a Keyword?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Once you delete a keyword, those that have subscribed to the keyword will still be saved to the group, however not to the specific keyword.
In order to re-use the deleted keyword with new subscribers, you must delete and then re-create the keyword.
How Do I Set an Expiration Date on My Keyword Response?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Keyword Information
Adding an expiration date to offers made in messages allows the sender to drive subscribers to redeem the offer in a specified period of time.
First, go to your Keywords page and click Edit next to the Keyword you would like to add an offer and expiration date. You can add this to your Response, or to the Already Subscribed Response depending on whether you would like to target new subscribers or existing subscribers.
Next, a user can add the following at the end of the response or already subscribed response:
-
To have the offer expire the date that it was requested by the user, enter Expires: %date% at the end of the message.
-
Ex. KellysSalon's Already Subscribed Response: Thanks for checking back in! You are already subscribed to KellysSalon. Use this mobile coupon for a Free Haircut! Expires: %date%
-
To have the offer expire a specified number of days from the date that the offer was requested enter: Expires %date+5% (this shows that the offer expires 5 days from the day that the offer was requested)
How Do I Know What My Username and Password Are?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Username & Password
In order to Log In to the iZigg Mobile Dashboard, use your mobile number and back office password provided at the time of enrollment.
What Happens If I Forget My Password?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail: Username & Password
If you have forgotten your password, click 'Forgot Password' on the iZigg Mobile Platform login page once you have entered your mobile number. A text message will be sent to you with a new password. Once logged in, click on the top control panel on 'Manage' and on the left navigation, select user, and input your mobile number and you will be able to reset your password.
What is Text Messaging?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail
Text messaging, also known as "texting", refers to the exchange of brief text-written messages between mobile phones over cellular networks. The term most often refers to messages sent using the Short Message Service (SMS).
What is SMS?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail
SMS is an acronym standing for Short Message Service. It is commonly referred to as text messaging or "texting". SMS is a method by which messages can be sent to a cell phone via another cell phone, a computer connected to the internet, smartphones, and other handheld devices, i.e., a Blackberry, Droid or an iPhone.
What is Mobile Marketing?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail
Businesses, charities, companies and other entities or personalities are able to communicate in real time, via text messaging, by sending important, money-saving offers to their customers who "opt-in" to receive their communication. You can elect to receive discount offers and promotions from your favorite local businesses, restaurants, hair salons and many others, direct to your cell phone in a text message.
How Do You 'Opt In' to a Mobile Marketing Campaign?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail
By texting the 'keyword' associated with the mobile marketing campaign from your cell phone to the short code being utilized.
What is a Short Code?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Retail
Short codes are 4, 5 or 6 digit numbers that allow mobile texting software to work with all cell phone companies. They are short and easy phone numbers that allow customers to enroll. Our famous and easily recognized short code is 90210.
How Does a Business or Individual Make Money as an Independent Agent with iZigg?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
A business or an individual is able to promote and sell the iZigg text marketing service and packages on a nationwide basis once they enroll as an independent agent. The mobile marketing packages pay a direct commission of 25% when sold, and also a recurring commission of 25% per month. Agents also have the option to participate in our national, and soon international expansion programs and receive compensation overrides off the sales of iZigg products and services from their entire revenue generating teams.
Where Do I Login to Setup and Edit My mCard?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Where Can I Review iZigg Mobile Media Plans?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
In your MMS back-office, select 'Administration' then 'Product Catalog'.
How Do I Stay Up to Date with What's Happening with iZigg and 90210?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
You can text the keyword "izigg" to 90210 to receive real time updates as they occur. Additionally you may join our Facebook Fan Page at: http://www.facebook.com/iziggmobile
Where Can I Review an Official Copy of the iZigg Commission Schedule?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
The official iZigg Commission Schedule is located at: http://www.izigg.com/comp
How Do I Qualify My Mobile Media Agency for Override Bonuses?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
To qualify your Mobile Media Agency for override bonuses you must personally enlist one active Mobile Media Agency on your Left Team and personally enlist one active Mobile Media Agency on your right team.
Can I Specifically Place a Mobile Media Agency?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Yes. In your MMS select 'Genealogy' then 'Genealogy Tree Mode'. Click on the 'Open' position where you wish to specifically place your new Mobile Media Agency.
Do I Receive a Personalized iZigg Website?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Yes. Your website address is chosen during your enrollment process. Once your agency is active your personal website will be located at: http://www.izigg.com/chosenname
Can I Change My Website Address?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Yes. In your MMS select 'Administration' then 'Website Settings'.
Can I Change the Personal and Contact Information Listed on My Website?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Yes. In your MMS select 'Administration' then 'Website Settings'.
What is the iZigg Mobile Media System?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
The iZigg Mobile Media System (MMS) is a state-of-the-art back office software platform designed to provide real time control of the growth of your Mobile Media Agency. Your MMS allows you to track all sales and organization growth 24/7 in real-time.
Where Do I Login to My Mobile Media System?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
You login to your MMS at: https://agents.izigg.net
Where Do I Find My Agent ID?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Your Agent ID was assigned during your enrollment process and was additionally sent to you in your Welcome To iZigg eMail. If for any reason you cannot locate your Agent ID please call your sponsor. If your sponsor cannot locate your Agent ID you may also send a request to: support@izigg.com.
Please include your full name as listed on your account in this eMail.
Where Do I Find My Virtual Office Password?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Your Virtual Office Password was selected by you during the enrollment process. If for any reason you have misplaced this password please send an eMail request to: support@izigg.com
Please include your full name as listed on your account along with your Agent ID in this eMail.
How Do I Receive My iZigg Commissions?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
iZigg utilizes the world class PayPal Mass Pay electronic payment system. Commissions are paid once weekly, on Friday, via electronic transfer. Commissions calculate Sunday midnight eastern standard time through Sunday midnight eastern standard time. Commissions are paid two weeks in arrears.
How Do I Setup My Account Up for iZigg Commissions?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
In your MMS select 'Administration' then 'Manage Commission Payments'.
How Do I Track My Weekly Commission Totals?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
In your MMS select 'Reporting' then 'Commission History'.
Who Do I Contact if I Need Assistance?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in iZigg Agency
Contact your sponsor for assistance. If you require corporate help you may also directly contact iZigg Support through your MMS. Select 'Administration' then 'Contact Support'. You may also send an eMail directly to: support@izigg.com
My Site Has Been Hacked, What Are the Possible Causes and Solutions?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
How was Your Website Hacked? Here are Several Possible Scenarios:
-
If you have your FTP details stored locally on your computer, someone may have stolen them using various Trojan Horses, Spyware, etc. Several times in the past attackers used stolen FTP credentials to successfully pull off large scale attacks.
A solution in this case would be to run a full scan of your computer and change your FTP credentials via the Site Management > FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Also, be careful when you enter login information on public computers.
-
Someone used your hosting Control Panel password and hacked your website(s) - this case is quite similar to the one mentioned above and the solution here is an immediate update of the account password, which could be done via the My Account > Change Login Credentials section.
-
If you are using scripts, such as Joomla, WordPress, etc., for the purposes of your website, the site may have been hacked using various methods like database injection, remote file inclusion and many others.
The problem is that all these are open source applications and anybody has access to their code, which allows hackers to find security holes, especially if the applications are not updated regularly and/or different add-ons with unknown origin are installed.
This is a topic that can be widely discussed and there are many materials providing more detailed information that can be found on the Internet.
In Case You Find Your Website(s) Hacked, We Recommend that You Cover these Few Bases:
-
Take your site off-line - Take your site off-line temporarily, at least until you know you have fixed things.
-
Damage Assessment - It is a good idea to figure out exactly what the hacker(s) were after.
- Were they looking for sensitive information?
- Did they want to gain control of your site for other purposes?
- Look for any files, which have been recently modified or created that you cannot recognize or you haven't edited yourself.
- Check for any suspicious activity inside your Web Hosting Control Panel, such as newly created email accounts, FTP accounts, etc.
- Determine the scope of the problem — do you have other sites that may be affected?
- The absolute best thing to do here is a complete re-installation of all application(s) using a fresh and updated copy acquired from the respective script vendor. It is the only way to be completely sure you have removed everything the hacker may have done.
- After the fresh re-installation, use the latest backup that has been made to restore your site. Do not forget to make sure the backup is clean and free of hacked content too.
- Update any software packages to the latest versions. This includes things such as blogs, content management systems, or any other type of third-party software installed.
- Change your passwords - the application admin password, the hosting account and the FTP passwords.
-
Restoring your online presence - Get your site(s) back online and keep an eye on things, as the hacker(s) may try again.
I Get "Internal Server Error 500" on My Website, How Do I Fix This?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
A "500 Internal Server Error" message usually indicates a problem on the server-side. It could be a script that malfunctioned or improper settings in your .htaccess file, but it always indicates that your browser was able to reach the server but the server was unable to serve the requested page.
Here Are Several Possible Reasons for this Error:
-
In most of the cases the problem is caused by the content of an .htaccess file located inside the folder that you are trying to load - usually your domain name's main directory.
Due to technical and/or security reasons a few directives are not allowed to be overriden via .htaccess. Such directives are, for example: Options, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
Also, it is not possible to change values from the PHP configuration using "php_flag" or "php_value" in .htaccess.
In case you receive an Internal Server Error 500 message - please check if any of the afore-mentioned directives are present in your .htaccess file and either comment on them by placing "#" at the beginning of the line or delete the entire line.
In some cases there are so many lines in your .htaccess that it is difficult to inspect all of them to determine which one, if any, is causing the problem. An easy way to find out whether it is the .htaccess file that lies at the bottom of this problem is to simply disable the file by renaming it to a.htaccess, for example. This action is easily reversable.
-
If the content of your .htaccess file is not the case, it is recommended that you activate the Error Logs for the problematic website and try to reproduce the problem several times so that the logs could be generated.
- In case the logs show a "Permission denied" message, then the reason for the server error is related to file/folder permissions.
Make sure that the permissions of the file(s)/folder(s) are either 644 or 755 - this will eliminate the possibility of incorrect permissions causing the problem.
IMPORTANT: PHP files must not have 777 permissions. If you are trying to open a PHP file that has such permissions, it will result in an "Internal Server Error 500". To resolve the problem, simply change the permissions of the file to 644 or 755.
- In case the logs show a "Premature end of script headers" message, such error message could be invoked by several reasons:
- The script requires more than the usual time to be processed and is being killed by our system. In order to ensure the stable performance of all other hosting accounts, we have set the "max_execution_time" option in the PHP Settings to 30 secs.
- There is an error within the programming code of the script in question. In this case it should be revised by a professional web developer who will be able to assist you further.
-
If you are using a Perl/CGI script (.pl and .cgi files):
Make sure that the path is correct. Each Perl/CGI script must begin with:
#!/usr/bin/perl
Redirecting/Forwarding a Website - URL Redirection
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
There are different ways for you to redirect a domain to another one or, in general, one URL to another. Most of the available options are explained in this article:
(1) Using Our URL Protect & Redirect Tool
In your Web Hosting Control Panel you will find the URL Protect & Redirect section (Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect). In the URL Redirection tab you can set up URL redirection. For detailed information about the options, please click on theShow/Hide Help link.
(2) Framed Redirection
If you want to redirect visitors but keep the URL (address) in the address bar unchanged, you have to use framed redirection. Basically, what you do is create a file that loads the new website (which you want to redirect to) in a frame. To use framed redirection to redirect my-best-domain.com to my-best-domain.net, for example, you can create a file called index.html and put it inside the main folder of my-best-domain.com. The index.html file must have the following code:
<html>
<head>
<title>TITLE OF THE PAGE</title>
<frameset cols = "100%">
<frame src ="http://my-best-domain.net" />
</frameset>
</head>
<body>
</body>
</html>
Of course, make sure to replace
"TITLE OF THE PAGE" with the actual title that you want your visitors to see and replace "
http://my-best-domain.net" with the actual web address, which you want to redirect the visitors to.
3) Using .htaccess and the Redirect Directive
If you need to forward visitors to the new address and don't mind that the URL in the address bar will change, you can use the following technique:
Create a file called .htaccess inside the main folder of your domain. You can do this using the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Edit the .htaccess file to put the following code in it:
Redirect 301 / http://my-best-domain.net/
The above code will redirect visitors to
http://my-best-domain.net/ and "tell" search engine spiders
(bots) that your URL has changed permanently - this is what the 301 code means.
Using this technique you can also redirect specific URLs, for example a single page. If you used to have a page called page.html and you renamed it to newpage.html, you may want to create a redirection, which will forward visitors who try to open page.html to newpage.html. This is how it's done with .htaccess:
Redirect 301 /page.html http://my-best-domain.com/newpage.html
*Additional uses of .htaccess:
-
You have changed the file extension?
RedirectMatch 301 (.*)\.html$ http://my-best-domain.com$1.php
This example is perfect if you have decided to switch from .html pages to .php, keeping the old names of the pages and changing only the file extensions. Now, be careful with this because any .html page there is will be redirected to a page with the same name but with a .php extension, regardless of whether such .php file actually exists.
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www.my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
-
You have purchased SSL for your domain and now wish to redirect ALL traffic to an HTTPS version of your site?
RewriteEngine On
RewriteCond %{SERVER_PORT} !443
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ https://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [R]
(4) Redirecting Using the META Tag Refresh
In HTML files you can put a META tag refresh to refresh the page after a certain amount of time. The META tag refresh also allows you to refresh to a new URL, which virtually means forwarding the visitors to a new web address. To use this technique you must create an index.html file inside your domain's main folder with the following code:
<META http-equiv="refresh" content="0;URL=http://my-best-domain.com">
This will redirect the visitor immediately to my-best-domain.com.
(5) Using the Location Header in PHP
This technique works similarly to the afore-mentioned one where we redirected the visitor using the HTML META tag refresh. However, instead an index.html file, here you must create an index.php file inside your domain's main folder and use the following code:
<?
header("HTTP/1.1 301 Moved Permanently");
header ("Location: http://www.my-best-domain.net");
?>
(6) Redirecting Using JavaScript
Control over what page is loaded into the browser rests in the JavaScript window.location property. By setting window.location equal to a new URL, you will in turn change the current webpage to the one that is specified. If you want to redirect all your visitors to
http://www.my-best-domain.net when they arrive at your site, you will just need the script below:
<script type="text/javascript">
<!--
window.location = "http://www.my-best-domain.net/"
//-->
</script>
The Contact Form on My Website is Not Working - How Do I Properly Configure My Mail Form?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
If you have a PHP-based contact form on your website and it does not work properly, i.e. it does not send eMails, here is what you need to do:
-
Make sure that the eMail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message is hosted here.
In order for your contact form to work properly it must comply with the following rule: the eMail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message must be located in the eMail Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. When you have a contact form on your website you usually want people to provide their eMail address (sender), and you want the eMail message to be sent to your eMail ([i]recipient[/i]). In this case you can only use an eMail account hosted on this server as a recipient.
-
Test with a simple PHP script that uses phpmail().
If your contact form complies with the rule explained in [i](1)[/i] you can test whether you are able to send script-generated eMails at all, using this simple PHP script:
<?
$from = 'From: TestSender';
$to = 'email@my-best-domain.com';
$subject = 'Subject';
$body = 'TEST';
if (mail ($to, $subject, $body, $from)) {
echo 'MAIL - OK'; } else {
echo 'MAIL FAILED';
}
?>
In the above example you must replace email@my-best-domain.com with one of your eMail accounts present in the eMail Manager. Should you receive an error "MAIL FAILED", please contact us by opening a ticket using the link at the bottom of this page.
-
If Sendmail is used, make sure the path is correct.
If your script is using Sendmail to send messages, please make sure the sendmail path is set to: /usr/sbin/sendmail
Setting up some popular web applications to comply with the rule that the e-mail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message must be located in your eMail Manager:
Joomla:
Log in to the administrator's panel and go to the "Global Configuration" menu.
Click on the "Server" tab, browse to the "Mail Settings" section and select the sending method:
-
When the PHP Mail function is selected
Set the "Mail from" address to an eMail account handled by our mail servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
-
When Sendmail is selected
Make sure the "Sendmail Path" is set to: /usr/sbin/sendmail
-
When SMTP Server is selected
Make sure SMTP Authentication is set to "Yes".
Use your full eMail address hosted with us for SMTP Username.
Use your mail server for SMTP Host (or use mail.supremecluster.com)
Moodle
Log in as administrator and go to Site Administration> Server.
From the extended list select "eMail" and make sure that the "No-reply address" and "Support eMail" fields are set to eMail accounts handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
phpBB3
Log in as administrator. Go to the ACP (Admin Control Panel), select the "General" tab, navigate to "Client communication" and click on eMail settings. Make sure that the "Contact eMail address:" and "Return eMail address:" fields are set to use eMail accounts handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional. Also make sure that the "Enable board-wide eMails:" setting is enabled.
WordPress
Log in as administrator, click on the "Settings" link in the admin menu and make sure that the "eMail address" field is set to use an eMail account handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
Reducing CPU Usage Caused by WordPress
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
Often, if your account has more than one WordPress blog installed, the database server gets a lot of requests, which increases the CPU usage of your account and may get it suspended (learn more about CPU usage here: What Is Meant Under CPU Usage and How Do I Monitor It?). Here is how you can reduce the CPU usage generated by your WordPress website:
-
Always upgrade your WordPress to the latest version released. Every update always contains bug fixes and improvements.
-
Update all your plugins to the latest version released. The plugin updates also usually bring new bug fixes.
-
Update the themes used in your blog. Often the update contains optimizations that may improve the performance too.
-
Have you noticed how many of the plugins you really use? If you really like WordPress and have 30-40 plugins installed, try cleaning those that haven’t been used recently and keep them between 10 and 15. Try to clear the unnecessary plugins - look for a feature in a plugin that is already built in your WordPress version. This is not an easy task and requires a lot of research but it will pay off. Also note that you can disable some plugins and use them only when needed, for example you don’t need to activate the theme preview plugin if you are not going to change the current theme.
-
Reduce PHP/MySQL database requests. Usually the high CPU usage is caused by PHP processes and database requests. Try WP Super Cache for two or three weeks – sometimes it helps (http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wp-super-cache/). Also, some plugins allow you to set an option to write a log or not (like spam comments caught, etc.). Disable the logs - this improves the performance significantly.
-
Reduce the Widgets used. Widgets look great, but often cause high CPU usage, if they're a lot. Try turning certain widgets off for a few days and monitor the CPU usage (the Live Stats > Load Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel).
How Do I Setup Custom Error Pages for My Website?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
Whenever an error occurs on the server, it displays an error page to the visitor with information and tips about the possible cause for the error. These error pages do not match your website's layout and are sometimes too general. You may want to set up your custom error pages, which should be displayed to your visitors whenever an error occurs.
There are two methods that could be used to achieve this.
1) Editing the Domain/Subdomain Options in the Subdomain Manager Section.
We have embedded the option to set a custom error page for server errors 400, 401, 403 and 404 inside the Subdomain Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > Subdomain Manager). Find your domain in the list and click on the "edit" icon next to it. You are now able to edit the error page options. You should see the following options:
Set error 400 page:
Set error 401 page:
Set error 403 page:
Set error 404 page:
Initially, all error pages are set to "Default". To set a custom error page, choose "[i]Custom URL[/i]" and enter the path to the corresponding error page in the field. If you haven't created one yet, do this first and then get back to the Subdomain Manager section to update the settings.
2) Using .htaccess
Just like with the first method, which is described above, you must create the corresponding error page(s) first. When ready, open the File Manager section of your Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) and navigate to your domain/subdomain folder - it usually has the same name as your domain/subdomain and is located inside the www/ directory. Inside the domain folder create an empty file called .htaccess using the form located at the top of the File Manager section. Then edit the .htaccess file with the plain-text editor and insert the following code:
ErrorDocument 400 /custom400.html
ErrorDocument 401 /custom401.html
ErrorDocument 403 /custom403.html
ErrorDocument 404 /custom404.html
In the above example the custom 404 error page is located in the same folder as the .htaccess file and it is called custom400.html. Edit the path and the name of each page accordingly to reflect the actual names and location of your custom error pages. This method would work no matter what the settings in the Subdomain Manager section are.
SSI - Server Side Includes - What it is and How to Activate SSI
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
SSI (Server Side Includes) are directives that are placed in HTML pages, and evaluated on the server while the pages are being served. They let you add dynamically generated content to an existing HTML page, without having to serve the entire page via a CGI program, or other dynamic technology (for example, PHP).
The decision of when to use SSI, and when to have your page entirely generated by some program, is usually a matter of how much of the page is static, and how much needs to be recalculated every time the page is served. SSI is a great way to add small pieces of information, such as the current time. But if most of your page is being generated at the time that it is served, you need to look for some other solution.
You can enable SSI for any of your websites. To do so, go to the File Manager section of your Hosting Control Panel and create an empty file called .htaccess in the home directory of your domain (for my-best-domain.com, the directory would be usually /www/my-best-domain.com/)
Next, edit the .htaccess file with a plain text editor and add the following code:
AddType text/html .shtml
AddHandler server-parsed .shtml
DirectoryIndex index.shtml index.html index.htm index.php
You are allowed to include static files using SSI, for example, you can add the following includes in your index.shtml:
<!--#include virtual="included.html" -->
-OR-
<!--#include virtual="included.txt" -->
However, the use of the Exec command will fail, for example:
<!--#exec cgi="../hitcounter.php" -->
will display error [an error occurred while processing this directive].
To show the local date and time, you can add the following line:
<!--#echo var="DATE_LOCAL"-->
IMPORTANT: Files that use SSI must have the .shtml extension. SSI would not work with files that have a .html extension!
How to Activate ionCube PHP Loader / Zend Optimizer for My Account?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
You might need to activate the ionCube PHP Loader / Zend Optimizer for your scripts to work properly. Please note that this can be done via the php.ini file for your account. You can easily manage the php.ini file from the PHP Settings menu in the hosting Control Panel (Site Options > PHP Settings). There are two editing modes / views available for the php.ini file: Basic mode and Advanced mode. Please feel free to use the Basic mode and enable the zend_optimizer feature by using the corresponding button.
Have in mind that ionCube/Zend and the APC extension (Alternative PHP Cache) are not compatible and cannot work simultaneously. If APC is enabled, ionCube/Zend would not work.
Mod Rewrite - How Do I Enable It?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
In order to enable Mod_Rewrite for your site, you should create a file called .htaccess in the directory where you wish the rewrite rules to apply.
In most of the cases, the .htaccess file has to be located in the main domain folder that in most cases has the same name as your domain name. You can create an .htaccess file and edit it to insert the necessary code using the online File Manager (Site Options > File Manager) tool located in your Web Hosting Control Panel.
The first line of this text file should be:
RewriteEngine On
After that you can place your rewrite rules. Here is an example taken from WordPress:
RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f
RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d
RewriteRule . /index.php [L]
Many applications come with ready-to-use rewrite rules that can be found in a file called htaccess.txt.
For more information on the basic redirects, please take a look at this article: Redirecting/Forwarding a Website - URL Redirection
Implementing phpmail in FrontPage 2000/2003 Contact Forms
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
Our server architecture does not support contact forms created with FrontPage, using the webbot feature to submit form results. There is, however, a way for you to add a contact form on your website even if you have created it using FrontPage. You have to create a PHP contact form that uses the phpmail() function to send eMails. This article explains how you can achieve this.
Start your FrontPage and show the 'Forms' toolbar.
To turn this toolbar on, go to View > Toolbars > Forms. You can also right-click on any current toolbar and select the Forms toolbar. You can move the toolbar around on your screen or dock it to the top, bottom, left or right.
First, you need to create a new form on the page where all the form elements will be placed (your contact page):
-
With your cursor on the first line below the "Ask a Question:" header, click on the "Insert Form" button in the Forms toolbar. FrontPage inserts an empty form with a Submit and Reset button into your page.
-
Right-click anywhere on your new form and choose Form Properties.
-
Change the "Form Name:" to "contact"
-
Click on the Options button.
-
In the "Action:" box, type "form.php"
-
Click OK to save your options.
-
Click OK again to save your changes to the Form Properties.
When you are done, your HTML code should look like this:
<form method="POST" action="form.php" name="contact">
<p><input type="submit" value="Submit" name="B1"><input type="reset" value="Reset" name="B2"></p>
</form>
Note that it is a very simple HTML code. In the future, it might be easier to edit the FORM tag directly in the HTML code rather than using the Form Properties window in FrontPage.
The form.php file should be placed in the same directory as the contact form and should contain the following code:
<?php
$MailToAddress = "mail@my-best-domain.com"; // your email address - must be hosted with us, i.e. present in your E-Mail Manager
$redirectURL = "thankyou.htm"; // the URL of the thank you page.
$MailSubject = "Contact Form"; // the subject of the message you will receive
$MailToCC = ""; // CC (carbon copy) also send the email to this address (leave empty if you won't use it)
$Message = "";
if (!is_array($HTTP_POST_VARS))
return;
reset($HTTP_POST_VARS);
while(list($key, $val) = each($HTTP_POST_VARS)) {
$GLOBALS[$key] = $val;
if (is_array($val)) {
$Message .= "<br><b>$key:</b> ";
foreach ($val as $vala) {
$vala =stripslashes($vala);
$Message .= "$vala, ";
}
$Message .= "<br>";
}
else {
$val = stripslashes($val);
if (($key == "Submit") || ($key == "submit")) { }
else { if ($val == "") { $Message .= "$key: - <br>"; }
else { $Message .= "<b>$key:</b> $val<br>"; }
}
}
} // end while
$Message = "\n<font face=verdana size=2>".$Message;
mail( $MailToAddress, $MailSubject, $Message, "Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1\r\nFrom: ".$email."\r\nBCc: ".$MailToCC);
header("Location: ".$redirectURL);
?>
I Want to Create Multiple Usernames/Passwords for a Certain Directory, How Do I Do This?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
There is a tool that allows you to set password protection for a specific folder. Just go to the Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect section of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
Make sure that the "Password Protected Areas" tab is selected. Here enter the username and the corresponding login password. Select your domain from "Choose domain or subdomain" or type the full path to the protected folder in the "Path to be protected" field (e.g. /www/my-best-domain.com/protected_folder). If you need to set more users, repeat the above steps, just use different usernames.
IMPORTANT: If there is an .htaceess file within the protected folder, the protection would not work, so either remove it or consider another password protection technique.
My Newly Setup Joomla Site Shows Error 500 (Internal Server Error)
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Scripting
A fresh Joomla install includes a file called .htaccess, which is located in the main folder of your Joomla installation. This file contains certain configuration settings, which may get in conflict with the current web server configuration. The result would be an Internal Server Error 500 displayed whenever you try to view your website.
You can quickly determine whether it is the [b].htaccess[/b] file that is causing the error by renaming it to a.htaccess (thus disabling it). Should this resolve the error, you would at least know where to look for the exact cause of the problem. It must be one of the directives within the .htaccess file, so it would only a matter of finding our which one it is and removing it (or commenting it).
Open the .htaccess file with a plain text editor - you can edit it via the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) on your web hosting control panel. Look for this line:
Options +FollowSymLinks
If you see it, put a # in front of it, so it would look like this:
#Options +FollowSymLinks
FollowSymLinks are enabled by default, so rest assured that you don't cripple your Joomla installation in any way by disabling this directive. This should fix the Internal Server Error 500 problem. If it doesn't try commenting other directives until you find out which one is causing the problem - any of the following would cause problems: Options, phpflag, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
Are Microsoft SQL (MSSQL) or Microsoft Access Databases Supported?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Databases
As a customer-oriented company, we strongly believe that the quality of our services should exceed clients' expectations at the lowest possible price. On account of this, our management team decided to have all our servers running on the open-source platform called Linux – an Operating System that has gained tremendous popularity in the last several years among desktop users, as well as impressive growth on the server market. This in turn has attracted more interest in the development of reliable and inexpensive (free, in most cases) products ranging from desktop applications and office suites to high-end database solutions.
The MSSQL and Access databases, developed by Microsoft, run exclusively on Windows-based servers, such as Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008. To be fair, there are applications that could theoretically provide MSSQL and Access support under Linux with questionable results and none of those meet our quality standards.
The alternative our company offers is MySQL – the fast, cross-platform database from 'MySQL AB'. Its portability means that you can use it on a variety of Operating Systems – Windows, Linux, Unix, Apple XServe, IBM mainframe, and many more. If you have already developed your application using a MSSQL or an Access database, we can recommend you the following three options for conversion to MySQL:
Option 1: MSSQL2MySQL
(http://www.kofler.cc/mysql/mssql2mysql.html) - this is a VB application that has been designed by Michael Kofler, the author of "The Definitive Guide to MySQL". You can download it with a nice graphical front-end as well, select the input and the output options and start the conversion process with a few clicks. Please read the homepage for limitations and for MSSQL features that are not supported.
Option 2: Microsoft Data Transformation Services (DTS). Microsoft has included a data manipulation tool within the SQL server. It provides options for data export in various formats and systems. For more information on how to use this feature, please refer to these documents from Microsoft.com:
Option 3: Similar to Microsoft DTS, Access has its own tool for table export in many formats (including ODBC). All you need to do here is right-click the table in Access and select ‘Export’. A new wizard will appear, guiding you through the conversion process.
How Can I Transfer My MySQL Database from Another Host to You?
Submitted 5/10/2012 in Web Services: Databases
In case you have a website that you wish to transfer to us, and it uses a MySQL database, or you just need to have a database transferred from another host to our servers, there are several steps that you need to take:
Step 1: Back up (export) your database at your old hosting provider
-
In case you have access to the phpMyAdmin tool with your old host, you can export the database from there. When you log in to phpMyAdmin, you need to choose the database that you wish to transfer from the list on the left. Then you will see an Export menu on the top. You need to click on it and then choose the SQL format and click on the Go button in the bottom right corner. You will see a pop-up where you can choose where to save the dump copy of the database on your computer. Once you save it, you are ready to import it to your new hosting account.
-
In case you do not have phpMyAdmin, you can contact your old hosting company and request them to provide you with a dump copy of the database.
Step 2: Create an empty database in your new hosting account here
In order to be able to import the backup, you must create a database first: Go to the Site Management > MySQL Databases section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Here you’ll be able to create a new database.
There are several text fields that you will need to fill in.
The first one is Database Name. The database name always contains the username of your hosting account as a prefix. In the database name field you should enter a name of your choosing but keep in mind that the total lenght of your database name (incl. the prefix) could not be more than 16 characters.
Next, you need to choose a password for accessing that database. It can contain symbols a-z and 0-9 and can be between 2 and 20 symbols long. You must also re-enter the password for verification.
Once you have added the new database, continue with Step 3.
Step 3: Restore from the backup (import database)
How Do I Access and Edit My Database Online? Is phpMyAdmin Available?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
MySQL databases can be accessed via a web browser. You just need to go to the Site Options > MySQL Databases section of your hosting Control Panel and click on the name of the database that you want to access. A new window opens with the phpMyAdmin home screen.
phpMyAdmin is a web application which can be used to manage every aspect of a database - from the manual creation of tables, columns and rows, to importing and exporting. A list of the tables contained in the database is displayed both in the main frame and in the left panel in phpMyAdmin (you may need to select your database from the drop-down menu in the left frame to see its tables). You can open a table by clicking on its name from the list located on the left side.
After the table is opened, you will see columns and rows that contain data. You can edit the data in a row by clicking on the icon resembling pencil.
Then you will see a form where you can modify the data for the row which you have selected. You can make the desired changes to the row and confirm them after clicking on the button Go. Notice that each column has a specific data type that you should comply with.
Another feature of phpMyAdmin is the ability to execute quieries. You can do this when you click on the tab SQL located at the top and place the query in the field Run SQL query/queries. Click on the button Go execute the query.
phpMyAdmin can be used for database exports and imports, i.e. creating and restoring a database backup. Read more on these topics here:
How Do I Backup (Export) My MySQL Database?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
You can use the phpMyAdmin tool integrated within your Web Hosting Control Panel to access your MySQL databases online and also to export/import databases.
To access phpMyAdmin, go to Site Management > MySQL Databases, find your database in the list and click on its name. A new window opens with the phpMyAdmin home screen.
In the left frame you should see your database - click on its name. A list of all the tables with the corresponding actions and preferences is displayed in the right frame. Above it you should see an Export link. Click on Export, scroll down and select the Save as file option and press Go to start the download. You will be asked for the location on your local computer where the backup should be saved.
The exported file could be used for restoring your database via phpMyAdmin.
How Do I Restore (Import) My MySQL Database from a Backup (Dump) that I Have?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
You can use the phpMyAdmin tool integrated within your Web Hosting Control Panel to access your MySQL databases online and also to export/import databases.
To access phpMyAdmin, go to Site Management > MySQL Databases, find your database in the list and click on its name. A new window opens with the phpMyAdmin home screen.
In the left frame you should see your database name and above it you will see several small icons. The one in the middle (third one) reads SQL. Click on the SQL icon and a query window will open.
To import your database backup (dump file), click on the Import Files tab in the query window.
Press the Choose... button and find the file on your local computer. Once you have selected the dump file, press the Go button to import it.
IMPORTANT NOTICE: By using the technique described in this article, you can import dump files up to 20MB in size. For larger files, please upload the file to your hosting account via FTP
(see this article for details: How to Connect via FTP and Upload/Download Files?). Then open a ticket using the link at the bottom of this page to ask our technicians to import the dump file for you.
Is innoDB Available?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
InnoDB is a popular storage engine for the MySQL database system. It has some advantages over the storage engine MyISAM (most notably, the support for "foreign keys" and transactions). However, MyISAM is the default and also the most popular storage engine for MySQL. MyISAM is considered a better choice for web applications than the InnoDB storage engine due to its higher speed in read operations.
Usually a client does not have the need to use InnoDB, unless they are going to install a software application that requires InnoDB. A notable example for such software is the Magento ecommerce software - it requires the InnoDB storage engine to operate. InnoDB is not supported on our servers and you will not be able to use InnoDB and to install the Magento ecommerce software.
What is a MySQL Database?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
MySQL is one of the most popular and widely used Relational Database Management Systems (RDBMS). Many web applications such as forums, content management systems, etc. use a database to store data (content). The majority of the web applications that use databases require a MySQL database to operate. For example, the popular web applications Joomla, Drupal, osCommerce and WordPress store their data in MySQL databases. It is almost guaranteed that if your web application (especially those written in PHP) requires the use of a database, then it will need exactly a MySQL database or will at least support MySQL. To be sure, however, check the technical requirements of the web application. The data in a MySQL database is structured in tables which consist of columns and rows. Whenever your script (application) needs to access specific data, it "asks" (makes query) the MySQL database for the content of a specific field (the intersection of a column and a row in a table).
To create a MySQL database in your hosting account, go to the Site Options > MySQL Databases section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. The form at the top of the page is used for adding new databases.
Usually a separate database is created for each web application that you install. Thus, the web applications can be managed easier. In the MySQL Databases section you can also see a list of all MySQL databases that you have. Note that the database name and the username are the same. For example, if you have a database whose name is account_database, then the username for the database will be account_database and vice-versa. On our servers a database can only have one user (that is created by default) and new users cannot be created. The default user of the database has all the priviliges.
When you set up a script to use one of your databases you need the database name and username (which are the same, as mentioned above), the password and the MySQL host/server. You can find the MySQL host under the table with your existing MySQL databases. It is usually localhost.
What is the Difference Between MySQL and PosgreSQL?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
As a client hosted on our servers, you have the benefit of choosing between two database solutions – MySQL and PostgreSQL (not all hosting plans support PostgreSQL, though). As a starting point for our comparison, we can first consider the similarities. Both databases are open-source, supported by contributors and developers on a voluntary basis and are offered free of any charges. Both are relational database management systems (RDBMS), PostgreSQL being focused on the object-oriented database model. MySQL gets the first open-source database market share spot, while PostgreSQL occupies the third position, lagging behind Firebird, another free SQL developer.
MySQL is the most popular open-source database. The reasons behind this success are rooted in its ease of use and speed of performance. All the scripts offered by our Elefante Installer tool are fully MySQL-compatible. In addition to that, MySQL is cross-platform, which means that you can design your database application on a Windows or Mac computer and then host it on our Linux OS server with the same success. IT companies known to use MySQL include Yahoo!, Cisco, Sabre and Slashdot. The following points illustrate why you would want to choose MySQL as your database solution:
-
Simpler database design will less coding
-
MySQL's replication is much better than the one provided by PostgreSQL and there's only one way to do it, while PostgreSQL has lots of different replication systems, thus unnecessarily complicating the process
-
You can easily create basic web-driven websites
-
MySQL is faster than PostgreSQL
-
Data Integrity - PostgreSQL is at disadvantage because it wants your data to be correct by enforcing constraints. MySQL has limited referential constraints.
PostgreSQL is also a cross-platform database. It is the choice of developers who want more flexibility and features, currently not supported by MySQL, like async notifications, OO (Inheritance of tables), transactional DDL statements, triggers (supported by MySQL 5.x), foreign keys (supported by MySQL 5.x) and full implementation of sequences. Additionally, if you are planning a migration from Oracle, DB2 or MSSQL, PostgreSQL follows many of the SQL ANSI standards, thus allowing the creation of complex SQL commands, available with the proprietary database solutions. To summarize, the need for the following components should draw your attention to PostgreSQL:
-
Complex rule sets (business rules, for example)
-
Use of procedural languages on the server
More specific comparative tables are provided at the following addresses for further reference:
and
How Do I Connect to My MySQL / PostgreSQL Database Remotely (from My Computer or Another Server)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
We do not allow remote connections to our database servers with the purpose to defend the system against potential security threats - denial of service attacks (DoS), brute force attacks, etc. Another reason why we do not allow remote database connections is that the data between the MySQL server and the client (for example, a remotely hosted PHP script like Joomla, Drupal or WordPress) will not be transmitted securely and the customer's data will be exposed to hackers. Hence, you will not be able to host a script on a remote server and set it up with a database hosted on this server.
Remote database administration tools would not be able to connect to the server either. We have, however, web-based database management tools. Learn more in these articles:
How Can I Edit My PostgreSQL Database Online? Is phpPgAdmin Available?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
PostgreSQL databases can be accessed via a web browser. You just need to go to the Site Options > PostgreSQL Databases section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and click on the name of the database that you want to access. A new window with the web-based database editor phpPgAdmin opens in your browser. phpPgAdmin could be used to handle every aspect of database management - from the manual creation of tables, columns and rows, to import and export operations.
You can get a list of the tables contained in your database when you click on the item Tables in the tree view on the left panel in phpPgAdmin. You can open a table by clicking on its name from the list located on the left side.
You will see the structure of the table after it is opened. You can see 3 buttons for each column in the table. The button Browse will display the rows in the column; the button Alter will give you options to modify the name, data type and length. The button Drop will delete the column.
Another feature of phpPgAdmin is the ability to execute quieries. To do this, first click on your database name in the left tree-view, then at the top, find the SQL button and click on it. Click on the button Execute to execute the query.
phpPgAdmin can also be used for database exports. In order to make an export, click on the database name from the panel on the left side. After this, click on the tab Export button located at the top of the page. There are a few dump file formatting options - to copy only the data, only the structure or both. When you choose the export format, click on the radio button Download and then click on Export. After this step you will be asked to save the file containing the database information (the file is called database dump) on your computer.
You can also import databases via phpPgAdmin. First, you have to click on the database name from the panel on the left side. Then click on the button SQL located at the top. You will see a field (you can place queries in it) and below the field you will see the button Browse. Click on it and select the file containing the database information (database dump) from your computer. Click on the button Execute and wait until the database is imported. Notice that if the dump contains the structure of a database, then you will have to replace the old user of the database with the new user of the database (which is the same as the name of the database) in the dump file.
It is important to log out of phpPgAdmin after you have finished your work with the database. Otherwise, if you open another database, you might get logged into the old one. You can log out via the button "Logout" which is located in the top right corner.
What is a PostgreSQL Database?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Databases
PostgreSQL is another Relational Database Management System (RDBMS) that is supported on our servers. The database stores information and the data is structured in tables - rows and columns. A great deal of web applications that you can use on your website, such as shopping carts, forums, blogs or content management systems (CMS), require the use of a database. Most open source applications use MySQL databases since they are easier to use and generally work faster. PostgreSQL, on the other hand, is more complex, which allows the developer more flexibility and provides more features. For more information on comparing MySQL and PostgreSQL databases, please refer to this article: What Is the Difference Between MySQL and PosgreSQL?
Important notice: Not all hosting plans include support for PostgreSQL databases. If you can't see the PostgreSQL Databases section under the Site Management menu on your hosting control panel, your plan does not support PostgreSQL.
You can create a PostgreSQL database using the Site Management > PostgreSQL Databases menu of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open that menu you’ll see the form for creating new PostgreSQL databases. You have to specify the name of the database. It always starts with the username of your hosting account (username_) and then you can choose the unique part that will distinguish the particular database. Then you have to specify and confirm the password for that database and click on the button below to create the database.
Below the form for creating new databases there is a table with all the existing PostgreSQL databases in your account. For each database you have the option to change the password, delete the database or log in via the phpPgAdmin tool. For more information on how to log in, please refer to the respective article in this knowledge base.
Additional notes:
-
A database created on our servers will have only one user that is created by default (new users cannot be created) and the default user of the database has all the priviliges.
-
The database name and the database username in our system coincide.
-
It is advisable to create separate databases for every application that you use for easier management.
Files that Could Be Executed with Crontab - Allowed File Extensions.
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Cron Jobs
There are no specific file types that can or cannot be executed from your account. During our tests, the three most commonly used scripts showed excellent cron job compatibility. These are PHP, Perl/CGI and bash scripts – with the corresponding extensions *.php, *.pl and *.sh, respectively. The most important thing to remember is that files included in a cronjob entry should be Unix executables; in other words – should have execute permissions set. You can do that using our File Manager (the Site Management > File Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel). Simply click on the desired file and set the permissions to 700 or 755 (the more commonly used format). When specifying a new Perl cron job from our Crontab menu, we strongly recommend that you include the command perl at the start of the Command to execute field in order to achieve optimal level of support. Without doing that, the cron job may not be executed properly and the output will not be sent at all.
Another particularity is related to bash scripts – when receiving the output of a cron task to your eMail address, you may also get an error stating TERM environment variable not set[/i] in addition to the rest of the output. The easiest way to resolve this error is by starting your bash script files with the following code:
#!/bin/bash
TERM=linux
export TERM
How to Setup a Cron Job?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Cron Jobs
In this tutorial, we will show you a few useful examples on how to create a cron job for your script-based websites. Scripts usually include a working environment sophisticated enough to work as a multi-structural base for performing a wide variety of tasks which altogether are easily implemented and combined into forums, informational portals, blogs, billing management systems, etc. Although most often the implementation of a given script is done in real time and the users operate with a web driven GUI to navigate through what the given script might offer, there are still some 'assignable' tasks that only site administrators can schedule. Those tasks are what we call cron jobs - they carry important site/script maintenance information and pass system commands to the Cron Daemon via Crontab. Cron jobs are scheduled to execute shell commands or scripts at a given time or date. Below you will find a few examples representing a shell command execution cron job and a script (cgi / php) execution cron job. Cron jobs have the following formatting that we will divide into groups:
Cron job time schedule - [ Minute - Hour - Day - Month - Weekday ]
Cron job shell command - [ARGUMENTS]
Cron job script command - [PATH OF PHP/PERL] [ARGUMENTS] [PATH OF PHP SCRIPT]
Here is an example of cron job time scheduling and the allowed cron job operators:
.---------------- minute (0 - 59)
| .------------- hour (0 - 23)
| | .---------- day of month (1 - 31)
| | | .------- month (1 - 12) OR jan,feb,mar,apr ...
| | | | .---- day of week (0 - 6) (Sunday=0 or 7) OR sun,mon,tue,wed,thu,fri,sat
| | | | |
* * * * * command to be executed
* * * * * => Execute every minute
0 * * * * => Execute every Hour
0 0 * * * => Execute every midnight
0 0 0 * * => Execute every Month
0 0 0 0 * => Execute every Weekdays
You can create cron jobs via your Web Hosting Control Panel. Simply navigate to Site Management > Crontab. In this section of the Control Panel you can see the cron jobs already created and you can also add new ones. To set up a cron job you must specify the eMail address where the results will be sent to, the date and the time when the job should be executed and the command, which should be executed.
Here is an example of running shell command driven cron jobs and script execution cron jobs:
0 * * * * rm -f * /home/www/my-best-domain.com/temp/
This command will initiate the rm (remove / delete) utility for file/folder deletion and will forcibly delete all the files under /home/www/my-best-domain.com/temp/
Let us say that you want to mail newsletters, site updates, etc. to your clients on a daily basis. Most script systems already have prebuilt scripts for this purpose and many more automated services. The cron job would look like this:
0 0 0 0 * /usr/bin/php /home/www/my-best-domain.com/mailcron.php
What is Crontab?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Cron Jobs
The Cron Daemon runs on Unix based Operating Systems and, in essence, is closely similar to the Windows Task Scheduler. It allows you to post your own 'magic rules' for the useful, time sparing automation of any of the scripts you will be working with.
Cron is what enables users to schedule jobs which run automatically at a certain date or time and thus perform system administration or script related tasks. The crontab is the virtual 'scoreboard' for setting up cron jobs and represents a configuration file to which users write shell commands that run periodically at a given schedule.
The Cron Daemon is a long running process that executes commands and performs scheduled tasks at a specific date or time. The stored commands are what we call cron jobs and the utility which is used to keep a record of them is Crontab.
For your convenience we have created a visual interface for creating cron jobs. It is located under the Site Management > Crontab section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
Reducing CPU Usage Caused by WordPress
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
Often, if your account has more than one WordPress blog installed, the database server gets a lot of requests, which increases the CPU usage of your account and may get it suspended (learn more about CPU usage here: What Is Meant Under CPU Usage and How Do I Monitor It?). Here is how you can reduce the CPU usage generated by your WordPress website:
-
Always upgrade your WordPress to the latest version released. Every update always contains bug fixes and improvements.
-
Update all your plugins to the latest version released. The plugin updates also usually bring new bug fixes.
-
Update the themes used in your blog. Often the update contains optimizations that may improve the performance too.
-
Have you noticed how many of the plugins you really use? If you really like WordPress and have 30-40 plugins installed, try cleaning those that haven’t been used recently and keep them between 10 and 15. Try to clear the unnecessary plugins - look for a feature in a plugin that is already built in your WordPress version. This is not an easy task and requires a lot of research but it will pay off. Also note that you can disable some plugins and use them only when needed, for example you don’t need to activate the theme preview plugin if you are not going to change the current theme.
-
Reduce PHP/MySQL database requests. Usually the high CPU usage is caused by PHP processes and database requests. Try WP Super Cache for two or three weeks – sometimes it helps (http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wp-super-cache/). Also, some plugins allow you to set an option to write a log or not (like spam comments caught, etc.). Disable the logs - this improves the performance significantly.
-
Reduce the Widgets used. Widgets look great, but often cause high CPU usage, if they're a lot. Try turning certain widgets off for a few days and monitor the CPU usage (the Live Stats > Load Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel).
Access and Error Logs - What they Are, How Do I Activate them and How Are they Useful to Me?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
The access and error logs are the raw web server statistics, which have been generated with every visit to your website. They are quite useful when you would like to check who has visited your website, what response code from the server they have received, and whether there were any error messages. You can activate the access and error logs for one or for all your domains, from the Web Tools > Access & Error Logs section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. However, due to the fact that these logs are increasing their size, our server is automatically deleting them once in every 48 hours, and that is why it is recommended to regularly download them to your local computer in case you may later need them for your reference. In addition, we also offer you a way to store these logs directly to your account using the following method:
-
Go to the Site Management > File Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel
-
Create an empty file called move_logs.sh in the /www/ folder of your account
-
Once created, edit the file using the plain text editor (select the Click to edit this file icon, next to the file)
-
Insert the following code in it:
#!/bin/bash
DIR1=`date +%d%b%Y`access
mkdir /home/www/access-error-logs/$DIR1/
cp /home/logs/my-best-domain.com-access.log /home/www/access-error-logs/$DIR1
cp /home/logs/ my-best-domain2.com-access.log /home/www/access-error-logs/$DIR1
DIR2=`date +%d%b%Y`error
mkdir /home/www/access-error-logs/$DIR2/
cp /home/logs/my-best-domain.com-error.log /home/www/access-error-logs/$DIR2
cp /home/logs/my-best-domain2.com-error.log /home/www/access-error-logs/$DIR2
In the above code, make sure to replace [i]my-best-domain.com[/i] with your actual domain or subdomain.
-
From the Site Management > Crontab section, create a cronjob, which will execute the newly created move_logs.sh script once a day (learn how to set up a cron job here: How to set up a cron job)
This will generate the logs directly into your account and make them available as long as your account is active.
How Do I Reduce the CPU Usage of My Hosting Account?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
The CPU usage involves the Central Processing Unit(s) of the web server the customer's account is hosted on. It is subject to some regulations. Each hosting account has a CPU usage limit, which, when reached, may result in the account being suspended. Learn more in this article: What is meant under CPU usage and how do I monitor it?
Go to the Live Stats > Load Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel to see daily statistics for your account's CPU usage. You can compare the CPU usage in the Load Stats section with the allowed limit for your account, which you can see in the Account Usage table located on the left side of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
To reduce the CPU usage of your account, there are several general rules that you should follow:
-
Upgrade all third-party web applications to the latest stable release available (Joomla, WordPress and any other content management or blog systems, forums, galleries or any other scripts that you have installed)
-
If any of the web applications that you use have addons or plugins, make sure they are upgraded to the latest availble versions as well
-
Remove any unused web applications and/or plugins/addons that you have installed
-
Activate caching for any web applications that you use that have this option
-
If you have developed your script(s) yourself, try reducing the number of MySQL/PostgreSQL queries and optimize your scripts to use less processing time.
If you need to deal with a high CPU usage problem and reduce the CPU usage, you must first identify the reasons for the high CPU usage. Unfortunately, this is often quite difficult, especially if you are using third-party web applications such as forums, content management or blog systems, etc. that you have not developed yourself and have little or no knowledge at all about their inner working. There are, however, several things that you could check that would at least give you an idea where you should start:
-
Identify the website that is most likely to be responsible for the high CPU usage.
If you host more than one website (domain/subdomain) in your account, start by identifying which one is most visited and which one generates most traffic - this is probably the one that’s responsible for the high CPU usage. Go to the Live Stats > Bandwidth Stats section and find out which of your hosts (domains or subdomains) has generated the most traffic for the past day and for the current month.
-
Identify the file that is most likely responsible for the high CPU usage (if any).
Once you have established which website has generated the most traffic by visiting the Bandwidth Stats menu, go to the Live Stats > Traffic Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and view the traffic stats for this domain/subdomain for the current month. Look for the file(s) that have generated most traffic - you can find them in the Top 10 of XX Total URLs By KBytes table. Look for any PHP/CGI files in this list that have generated unusually large amounts of traffic. This file(s) is most likely the reason for the high CPU usage and you should consider optimizing it.
-
Identify the visitor/bot that is most likely responsible for the high CPU usage (if any).
Like in step 2, look at the monthly traffic stats for your domain/subdomain and look for the visitor/host that has generated most traffic this month. You will find the list under Top 10 of XX Total Sites By KBytes - look for any hosts that have generated unusually large amounts of traffic (compared to the rest) - it would either be an IP address or a hostname of the kind botname.some-domain.com. You may want to block the access of this host(s) or at least restrict it to reduce the CPU usage of your account.
If you are still unable to reduce the CPU usage of your account after following the advices given in this article, you should either look for the help of a professional developer or simply consider the fact that you need either a dedicated server or at least a VPS or a semi-dedicated server.
How Does the CPU Usage Affect the Functionality of My Account and What Happens if I Reach the Limit?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
Each hosting account has specific limitations, which, if exceeded, may cause general problems for the server and the eventual suspension of the hosting account. One such very important limitation is the CPU usage allowed for a given account.
High CPU load can be caused by many factors in your account – a mis-configured add-on or plug-in for one of your scripts, a cron job, which executes a heavy command in short intervals – all those things may lead to exceeding the allowed CPU usage for your account. Since such an overload may happen suddenly and unexpectedly, we are using an automated system, which monitors the CPU usage of your account and generates daily statistics, which you can see in the Live Stats > Load Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
Whenever your account exceeds the CPU usage limit, an eMail is sent to you to notify you about this. This eMail includes the exact CPU usage percentage and the time that you have to resolve the issue. Usually you have 24 or 48 hours to take action and reduce the CPU usage. Should the CPU usage of your account still be over the limit after this period has passed, our system automatically suspends your hosting account, which results in downtime for all websites hosted in your account.
So, what can you do if your account is suspended for CPU overload reasons? You can request your account to be activated in order to get the issue resolved. However, please keep in mind the following:
-
Once you have requested the activation of your account, it is up to you to make sure that the high CPU usage problem is resolved
-
Our system monitors the CPU usage constantly and it will automatically warn you via eMail and suspend the account should your account exceed the limit again
-
If you are not able to reduce the CPU usage you should consider an upgrade or even moving to a VPS, dedicated or semi-dedicated server. You can ask our support staff for the available options.
MySQL Stats - What is the Meaning of MySQL Queries and What is the Importance of the MySQL Stats?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
The MySQL statistics represent the database load that your website(s) has generated for a specific time period. They show you how many SQL queries have been made to each one of your databases and if the number is beyond the limit (referring to the hourly limit which is 45 000, according to the Terms Of Service agreement), please consider revising your scripts in order to optimize the database usage and the queries sent to and from the database itself. We recommend that you often check what the current amount is, so that you can prevent any possible interruption in the service.
To view the stats, go to the Live Stats > MySQL Stats section. Under each database name you will find the total number of queries that your website[i](s)[/i] has made to it for the specified time period - an entire day or month.
-
Total: It stands for the total amount of database queries made to all of your databases for the specified time period.
-
Hourly Average: It represents the average number of database queries per a single hour.
The hourly limit of 45 000 queries is not the only thing to consider. MySQL queries influence the CPU usage of your account (read: What is meant under CPU usage and how do I monitor it?). More queries basically means a higher CPU usage. Although the MySQL queries are not the only factor that could influence the CPU usage, it would make sense to monitor them and look for any dependencies between the increased CPU usage and the increased number of queries when you are trying to resolve a high CPU usage problem.
Traffic Stats - What is the Meaning of Hits, Visitors etc.?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
The traffic stats are an important part of the website management routine. We use Webalizer as a traffic generating interface.
Basically, there are several specifically used terms. Below you can find their meanings:
Hits represent the total number of requests made to a website during a given time period (month, day, hour etc..).
Files represent the total number of hits (requests) that actually resulted in something being sent back to the user. Not all hits will send data. The latter include 404-Not Found requests and requests for pages that are already in the browser’s cache.
Sites is the number of the unique IP addresses/hostnames that made requests. Many users may appear to come from a single site, and they may also appear to come from many IP addresses, so it should be used simply as a rough gauge of the number of the visitors to your server.
Visits occur when some remote site makes a request for a page on your server for the first time. As long as the same site keeps making requests within a given timeout period, they will all be considered part of the same Visit. If the site makes a request to your server, and the length of time since the last request is greater than the specified timeout period (the default is 30 minutes), a new Visit is started and counted, and the sequence repeats. Since only pages will trigger a visit, remote sites that link to graphic and other non-page URLs will not be counted in the visit totals, thus reducing the number of false visits.
Pages are those URLs that would be considered the actual pages being requested, and not all of the individual items that make it up (such as graphics and audio clips). They are often being referred to as "page views" or "page impressions". Usually a page is any file with an extension .htm, .html, .cgi or .php.
We are including some common definitions as well:
One KByte (KB) amounts to 1024 bytes (1 Kilobyte). It’s used to show the amount of data that was transferred between the server and the remote machine, based on the data found in the server log.
URL - Uniform Resource Locator. All requests made to your domain name need to specify the exact resource that is requested. A URL represents an object somewhere on your server that is accessible to the remote user. If it’s not, the user will receive an error (i.e.: 404 - Not found) page. URLs can be of any type (HTML, Audio, Graphics, etc.).
Referrers are those URLs that lead a user to your site or caused the browser to request something from your server. The vast majority of requests are made from your own URLs, since most HTML pages contain links to other objects such as graphics files. If one of your HTML pages contains links to 10 graphic images, then each request for the HTML page will produce 10 more hits with the referrer specified as the URL of your own HTML page.
What is Meant Under CPU Usage and How Do I Monitor It?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
The Central Processing Unit (CPU), or processor, is the portion of a computer system that carries out the instructions of a computer program. It is the primary element carrying out the computer's functions. CPU time is the amount of time a computer program uses while processing the CPU instructions. The CPU time is often measured in seconds, while the CPU usage – by the percentage of a specified overall capacity.
In terms of your web hosting account, CPU usage is the percentage of the capacity of the server's CPU that your account is generating. Each web hosting account has a certain CPU usage limit. You can find out the exact CPU limit in the Account Usage table located on the left side of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
You can monitor the CPU usage of your account via the Live Stats > Load Stats section of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open that menu, the CPU usage table is displayed. By default, the monthly account usage is displayed. On top you have the option to select daily and yearly views as well. The columns in the table are as follows:
Day - you can click on each date for detailed information.
CPU Time - the amount of time the CPU has been processing instructions on behalf of your web hosting account.
Execution time - the amount of time applications from your web hosting account have been running.
CPU Usage - the percentage of the capacity of the server's CPU used up by applications from your web hosting account.
Average Memory - the server memory used up by applications from your web hosting account during the execution time.
Processes - the number of processes that have been running during the reviewed period.
If you select the daily view option, another table is displayed. This table has the same columns except for the first one which shows the hours of the particular day, divided into four periods (0-6, 6-12, 12-18 and 18-24). If you hover the mouse cursor over a particular period, yet another table is displayed with detailed information about each process that has been running during that period.
It is recommended that you review other articles about CPU usage that provide detailed information on how it is calculated, how it affects the account and how to reduce it. You also have the option to purchase additional CPU usage. For more information, please review the article "
How do I upgrade my hosting account?".
What is the Difference Between Traffic Stats and Bandwidth Stats?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
There are two sections in your Web Hosting Control Panel, which are connected with the bandwidth and traffic quotas used by your account. These sections are the Traffic Stats and the Bandwidth Stats sections, which can be accessed from the Web Tools menu. What do they represent, and what are they used for?
The Traffic Stats section shows detailed statistics for all the processes, scripts and downloads, being executed in your sites. It is also one of the main tools, which will help you determine the CPU load generated by each site, and eventually – reduce it, should it be above the limit allocated to your account. There are three very important parameters, which should be regularly checked in this section:
The first is the number of hits to your site(s) - a very popular site generates a large number of hits and if they are made during short periods of time, this greately increases the CPU usage for your account.
The second parameter is how much data (measured in KB) has been downloaded from the site – if, for instance, you have a download section with big files and they are downloaded regularly, please consider lowering the amount of files or their size. This will not only increase the performance of your site, but will also help you reduce the CPU usage of your account.
And finally the third parameter - a table which will show you which are the most visited parts of your website. If, for instance, you have a video store, the first places in that chart will be your site's main page and the video files themselves.
In addition to monitoring the resources used by your websites, the Traffic Stats provide important marketing statistics - you can view the number of visitors per day or per hour, the nationality of your visitors and much more.
The Bandwidth Stats section deals with the amount of traffic used by your websites in terms of size. This has to do with the amount of monthly traffic allowed for your hosting plan and has nothing to do with marketing, so the Bandwidth Stats provide statistics that could be used for administration purposes only and have no value as far as marketing is concerned.
Should you exceed the monthly traffic limit for your account, you can check the Bandwidth Stats section to find out which of your websites have been generating the most traffic and act accordingly. There are several views in the Bandwidth Stats section that you can choose from:
-
The Detailed view gives you detailed information in Bytes, Megabytes and Gigabytes for each month of the current year. It also shows you the Growth in the traffic usage, compared to the previous month, and the Share (of the total traffic) for the current month, as compared to the others.
-
The Today view shows you the traffic of your domains/subdomains for the current day.
-
The This Month view shows you the traffic of your domains/subdomains for the current month.
-
The Total view shows you the total traffic of your domains/subdomains since they have been added.
Where Do I Check My Website's Visitor Statistics?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Account Statistics
Go to the Live Stats > Traffic Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel to view detailed visitor statistics for each of your domains and subdomains.
As a consequence of a recent update to our Webalizer statistics tool, which displays the traffic stats for your domain name, the statistics for both www.my-best-domain.com and my-best-domain.com have been gathered "under one roof" and will be stored in the 'my-best-domain.com' hostname from now on.
IMPORTANT: The
http://www.my-best-domain.com hostname will remain present in the Webalizer tool displaying the stats data collected so far, but no new stats will be stored there.
Those changes were made due to the fact that the server can process faster and in less resourse consuming way if all the data is under a single host rather that splitting it in two. As you know, we are using Webalizer as a main traffic stats tool. This is the only one supported for the moment.
In case you need an alternative, there are public services such as Google and Yahoo Analytics. More information could be found at:
Of course, you need to have associated accounts with the respective vendor systems in order to gain access to these services.
Another alternative that is currently in an alpha state and is gaining vast popularity is Piwik. Installing it is easy and does not require much effort:
http://piwik.org/docs/installation/
Reducing CPU Usage Caused by WordPress
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
Often, if your account has more than one WordPress blog installed, the database server gets a lot of requests, which increases the CPU usage of your account and may get it suspended (learn more about CPU usage here: What Is Meant Under CPU Usage and How Do I Monitor It?). Here is how you can reduce the CPU usage generated by your WordPress website:
-
Always upgrade your WordPress to the latest version released. Every update always contains bug fixes and improvements.
-
Update all your plugins to the latest version released. The plugin updates also usually bring new bug fixes.
-
Update the themes used in your blog. Often the update contains optimizations that may improve the performance too.
-
Have you noticed how many of the plugins you really use? If you really like WordPress and have 30-40 plugins installed, try cleaning those that haven’t been used recently and keep them between 10 and 15. Try to clear the unnecessary plugins - look for a feature in a plugin that is already built in your WordPress version. This is not an easy task and requires a lot of research but it will pay off. Also note that you can disable some plugins and use them only when needed, for example you don’t need to activate the theme preview plugin if you are not going to change the current theme.
-
Reduce PHP/MySQL database requests. Usually the high CPU usage is caused by PHP processes and database requests. Try WP Super Cache for two or three weeks – sometimes it helps (http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wp-super-cache/). Also, some plugins allow you to set an option to write a log or not (like spam comments caught, etc.). Disable the logs - this improves the performance significantly.
-
Reduce the Widgets used. Widgets look great, but often cause high CPU usage, if they're a lot. Try turning certain widgets off for a few days and monitor the CPU usage (the Live Stats > Load Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel).
What are the Outgoing Connections All About?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
The Outgoing Connections Manager is a feature developed to maximize the security of your web sites and to prevent them from being abused by any third parties for hacking, spamming or scamming purposes. You can access it by going to Site Management > Outgoing Connections Manager on your web hosting control panel.
Think of the Outgoing Connections Manager as both a switch that protects your web sites from unwanted third party abuse and a clever tool for analyzing and organizing the outgoing traffic your web sites generate based upon IP Address systematization.
For example, if your web site gets hacked and the hackers need to redirect the site to a remote database or a remote API or script for their own purposes, their attempts will end up nowhere, as the Outgoing Connections Manager will disallow the particular connection if the IP address being accessed is not on the allowed Outgoing Connections list for that site/account.
The Outgoing Connections Manager can be disabled if you do not want to utilize its features. By default it is enabled, however, and it allows you to specify certain IP Addresses or IP ranges to which your site(s) will be able to open outgoing connections. Your web site(s) could be allowed to open connections to both a specific IP Address or to a whole IP range.
In order to allow your website(s) open an outgoing connection to a specific IP you need to add that IP and the IP's mask to the list of allowed IPs. To do that - type the IP address in the IP/mask field of the form. You can also allow your web site(s) to open an outgoing connection to an SMTP server at port 25. For this purpose, you need to tick off the Allow port 25 (SMTP) checkbox. If you are not quite sure about the IP Address mask, contact your ISP for confirmation and assistance, or review the CIDR Refrence table that is to be found at the Show/Hide help menu at the top left corner of the page in the Outgoing Connections Manager section.
To specify an entire IP range you will need to add an IP from that range and then specify the range's network mask. To do that - first select the Advanced level of experience option. Then you can choose a specific mask CIDR value (between 32 - 28) from the right-hand drop-down list.
To remove an IP or an IP range from the Allowed IPs/ IP ranges list you need to tick off the checkbox for a particular line in the list and then press the Delete button at to bottom of the list. If for some reason you want to completely disable the Outgoing Connection blocking script you need just to press the Deactivate button. Please note that setting the Outgoing Connection to Not Active status may result in a security risk.
How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
If you are running low on certain resources in your account, you can explore the possibilities for upgrading. You have two basic options - to upgrade just certain features of your plan (such as disk space, the number of the hosted domains, etc.) or upgrade to a higher package (if one is available). You can find both options in the Upgrades* section on the left side of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
* If you do not see the Renew plan link or the Upgrades menu at all, please use the link at the bottom of this page to open a ticket and request assistance from our support staff.
The
Change Plan link takes you to a page where you can upgrade to a higher package. All available packages are displayed on the left together with a list of the features they are offering, while the price for the upgrade is displayed on the right. Once you choose the package that you wish to upgrade to, you have to select it, then choose the payment method you would like to use and then click on the
Continue button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to this article:
Alternative payment options
The Add Services/Upgrades link will take you to a page where you can upgrade certain features of your current package. Here is a list of all available upgrades:
-
Hosted Domains - this upgrade allows you to host more domain names in your account
-
Subdomains - this upgrade allows you to create more subdomains; (For more information, refer to: What is a Subdomain and How Do I Create One?)
-
IP Addresses - this upgrade allows you to purchase a dedicated IP address. (For more information, refer to: What is a Dedicated IP and Do I Need One?)
-
SSH - this upgrade allows you to have SSH access to the server; (For more information, refer to: What is SSH?)
-
MySQL Databases - this upgrade provides you with additional MySQL databases. (For more information, refer to: What is a MySQL Database?)
-
MySQL Quota - this upgrade provides you with additional disk space for your MySQL databases
-
PostgreSQL Databases - this upgrade provides you with additional PostgreSQL databases. (For more information, refer to: What is a PostgreSQL Database?)
-
PostgreSQL Quota - this upgrade provides you with additional disk space for your PostgreSQL databases
-
Disk Space - this upgrade provides you with additional storage on the server for your files and eMails
-
Traffic - this upgrade allows you to increase the monthly traffic limit
-
eMail Addresses - this upgrade allows you to create more eMail accounts
-
FTP Accounts - this upgrade allows you to create more FTP accounts. (For more information, refer to: What is an FTP Account and (Why) Do I Need Different FTP Accounts?)
-
Backup - By default, we keep a backup of your account only if the data is below 5 GB. This upgrade allows you to increase the backup limit
-
Cronjobs - this upgrade allows you to set up more cron jobs. (For more information, refer to: What is Crontab?)
-
CPU Usage - this upgrade allows you to increase the CPU usage limit of your account. (For more information, refer to: What is Meant Under CPU Usage and How Do I Monitor It?)
Next to each feature there is a drop-down menu that allows you to choose the quantity that you wish to purchase. Next to it you’ll also see the monthly price, the remaining period and the total price that you’ll have to pay for the particular upgrade. You can make multiple upgrades at the same time.
Once you have selected all the services that you wish to add, you have to choose the payment method you would like to use and click on the Continue button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to this article: Alternative payment options.
My Site Has Been Hacked, What Are the Possible Causes and Solutions?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
How was Your Website Hacked? Here are Several Possible Scenarios:
-
If you have your FTP details stored locally on your computer, someone may have stolen them using various Trojan Horses, Spyware, etc. Several times in the past attackers used stolen FTP credentials to successfully pull off large scale attacks.
A solution in this case would be to run a full scan of your computer and change your FTP credentials via the Site Management > FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Also, be careful when you enter login information on public computers.
-
Someone used your hosting Control Panel password and hacked your website(s) - this case is quite similar to the one mentioned above and the solution here is an immediate update of the account password, which could be done via the My Account > Change Login Credentials section.
-
If you are using scripts, such as Joomla, WordPress, etc., for the purposes of your website, the site may have been hacked using various methods like database injection, remote file inclusion and many others.
The problem is that all these are open source applications and anybody has access to their code, which allows hackers to find security holes, especially if the applications are not updated regularly and/or different add-ons with unknown origin are installed.
This is a topic that can be widely discussed and there are many materials providing more detailed information that can be found on the Internet.
In Case You Find Your Website(s) Hacked, We Recommend that You Cover these Few Bases:
-
Take your site off-line - Take your site off-line temporarily, at least until you know you have fixed things.
-
Damage Assessment - It is a good idea to figure out exactly what the hacker(s) were after.
- Were they looking for sensitive information?
- Did they want to gain control of your site for other purposes?
- Look for any files, which have been recently modified or created that you cannot recognize or you haven't edited yourself.
- Check for any suspicious activity inside your Web Hosting Control Panel, such as newly created email accounts, FTP accounts, etc.
- Determine the scope of the problem — do you have other sites that may be affected?
- The absolute best thing to do here is a complete re-installation of all application(s) using a fresh and updated copy acquired from the respective script vendor. It is the only way to be completely sure you have removed everything the hacker may have done.
- After the fresh re-installation, use the latest backup that has been made to restore your site. Do not forget to make sure the backup is clean and free of hacked content too.
- Update any software packages to the latest versions. This includes things such as blogs, content management systems, or any other type of third-party software installed.
- Change your passwords - the application admin password, the hosting account and the FTP passwords.
-
Restoring your online presence - Get your site(s) back online and keep an eye on things, as the hacker(s) may try again.
File Quota - Why is there a Limit for the Files that I Host and What Happens if I Exceed It?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
Each hosting account on our shared hosting and semi-dedicated servers has been assigned a certain amount of files, which it is allowed to use. Every file you upload and every message you send/receive counts as a separate file, since a copy of it is being saved in your account (and therefore – on the sevrer). The file quota is different for each web hosting plan.
Our system monitors the file usage for each account and shows the respective statistical information in the Account Usage section on the left side of your hosting Control Panel. There, among other usage statistics for your account, at the bottom of the table you can see the files currently used, as well as those that remain until the allowed quota is reached. For example:
If you see something like: 19,000/31,000, then this means that at the moment there are 19,000 files in your account, and that you can host 31,000 more.
Because these file limits cannot be changed or upgraded, we recommend that you regularly check the Account Usage section and monitor the number of the files left until the file quota limit is reached. Exceeding the file quota limit will result in the following:
-
You will not be able to upload files to your account. If you try to upload additional files, you will get an error message that there is not enough space.
-
You will not be able to log in to the Webmail. In this case, no error message will be returned, but once you try to log in, the Webmail client will load a blank page and will not show the menus or any other options.
-
If you are using a local mail client for your mails, for example, Outlook Express, you will receive an error message when trying to send an email, and people who are trying to send messages to you will get their emails returned back to them with a message explaining that the delivery has failed.
The obvious solution to any of the afore-mentioned problems is to remove old files and emails, and thus reduce the number of files hosted in your account.
Often people don't realize how many unused and unnecessary files they are actually hosting. For example, you may have many mailboxes in your account, which are storing thousands of e-mail messages that you may not need and that are only taking up space. Often a catchall account, which you never actually check or don't monitor regularly, gets filled up with SPAM. Each email counts as a file and these SPAM messages could take a great amount of your file quota. The solution - delete the catchall account and re-create it, thus removing all the emails stored in it, or use Outlook or any other mail client to review the messages and delete unwanted and/or old and unnecessary emails.
If you are unsure what to delete and where to look for the files that are filling up your account, please contact us by opening a ticket (use the link at the bottom of the page) and we’ll provide you with a list of folders and email accounts that have large amounts of files stored within them.
How Can I Upload My Website from My Local Computer to the Web Server (My Hosting Space)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: FTP
To successfully upload your website to your web hosting space, follow these instructions:
Make sure that you have enough disk space in your hosting account - you need to check how large your website is and make sure that your hosting plan has enough disk space left to accomodate it. You can check the space that you have left in your hosting account in the Account Usage Stats on the left side of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
Make sure that your files are arranged properly in directories and subdirectories on your computer so that you can easily locate them.
Determine where exactly you should put the files on the server. Usually your domain points to a folder in the www/ directory, which has the same name as your domain. So if your domain is my-best-domain.com, the correct path would be /www/my-best-domain.com - this is where you should put your files. If you are unsure what the correct path is, go to the Site Options > Subdomain Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel, locate your subdomain or domain (domains are listed as http://www.my-best-domain.com) and click on theEdit icon. One of the fields that could be edited is "Path" - it shows which folder your domain/subdomain points to, i.e. where you should upload your files.
-
Connect through FTP to your hosting account to upload the files
-
Uploading with Dreamweaver
Note: This is an alternative to uploading via an FTP client - you are not required to use Dreamweaver, this is simply a tutorial for Dreamweaver users. If you didn't use Dreamweaver to create your website, refer to step 2 and upload your website via an FTP client.
Dreamweaver is a very popular tool that provides a lot of options for building your site. If you have built your site using Dreamweaver and now you wish to upload it to the server, here are the steps you need to take:
In Dreamweaver, go to Site > Manage Sites... and select your website. In the window that appears, labeled "Site Definition for SiteName", choose the "Advanced" tab and click on "Remote Info" on the left. There you need to choose the FTP option from the "Access" drop-down menu. Several fields appear:
FTP host - enter your domain name here, e.g.: my-best-domain.com
Host directory - type the path to the directory, where you wish your site to be uploaded. The path is relative to the directory, which your FTP account connects you to. Usually, you should enter your domain name again: my-best-domain.com
Login and Password - enter your FTP login details here. If you are not sure what your FTP username and password are, you can find them in the welcome email for your hosting account and also in the FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > FTP Manager). Usually the username is the same as the one you use to log in to the Web Hosting Control Panel. However, the password could not be the same - it could be changed via the FTP Manager section.
Use Passive FTP - make sure this option is selected.
Finally, click on the "Testing Server" menu on the right. You will see a "Server Model" drop-down menu. Choose the PHP MySQL server model.
Click on the "OK" button to finish your settings.
In the Dreamweaver main window, you should be able to see a menu list, located in the top left corner. There you need to find the name of your site and the directory where it is located, and under it, all the files that it uses. To upload your site you need to click on its name and then click on the up arrow button.
How to Change the Permissions of a File or a Folder?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: FTP
Sometimes when you install a script manually, you would see an instruction "change the permissions of file.php to 666", for example. Those permissions are associated with the read, write and execute rights that the file owner, group members and everybody else has for that file. There are several ways to change the permissions of a file or a folder - through the File Manager section, SSH, or through an FTP client, such as FileZilla.
If you go to the File Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Management > File Manager), you will see a column "Permissions". There is a value for every file or folder in your account, with default values 644 for files and 755 for folders. If you want to change the permissions of a particular file or folder, simply click on the value that you see for that file or folder. A drop-down menu will appear and you will be able to choose the new value.
If you want to change the permissions of multiple files or foldes, you have to select them first, then choose the value you need from the Permissions drop-down menu located at the top and at the bottom of the File Manager section. Click on theChange button for the changes to take effect.
An alternative to using our File Manager tool would be changing the file permissions using an FTP client. That option would also give you the opportunity to change the permissions of all subdirectories and files within a folder recursively.
We recommend
FileZilla, a freeware FTP client. Here is how you can change the permissions using that client:
First, connect to your account on the server via FTP to see a list of all the files and folders that you have. To change the permissions, right-click on a file and choose the File Attributes option. You can type a numeric value or choose the Read/Write/Execute permissions marking the checkboxes. If you choose the File Attributes option when you right-click a folder, you will see an extra option - Recurse into subdirectories. You can change the permissions of all the files, all the folders, or both, as long as they are located in the folder you have just clicked on.
Last, but not least, you can change the permissions via Secure Shell (SSH) if it is active for your account. The command is:
chmod number filename
For example:
chmod 644 example.php
How Do I Backup My Files Manually?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: FTP
First, make sure that you know where exactly the files for your website are located. Usually each domain/subdomain points to a folder with the same name as the domain/subdomain located inside the /www/ directory in your hosting account. So, if you want to back up the files for my-best-domain.com, they are most likely located in /www/my-best-domain.com/
Here is how you can back up your files:
Option 1: Go to Site Options > File Manager. Select the check box in front of the folder(s) and/or the file(s) that you wish to download and click on the Download button, which is located at the top of the files list and also at the bottom.
Within a few seconds a windwow appears and asks you if you wish to save the file. Choose "Save As..." and point the location on your computer where the file should be saved.
You get a .zip archive, which contains all the file(s) and/or folder(s) that you have selected.
Option 2: You can back up your files via FTP. To do this, connect via FTP, using your main FTP account. Once the connection is established, you will see a list of all the domain folders.
Right click on the desired folder, then choose Download*. Your files will start downloading on your computer.
Option 3: In case you would like to create a .zip archive of your files, but instead of downloading it locally to your computer, you want to keep it on the server, here is what needs to be done:
-
Go to the File Manager section and access the folder where the files are located. Via the "Create New File/Folder" tool at the top, create a folder called "BACKUP".
-
Use the "Select all" option, then leave ONLY the folder "BACKUP" unchecked. Copy the files to the newly created folder "BACKUP".
-
Create a file called zip.php into the same directory where the folder "BACKUP" is located and include the code:
<?php exec("zip -r BACKUP BACKUP"); ?>
*IMPORTANT: The exact URL of the script depends on the domain and the folder where the files are located. What is important is that you run the script by accessing it through the web.
If you go back to the File Manager section, in the folder where you created the zip.php file, you will find a file called BACKUP.zip - this is in fact the archive with your files' backup.
How to Connect via FTP and Upload/Download Files?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: FTP
FTP is probably the most convenient way to transfer large number of files or large size files. FTP transfers require the use of an FTP client (program). Popular FTP clients are FileZilla, SmartFTP, CuteFTP and Total Commander. We recommend FileZilla because it is free and easy to configure.
The basic settings, which you need to know in order to connect to your hosting account via FTP can be found in the FTP Manager section of your hosting Control Panel (Site Options > FTP Manager). The settings that you need to connect via FTP are:
-
hostname/server: This is usually one of your domains or subdomains but it could also be the shared IP address of the server or your dedicated IP.
-
username: This is the FTP login name used for authentication. Your default (first) FTP account has the same username as the one you use to log in to the hosting Control Panel.
-
password: Initially the password for your default FTP account is the same as your hosting Control Panel password, but it could be changed via the FTP Manager section.
-
port: Usually it is set by default in your FTP client to 21. This is also the port we use for FTP transfers.
If you use your default FTP account to connect via FTP, you should get connected to the www/ directory. Inside this directory are the main folders of your domains.
When you create an FTP account you can restrict the access to a specific directory. For example, if you want to grant access to the /www/my-best-domain.com directory, you must enter "my-best-domain.com" in the access path field. This way the new FTP account would not have access to anything outside the "my-best-domain.com" directory and its subdirectories. You will not be able to access upper level directories like /www/. This way you can create FTP accounts with restricted access for co-workers or other people working on a specific website, without giving them full access to all the files in your account.
Using FTP with Dreamweaver
Dreamweaver requires some additional FTP settings. If you have built your website using Dreamweaver, you will have to enter a "Host directory" in addition to the FTP server, the username and the password. The "Host directory" specifies the location where Dreamweaver should upload the files relative to the directory, which you get connected to using the FTP account in question. So if you use your default FTP account, which connects to the www/ directory and you want to publish your website to www/my-best-domain.com/, you should enter the following as "Host directory": my-best-domain.com/.
How Can I View Hidden Files via FTP?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: FTP
The process of configuring your FTP client to show hidden files depends on the particular FTP client used.
Instructions for showing hidden files using many popular FTP clients can be found below:
In Dreamweaver:
Dreamweaver won't display hidden files. You can either use another FTP program or you can use the File Manager tool located in your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager).
In CuteFTP:
-
Go to Site Manager.
-
Choose the connection and click Edit.
-
Make sure Filters is checked.
-
Press the Filter button towards the bottom.
-
Check [Enable remote filters (Server applied filter)
-
In the box below add -al
-
Hit Apply, now log in with that connection.
In WSFTP:
Right click on the connection before logging on, select "properties", then select the "startup" tab. On this screen you shall see a box that says "Remote file mask". In this box place "-al", then log in.
In Fetch:
-
Open the Preferences.
-
Click on the 'Misc' tab
-
Click on the 'Obscure Options' popup menu.
-
Check the 'Send LIST -al to UNIX servers'
In BBEdit:
Click the checkbox that says Show Files Starting with "."
In Transmit:
-
Open the Preferences.
-
Click on 'Files' in the Toolbar.
-
Check the box that says 'Show all Hidden Files."
In FTP Voyager:
-
Select a profile in the FTP Site Profile Manager.
-
Click on the 'Advanced' button.
-
Select the category 'Connection'.
-
Enter "-la" in the Extra LIST Parameter.
In SecureFX:
-
Right click on the connection before logging on.
-
Select "properties".
-
Select Category > Options > FTP.
-
On this screen you shall see a box that says "Directory Listing Options". Select the option "All entries", then log in.
In LeechFTP:
-
Run Leech FTP
-
Select "File", "Options"
-
Select "Transfers" tab
-
In the "List Command" box enter "LIST-a" (no quotes)
-
Click "Accept"
-
Log in and view directory, all is well.
AceFTP:
-
Go to the site profiles manager (Ctrl+W)
-
Go to the properties of the site (left click -> properties, or select and Alt+Enter)
-
Click on "Folders" in this list on the left
-
Under "Folder Listing Command:", select the "Use custom value:" radio button and type "LIST -al" into the dropdown menu immediately below.
-
Click "OK"
FileZilla:
Edit -> Settings -> Remote file list
Be sure that "Always show hidden files" is checked.
fireFTP:
-
Run fireFTP
-
Select Preferences (Alt+R)
-
Select the "General" tab
-
Select "Show Hidden FIles"
-
Click "OK"
How to Connect to FTP with a Web Browser (Internet Explorer, for Example)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: FTP
There are several ways to establish an FTP connection to your website files. Usually it is done with the help of an FTP client (program). Read more about this here: How to connect via FTP and upload/download files
In case you do not have an FTP client and you do not wish to download and install one, there is an easier option: You can use your web browser to connect to your site via FTP. To do so, just open the following address:
ftp://username:password@my-best-domain.com
In the above example, replace "username" and "password" with your actual FTP username and password and replace my-best-domain.com with your domain.
If you have problems connecting via FTP, it is possible that your outgoing port 21 is blocked by your local firewall, so you may have to disable it or add an exception first.
What is an FTP Account and (Why) Do I Need Different FTP Accounts?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: FTP
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a standard network protocol used to exchange and manipulate files over a TCP/IP based network, such as the Internet. In other words, FTP offers a convenient and fast way for uploading or downloading files to and from the server. In order to establish an FTP connection you need to have an FTP account on the server. For more information you can read the article How to connect via FTP and upload/download files.
The FTP account is basically a set of a username and a password that authorizes access to the server via FTP. The default FTP account that is created when your hosting account is set up provides access to the main /www/ folder of your web hosting account. You also have the option to create new FTP accounts and you can do that via the FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > FTP Manager).
What is more important is that for each FTP account you can set an access path. This way the newly created account provides access to a certain folder and its sub-folders, while all other folders are inaccessible. That is useful if you wish to provide access to a third party (for example a web designer) to upload to your account without providing full access to that web hosting account.
How Can I Renew My Hosting Plan?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
The first step would be to determine whether you have recurring billing set up to renew the account. That can be done via the My Account > Recurring Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open that menu you will see a table with all recurring billing contracts.
In this table you can find information about the service type of the particular contract, its profile ID, the billing type, the amount that is charged each time, the number of the charges so far, as well as information about when the next charge is going to be. If you have more than one service with us, you may have more than one recurring contract. Therefore, you should check the first column of the table that provides information about the service type to see if there is an active account renewal contract. If you do have a recurring contract, you don't need to renew the plan manually - you will be charged for the renewal prior to the expiration date and your account will be renewed without any service interruption.
Should there be no recurring contract, you must renew your web hosting plan manually. To do that, visit the Renew plan* link under the Upgrades menu on the left hand side:
After clicking on the Renew plan link you will be forwarded to the account renewal page in the Control Panel.
Here you will see the name and the expiration date of the web hosting plan you are currently using, as well as the price for one more year. Here you will also see a detailed list of any upgrades or add-on services that you have purchased. You can decide whether to renew them as well or not by simply selecting or deselecting each of them. Any services that you do not renew will be deactivated, once you make the renewal payment.
You will also see a list of all domain names that you have registered via this web hosting account. And again you can decide whether to renew a certain domain name or not by selecting or deselecting it.
And last, but not least, you have to choose the payment method you would like to use to submit the renewal payment and then click on the Continue button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information.
* If you do not see the Renew plan link or the Upgrades menu at all, please use the link at the bottom of this page to open a ticket and request assistance from our support staff.
File Quota - Why is there a Limit for the Files that I Host and What Happens if I Exceed It?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
Each hosting account on our shared hosting and semi-dedicated servers has been assigned a certain amount of files, which it is allowed to use. Every file you upload and every message you send/receive counts as a separate file, since a copy of it is being saved in your account (and therefore – on the sevrer). The file quota is different for each web hosting plan.
Our system monitors the file usage for each account and shows the respective statistical information in the Account Usage section on the left side of your hosting Control Panel. There, among other usage statistics for your account, at the bottom of the table you can see the files currently used, as well as those that remain until the allowed quota is reached. For example:
If you see something like: 19,000/31,000, then this means that at the moment there are 19,000 files in your account, and that you can host 31,000 more.
Because these file limits cannot be changed or upgraded, we recommend that you regularly check the Account Usage section and monitor the number of the files left until the file quota limit is reached. Exceeding the file quota limit will result in the following:
-
You will not be able to upload files to your account. If you try to upload additional files, you will get an error message that there is not enough space.
-
You will not be able to log in to the Webmail. In this case, no error message will be returned, but once you try to log in, the Webmail client will load a blank page and will not show the menus or any other options.
-
If you are using a local mail client for your mails, for example, Outlook Express, you will receive an error message when trying to send an email, and people who are trying to send messages to you will get their emails returned back to them with a message explaining that the delivery has failed.
The obvious solution to any of the afore-mentioned problems is to remove old files and emails, and thus reduce the number of files hosted in your account.
Often people don't realize how many unused and unnecessary files they are actually hosting. For example, you may have many mailboxes in your account, which are storing thousands of e-mail messages that you may not need and that are only taking up space. Often a catchall account, which you never actually check or don't monitor regularly, gets filled up with SPAM. Each email counts as a file and these SPAM messages could take a great amount of your file quota. The solution - delete the catchall account and re-create it, thus removing all the emails stored in it, or use Outlook or any other mail client to review the messages and delete unwanted and/or old and unnecessary emails.
If you are unsure what to delete and where to look for the files that are filling up your account, please contact us by opening a ticket (use the link at the bottom of the page) and we’ll provide you with a list of folders and email accounts that have large amounts of files stored within them.
Changing the Account Owner Details
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
You are able to change the details for the owner of your hosting account easily and thus keep them updated at any time, or transfer the ownership over to another person. In order to change these details, you need to go to My Account > Change Login Credentials. There you will see all the information that is currently provided for your account. You can change any field that you wish and save the changes by clicking on the Change button.
Note that when you change the eMail address for your account, a verification eMail will be sent to you with a link in it. You need to click on that link to verify your new eMail. This verification is necessary to make sure that you can receive eMails from us normally, so that you can get all important notifications related to your account.
The person whose details are listed in the Control Panel is considered owner of the account. Thus, if you change these details with those of another person’s, the latter will become the official owner of the hosting account. This way you can transfer the ownership of your account over to someone else if you need to.
It is highly recommended to keep your details up to date, so that we can contact you, if necessary, to prevent any potential problems with your hosting services.
My Site Has Been Hacked, What Are the Possible Causes and Solutions?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
How was Your Website Hacked? Here are Several Possible Scenarios:
-
If you have your FTP details stored locally on your computer, someone may have stolen them using various Trojan Horses, Spyware, etc. Several times in the past attackers used stolen FTP credentials to successfully pull off large scale attacks.
A solution in this case would be to run a full scan of your computer and change your FTP credentials via the Site Management > FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Also, be careful when you enter login information on public computers.
-
Someone used your hosting Control Panel password and hacked your website(s) - this case is quite similar to the one mentioned above and the solution here is an immediate update of the account password, which could be done via the My Account > Change Login Credentials section.
-
If you are using scripts, such as Joomla, WordPress, etc., for the purposes of your website, the site may have been hacked using various methods like database injection, remote file inclusion and many others.
The problem is that all these are open source applications and anybody has access to their code, which allows hackers to find security holes, especially if the applications are not updated regularly and/or different add-ons with unknown origin are installed.
This is a topic that can be widely discussed and there are many materials providing more detailed information that can be found on the Internet.
In Case You Find Your Website(s) Hacked, We Recommend that You Cover these Few Bases:
-
Take your site off-line - Take your site off-line temporarily, at least until you know you have fixed things.
-
Damage Assessment - It is a good idea to figure out exactly what the hacker(s) were after.
- Were they looking for sensitive information?
- Did they want to gain control of your site for other purposes?
- Look for any files, which have been recently modified or created that you cannot recognize or you haven't edited yourself.
- Check for any suspicious activity inside your Web Hosting Control Panel, such as newly created email accounts, FTP accounts, etc.
- Determine the scope of the problem — do you have other sites that may be affected?
- The absolute best thing to do here is a complete re-installation of all application(s) using a fresh and updated copy acquired from the respective script vendor. It is the only way to be completely sure you have removed everything the hacker may have done.
- After the fresh re-installation, use the latest backup that has been made to restore your site. Do not forget to make sure the backup is clean and free of hacked content too.
- Update any software packages to the latest versions. This includes things such as blogs, content management systems, or any other type of third-party software installed.
- Change your passwords - the application admin password, the hosting account and the FTP passwords.
-
Restoring your online presence - Get your site(s) back online and keep an eye on things, as the hacker(s) may try again.
How Can I Transfer My Website from Another Host to Your Servers?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
You are able to easily transfer an existing website from another hosting provider to your account with us. However, please note that the necessary steps may vary depending on the technologies and scripts that your website uses, on how large it is and on how it is organized.
In case you still have the website running on your previous host's platform, to avoid downtime, it is recommended that you copy the site on our servers and test if it works normally before pointing your domain name to our name servers.
Here are the main steps to transfer your website.
Before you start the transfer, you need to make some checks and preparations.
- Make sure that you have enough disk space on your hosting account - you need to check how large your site is and if the new hosting account has enough free space left. You can check the space that you have in the Account Usage section on the left side of your Control Panel.
- Make sure that you have enough domain / subdomain slots available, enough MySQL databases and email accounts - in case you wish to move your emails as well.
- Make sure that you are able to edit the name servers of the domain(s) for the website(s) that you will be moving.
-
You need to have a copy of your site saved to your computer.
To do this, you need to log in to your account with the previous host and either download the files containing your site to your personal computer, or request them to provide you with a backup copy of your account. In case you have any difficulties, it will be best to contact your old host and request assistance.
-
Subdomains – in case your site uses subdomains as well, you need to:
- Download a copy of the files that are under each subdomain, or request such backup copies from your previous hosting company. Arrange the files in separate folders for each subdomain so that you can easily upload them to the new account after that.
- Recreate each subdomain in your new hosting account with us. You can do that through the Site Management > Subdomain Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
-
Upload your website files to our server.
Under each hosting account there is a default subdomain that can be used for testing purposes. It points to the same folder as your initial domain (the one you registered your account with) does. It looks like username.sc110.info. Please note that if you wish to test your website before you point your domain name to our servers, you need to upload it to the directory of the default subdomain.
-
Set up your eMail accounts.
-
Test your website before you point your domain to our servers.
When the transfer of the files (and the database if you have one) is completed should be able to open your website from the new location in your account with us.
You can test if everything is working correctly before you point your domain name to our servers, so that you can avoid downtime. To do that, you just need to open the default subdomain under which you have uploaded the files of your website. If everything is working correctly, you should to be able to see your website and open all the menus and links in it normally. It is recommended that you test all the functions, links and menus associated with your website, and check if all the pages are displayed normally.
-
Point your domain name to our name servers.
Changing the Control Panel (CP) Password
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
The login password for your Control Panel, unlike the username (login name), could be changed at any time. To change the password, navigate to My Account > Change Login Credentials - this is where you can modify the owner details for your web hosting account and this is also the place where you can set a new password.
To change the password, you must know the current one. If you don't - please use the Lost password link on the login page or ask our Support Staff to reset your password by opening a ticket. To open a ticket - follow the link at the bottom of this page.
Back to changing the password - in the My Account > Change Login Credentials section, scroll to the bottom of the page where you will find the following 3 fields:
-
Current Password - enter your current password
-
New Password - enter the new password
-
Re-type New Password - enter the new password again
Once all the fields are filled in correctly, click on the Change button at the bottom of the form to complete the process. You will be able to use the new password immediately.
How Do I Clear the Cache of My Web Browser?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
Clearing your browser's cache forces your web browser to load the latest (current) version of the pages that you visit. Here is how you can clear your browser's cache:
Mozilla Firefox users:
To clear the cache in Firefox, open Firefox, click Tools > Clear Private Data and choose to delete the cache, then click Clear Private Data Now.
Internet Explorer 6:
To clear the cache in IE 6, open the browser, click Tools -> Internet Options -> General -> Delete Files. Select the box next to Delete all offline content when the window opens and click OK.
Internet Explorer 7:
To clear the cache in IE 7, open the browser, select Tools -> Internet Options -> General -> click on the "Delete" button under the Browsing History section. Choose to delete the cache and click on the Delete button next to each item to delete it.
Internet Explorer 8:
To clear the cache in IE 8, open the browser, select Tools -> Delete Browsing History -> choose to delete the cache and click on the Delete button. Once the files have been deleted, you can dismiss the "Internet Options" dialogue by clicking on the "OK" button.
Opera:
To clear the cache in Opera, open the browser, then select Tools -> Delete private data. Choose to delete the cache and click Delete.
Google Chrome:
To clear the cache in Google Chrome, open the browser, then select Tools -> Clear Browsing Data -> Empty the cache -> and click on the Clear Browsing Data button.
Safari:
To clear the cache in Safari, open the browser, click on Safari -> Empty Cache. Click Empty in the window that opens to clear the cache.
Konqueror:
To clear the cache in Konqueror, open the browser, click Settings -> select Configure Konqueror -> scroll down and select Cache -> and click on Clear Cache.
I Get "Internal Server Error 500" on My Website, How Do I Fix This?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
A "500 Internal Server Error" message usually indicates a problem on the server-side. It could be a script that malfunctioned or improper settings in your .htaccess file, but it always indicates that your browser was able to reach the server but the server was unable to serve the requested page.
Here Are Several Possible Reasons for this Error:
-
In most of the cases the problem is caused by the content of an .htaccess file located inside the folder that you are trying to load - usually your domain name's main directory.
Due to technical and/or security reasons a few directives are not allowed to be overriden via .htaccess. Such directives are, for example: Options, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
Also, it is not possible to change values from the PHP configuration using "php_flag" or "php_value" in .htaccess.
In case you receive an Internal Server Error 500 message - please check if any of the afore-mentioned directives are present in your .htaccess file and either comment on them by placing "#" at the beginning of the line or delete the entire line.
In some cases there are so many lines in your .htaccess that it is difficult to inspect all of them to determine which one, if any, is causing the problem. An easy way to find out whether it is the .htaccess file that lies at the bottom of this problem is to simply disable the file by renaming it to a.htaccess, for example. This action is easily reversable.
-
If the content of your .htaccess file is not the case, it is recommended that you activate the Error Logs for the problematic website and try to reproduce the problem several times so that the logs could be generated.
- In case the logs show a "Permission denied" message, then the reason for the server error is related to file/folder permissions.
Make sure that the permissions of the file(s)/folder(s) are either 644 or 755 - this will eliminate the possibility of incorrect permissions causing the problem.
IMPORTANT: PHP files must not have 777 permissions. If you are trying to open a PHP file that has such permissions, it will result in an "Internal Server Error 500". To resolve the problem, simply change the permissions of the file to 644 or 755.
- In case the logs show a "Premature end of script headers" message, such error message could be invoked by several reasons:
- The script requires more than the usual time to be processed and is being killed by our system. In order to ensure the stable performance of all other hosting accounts, we have set the "max_execution_time" option in the PHP Settings to 30 secs.
- There is an error within the programming code of the script in question. In this case it should be revised by a professional web developer who will be able to assist you further.
-
If you are using a Perl/CGI script (.pl and .cgi files):
Make sure that the path is correct. Each Perl/CGI script must begin with:
#!/usr/bin/perl
Can I Change My Login Name (Username) for the Control Panel?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Manage Account
When you sign up for your hosting account you are asked to choose a username. Once you complete the order process, the username is saved in our system and it could not be changed later.
The main reason for this is that the username is used as the main ID value in our system. A record is created in our database for each new account and the username is used as a primary key. The primary key of a database is a permanent value that cannot be changed and thus the username cannot be altered as well.
In addition, the username is used in the file system on the server on which the account is located. This is the other main reason that makes altering of the username impossible.
Redirecting/Forwarding a Website - URL Redirection
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
There are different ways for you to redirect a domain to another one or, in general, one URL to another. Most of the available options are explained in this article:
(1) Using Our URL Protect & Redirect Tool
In your Web Hosting Control Panel you will find the URL Protect & Redirect section (Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect). In the URL Redirection tab you can set up URL redirection. For detailed information about the options, please click on theShow/Hide Help link.
(2) Framed Redirection
If you want to redirect visitors but keep the URL (address) in the address bar unchanged, you have to use framed redirection. Basically, what you do is create a file that loads the new website (which you want to redirect to) in a frame. To use framed redirection to redirect my-best-domain.com to my-best-domain.net, for example, you can create a file called index.html and put it inside the main folder of my-best-domain.com. The index.html file must have the following code:
<html>
<head>
<title>TITLE OF THE PAGE</title>
<frameset cols = "100%">
<frame src ="http://my-best-domain.net" />
</frameset>
</head>
<body>
</body>
</html>
Of course, make sure to replace
"TITLE OF THE PAGE" with the actual title that you want your visitors to see and replace "
http://my-best-domain.net" with the actual web address, which you want to redirect the visitors to.
3) Using .htaccess and the Redirect Directive
If you need to forward visitors to the new address and don't mind that the URL in the address bar will change, you can use the following technique:
Create a file called .htaccess inside the main folder of your domain. You can do this using the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Edit the .htaccess file to put the following code in it:
Redirect 301 / http://my-best-domain.net/
The above code will redirect visitors to
http://my-best-domain.net/ and "tell" search engine spiders
(bots) that your URL has changed permanently - this is what the 301 code means.
Using this technique you can also redirect specific URLs, for example a single page. If you used to have a page called page.html and you renamed it to newpage.html, you may want to create a redirection, which will forward visitors who try to open page.html to newpage.html. This is how it's done with .htaccess:
Redirect 301 /page.html http://my-best-domain.com/newpage.html
*Additional uses of .htaccess:
-
You have changed the file extension?
RedirectMatch 301 (.*)\.html$ http://my-best-domain.com$1.php
This example is perfect if you have decided to switch from .html pages to .php, keeping the old names of the pages and changing only the file extensions. Now, be careful with this because any .html page there is will be redirected to a page with the same name but with a .php extension, regardless of whether such .php file actually exists.
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www.my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
-
You have purchased SSL for your domain and now wish to redirect ALL traffic to an HTTPS version of your site?
RewriteEngine On
RewriteCond %{SERVER_PORT} !443
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ https://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [R]
(4) Redirecting Using the META Tag Refresh
In HTML files you can put a META tag refresh to refresh the page after a certain amount of time. The META tag refresh also allows you to refresh to a new URL, which virtually means forwarding the visitors to a new web address. To use this technique you must create an index.html file inside your domain's main folder with the following code:
<META http-equiv="refresh" content="0;URL=http://my-best-domain.com">
This will redirect the visitor immediately to my-best-domain.com.
(5) Using the Location Header in PHP
This technique works similarly to the afore-mentioned one where we redirected the visitor using the HTML META tag refresh. However, instead an index.html file, here you must create an index.php file inside your domain's main folder and use the following code:
<?
header("HTTP/1.1 301 Moved Permanently");
header ("Location: http://www.my-best-domain.net");
?>
(6) Redirecting Using JavaScript
Control over what page is loaded into the browser rests in the JavaScript window.location property. By setting window.location equal to a new URL, you will in turn change the current webpage to the one that is specified. If you want to redirect all your visitors to
http://www.my-best-domain.net when they arrive at your site, you will just need the script below:
<script type="text/javascript">
<!--
window.location = "http://www.my-best-domain.net/"
//-->
</script>
How to Unzip Files with the File Manager?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
Uploading a lot of files to your hosting space could be a burden if your Internet connection gets interrupted. Besides, your FTP client opens a new connection for each file in the upload queue, thus taking more time for the files to upload. The more the files you are trying to upload are, the longer the upload time will be. For that reason, we have included a useful function in the File Manager tool in your Web Hosting Control Panel - unzipping an archive that has been uploaded on the server.
If you want to upload a whole website, you can archive it using a freeware archivator like
WinRar or
7Zip. Upload the file in the corresponding folder, for example
/www/my-best-domain.com either via FTP or via the File Manager
(Site Options > File Manager) tool. Then open the File Manager tool and navigate to the folder where you uploaded the file. You should see the archive that you have just uploaded.
Click on the file name - a small window opens, prompting you what you would like to do. All options are listed in a drop-down menu, so click on Choose action, then choose the first option, Open. The next set of options allow you to open the file with a WYSIWYG editor, a plain text editor or in a browser. The last option in that set is called Unpack archive. When you select that option, our system unpacks the content of the archive file in the current folder. The supported archive file types are .zip, .rar, .tar and .tar.gz.
You can also zip (create an archive) a whole folder by clicking on the folder icon right next to the folder name. By choosing the Zip/Archive option from the drop-down menu, you can create a zip file of all the files within that folder, making it easier to download the entire folder at once.
How Can I Upload My Website from My Local Computer to the Web Server (My Hosting Space)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
To successfully upload your website to your web hosting space, follow these instructions:
Make sure that you have enough disk space in your hosting account - you need to check how large your website is and make sure that your hosting plan has enough disk space left to accomodate it. You can check the space that you have left in your hosting account in the Account Usage Stats on the left side of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
Make sure that your files are arranged properly in directories and subdirectories on your computer so that you can easily locate them.
Determine where exactly you should put the files on the server. Usually your domain points to a folder in the www/ directory, which has the same name as your domain. So if your domain is my-best-domain.com, the correct path would be /www/my-best-domain.com - this is where you should put your files. If you are unsure what the correct path is, go to the Site Options > Subdomain Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel, locate your subdomain or domain (domains are listed as http://www.my-best-domain.com) and click on the Edit icon. One of the fields that could be edited is "Path" - it shows which folder your domain/subdomain points to, i.e. where you should upload your files.
-
Connect through FTP to your hosting account to upload the files
-
Uploading with Dreamweaver
Note: This is an alternative to uploading via an FTP client - you are not required to use Dreamweaver, this is simply a tutorial for Dreamweaver users. If you didn't use Dreamweaver to create your website, refer to step 2 and upload your website via an FTP client.
Dreamweaver is a very popular tool that provides a lot of options for building your site. If you have built your site using Dreamweaver and now you wish to upload it to the server, here are the steps you need to take:
In Dreamweaver, go to Site > Manage Sites... and select your website. In the window that appears, labeled "Site Definition for SiteName", choose the "Advanced" tab and click on "Remote Info" on the left. There you need to choose the FTP option from the "Access" drop-down menu. Several fields appear:
FTP host - enter your domain name here, e.g.: my-best-domain.com
Host directory - type the path to the directory, where you wish your site to be uploaded. The path is relative to the directory, which your FTP account connects you to. Usually, you should enter your domain name again: my-best-domain.com
Login and Password - enter your FTP login details here. If you are not sure what your FTP username and password are, you can find them in the welcome email for your hosting account and also in the FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > FTP Manager). Usually the username is the same as the one you use to log in to the Web Hosting Control Panel. However, the password could not be the same - it could be changed via the FTP Manager section.
Use Passive FTP - make sure this option is selected.
Finally, click on the "Testing Server" menu on the right. You will see a "Server Model" drop-down menu. Choose the PHP MySQL server model.
Click on the "OK" button to finish your settings.
In the Dreamweaver main window, you should be able to see a menu list, located in the top left corner. There you need to find the name of your site and the directory where it is located, and under it, all the files that it uses. To upload your site you need to click on its name and then click on the up arrow button.
What is SSH?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: SSH (Secure Shell)
SSH, also known as Secure Shell, is a network protocol that creates a secured channel which allows data to be transferred and exchanged between two hosts. Basically, the Internet in its early days was designed to provide ease of use, not security. SSH substitutes older protocols, such as telnet and rlogin, where passwords were passed in plain text and could be easily intercepted.
You can use SSH in order to connect to a remote machine and execute commands. For example, you can import a database, find files and edit them.
A server-client environment is used when connecting via SSH. The connection is standardized at TCP port 22. What you need in order to connect is an SSH client software application.
PuTTY is one of the most popular. A server daemon is constantly checking for incoming requests.
So how can you obtain SSH access to your hosting account? First, check whether SSH is enabled for your web hosting plan - navigate to the Site Management > SSH Access section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. The status will be either 'Active' or 'Not Active'.
Click on the 'Activate' button.
An answer, such as the one below, indicates that SSH is not included in your web hosting plan:
Your hosting plan type does not allow an additional SSH service to be added! Please refer to the 'Account Usage' table on the left.
You might need to upgrade your plan features by using the 'Add Services/Upgrades' section.
In this case you can purchae SSH as an upgrade from the "Add Services/Upgrades" link on the left.
Once you have SSH activated, all you need is an SSH client (e.g. PuTTy), a username and a password. The username is the same as the one that you use to log in to your hosting Control Panel. The password could be easily set from the Site Management > SSH Access section. If you choose to use PuTTy, set the SSH host/server to ssh.supremecenterXX.com (replace XX with the number of the server, on wich your account is located - you can see it in the address bar / URL bar when you are logged into your control panel).
I Cannot Delete a File/Folder in My Account. How Do I Solve This?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
When trying to remove a file, you may get an error if the file has such permissions that would not allow you to remove it. The same goes for folders. However, if it is a folder that you are trying to remove, it may not be the folder itself, which has improper permissions but a file or a sub-folder inside the folder that you want to delete.
To resolve this problem you must change the permission set on the file in question and if it's a folder, you may have to change the permissions of the files and the folders located inside it as well. The proper permissions that need to be applied are 755. With these permissions applied to a file or a folder (and its content) you will be able to remove it via the File Manager tool or via FTP.
How Do I Setup a Password Protection for a Certain Directory or Web Address (URL)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
If you want to block the public access to a particular folder in your account, which is accessible through the web, you can easily do this through the URL Protect & Redirect section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > URL Protect & Redirect).
First, choose the domain or subdomain and then select the desired folder in the "Path to be protected" field. You should set up a username and a password for the protected area and then you can enable the protection.
Note that if there is an .htaccess file inside the folder, which you are trying to protect, the protection will not work. You should rename (and thus disable) the .htaccess file, before enabling the password protection area. Once you have enabled the password protection you can rename the file back to .htaccess but you also must locate the file called .htacl located inside the same folder and copy its content to the .htaccess file. You can do these changes using the File Manager (Site Options > File Manager) section of your Hosting Control Panel.
Allowed Commands with SSH
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: SSH (Secure Shell)
The following commands can be used with SSH:
ls - lists the content of a directory
Example usage:
ls
dir - works the same way as "ls"
Example usage:
dir
cd - changes the current directory
Example usage:
cd new-directory - enters in directory "new-directory"
cd .. - enters in the upper directory
rm - removes files or directories
Example usage:
rm filename.txt – removes the file "filename.txt"
rm -rf directory-name – removes the directory "directory-name" including its contents
mv - moves or renames files or directories
Example usage:
mv filename.txt ../ - moves "filename.txt" to the upper directory
mv filename.txt filename.old - renames "filename.txt" to "filename.old"
find – searches for files and directories
Example usage:
find . -name 'filename' - finds all files with the name "filename" in the current directory and its subdirectories
find . -name '*filename*' - finds all files containing "filename" in their name in the current directory and its subdirectories
grep - searches for text strings in files
Example usage:
grep 'text-string' file.txt – searches for the string "text-string" in the file "file.txt"
grep -r 'text-string' – searches for the string "text-string" in the current directory and its subdirectories
wget - downloads files from remote servers
Example usage:
zip - zips files and directories
Example usage:
zip archive.zip filename.txt - zips "filename.txt" in "archive.zip"
zip -r archive.zip directory-name/ - zips "directory-name" and its subdirectories in "archive.zip"
unzip - unzips files and directories
Example usage:
unzip archive.zip - unzips the content of "archive.zip" in the current directory
tar - archives and unarchives files and directories
Example usage:
tar -cf archive.tar filename - archives "filename" in "archive.tar"
tar -cf archive.tar directory-name - archives "directory-name" and its subdirectories in "archive.tar"
tar -xf archive.tar - extracts "archive.tar" in the current directory
Also, SSH can be used for importing and exporting MySQL databases. In order to import a database, you need to use the following command:
mysql -hserver_name -udatabase_username -pdatabase_password database_name < database_dump.sql
The export can be done with the following command:
mysqldump -hserver_name -udatabase_username -pdatabase_password database_name > database_dump.sql
where "server_name" is the name of the server (for example, supremecenter100.com or localhost), "database_username" is the database username, "database_name" is the database name (it is the same as the database username), "database_password" is the password for the database and "database_dump.sql" is the name of the dump file which contains (or will contain in the case of an export) the data.
How Do I Backup My Entire Website?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
Depending on the technology used for creating your website, it may consist of files and one or more databases. To create a full backup of your website you must back up all the files and databases that it consists of.
So the first step is to determine which (if any) databases are used by the website, which you want to back up. Next, you can proceed with creating a backup of the files and the database(s).
Step 1: Creating a backup of the files
Follow the instructions in this article and when done, continue with step 2.
Step 2: Creating a backup of the databases
Repeat the procedure(s) described in the afore-mentioned article for each of the databases used by your website.
Once you have a backup of both your files and your database(s), you have a complete backup of your website, which could be used for restoring the website if lost for any reason.
How to Change the Permissions of a File or a Folder?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
Sometimes when you install a script manually, you would see an instruction "change the permissions of file.php to 666", for example. Those permissions are associated with the read, write and execute rights that the file owner, group members and everybody else has for that file. There are several ways to change the permissions of a file or a folder - through the File Manager section, SSH, or through an FTP client, such as FileZilla.
If you go to the File Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Management > File Manager), you will see a column "Permissions". There is a value for every file or folder in your account, with default values 644 for files and 755 for folders. If you want to change the permissions of a particular file or folder, simply click on the value that you see for that file or folder. A drop-down menu will appear and you will be able to choose the new value.
If you want to change the permissions of multiple files or foldes, you have to select them first, then choose the value you need from the Permissions drop-down menu located at the top and at the bottom of the File Manager section. Click on the Change button for the changes to take effect.
An alternative to using our File Manager tool would be changing the file permissions using an FTP client. That option would also give you the opportunity to change the permissions of all subdirectories and files within a folder recursively.
We recommend
FileZilla, a freeware FTP client. Here is how you can change the permissions using that client:
First, connect to your account on the server via FTP to see a list of all the files and folders that you have. To change the permissions, right-click on a file and choose the File Attributes option. You can type a numeric value or choose the Read/Write/Execute permissions marking the checkboxes. If you choose the File Attributes option when you right-click a folder, you will see an extra option - Recurse into subdirectories. You can change the permissions of all the files, all the folders, or both, as long as they are located in the folder you have just clicked on.
Last, but not least, you can change the permissions via Secure Shell (SSH) if it is active for your account. The command is:
chmod number filename
For example:
chmod 644 example.php
How to Change the Permissions of a File or a Folder?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: SSH (Secure Shell)
Sometimes when you install a script manually, you would see an instruction
"change the permissions of file.php to 666", for example. Those permissions are associated with the read, write and execute rights that the file owner, group members and everybody else has for that file. There are several ways to change the permissions of a file or a folder - through the
File Manager section, SSH, or through an FTP client, such as
FileZilla.
If you go to the File Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Management > File Manager), you will see a column "Permissions". There is a value for every file or folder in your account, with default values 644 for files and 755 for folders. If you want to change the permissions of a particular file or folder, simply click on the value that you see for that file or folder. A drop-down menu will appear and you will be able to choose the new value.
If you want to change the permissions of multiple files or foldes, you have to select them first, then choose the value you need from the Permissions drop-down menu located at the top and at the bottom of the File Manager section. Click on the Change button for the changes to take effect.

An alternative to using our File Manager tool would be changing the file permissions using an FTP client. That option would also give you the opportunity to change the permissions of all subdirectories and files within a folder recursively.
We recommend
FileZilla, a freeware FTP client. Here is how you can change the permissions using that client:
First, connect to your account on the server via FTP to see a list of all the files and folders that you have. To change the permissions, right-click on a file and choose the File Attributes option. You can type a numeric value or choose the Read/Write/Execute permissions marking the checkboxes. If you choose the File Attributes option when you right-click a folder, you will see an extra option - Recurse into subdirectories. You can change the permissions of all the files, all the folders, or both, as long as they are located in the folder you have just clicked on.
Last, but not least, you can change the permissions via Secure Shell (SSH) if it is active for your account. The command is:
chmod number filename
For example:
chmod 644 example.php
How Do I Setup Custom Error Pages for My Website?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
Whenever an error occurs on the server, it displays an error page to the visitor with information and tips about the possible cause for the error. These error pages do not match your website's layout and are sometimes too general. You may want to set up your custom error pages, which should be displayed to your visitors whenever an error occurs.
There are two methods that could be used to achieve this.
1) Editing the Domain/Subdomain Options in the Subdomain Manager Section.
We have embedded the option to set a custom error page for server errors 400, 401, 403 and 404 inside the Subdomain Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > Subdomain Manager). Find your domain in the list and click on the "edit" icon next to it. You are now able to edit the error page options. You should see the following options:
Set error 400 page:
Set error 401 page:
Set error 403 page:
Set error 404 page:
Initially, all error pages are set to "Default". To set a custom error page, choose "[i]Custom URL[/i]" and enter the path to the corresponding error page in the field. If you haven't created one yet, do this first and then get back to the Subdomain Manager section to update the settings.
2) Using .htaccess
Just like with the first method, which is described above, you must create the corresponding error page(s) first. When ready, open the File Manager section of your Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) and navigate to your domain/subdomain folder - it usually has the same name as your domain/subdomain and is located inside the www/ directory. Inside the domain folder create an empty file called .htaccess using the form located at the top of the File Manager section. Then edit the .htaccess file with the plain-text editor and insert the following code:
ErrorDocument 400 /custom400.html
ErrorDocument 401 /custom401.html
ErrorDocument 403 /custom403.html
ErrorDocument 404 /custom404.html
In the above example the custom 404 error page is located in the same folder as the .htaccess file and it is called custom400.html. Edit the path and the name of each page accordingly to reflect the actual names and location of your custom error pages. This method would work no matter what the settings in the Subdomain Manager section are.
How Do I Backup My Files Manually?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
First, make sure that you know where exactly the files for your website are located. Usually each domain/subdomain points to a folder with the same name as the domain/subdomain located inside the /www/ directory in your hosting account. So, if you want to back up the files for my-best-domain.com, they are most likely located in /www/my-best-domain.com/
Here is how you can back up your files:
Option 1: Go to Site Options > File Manager. Select the check box in front of the folder(s) and/or the file(s) that you wish to download and click on the Download button, which is located at the top of the files list and also at the bottom.
Within a few seconds a windwow appears and asks you if you wish to save the file. Choose "Save As..." and point the location on your computer where the file should be saved.
You get a .zip archive, which contains all the file(s) and/or folder(s) that you have selected.
Option 2: You can back up your files via FTP. To do this, connect via FTP, using your main FTP account. Once the connection is established, you will see a list of all the domain folders.
Right click on the desired folder, then choose Download*. Your files will start downloading on your computer.
Option 3: In case you would like to create a .zip archive of your files, but instead of downloading it locally to your computer, you want to keep it on the server, here is what needs to be done:
-
Go to the File Manager section and access the folder where the files are located. Via the "Create New File/Folder" tool at the top, create a folder called "BACKUP".
-
Use the "Select all" option, then leave ONLY the folder "BACKUP" unchecked. Copy the files to the newly created folder "BACKUP".
-
Create a file called zip.php into the same directory where the folder "BACKUP" is located and include the code:
<?php exec("zip -r BACKUP BACKUP"); ?>
*IMPORTANT: The exact URL of the script depends on the domain and the folder where the files are located. What is important is that you run the script by accessing it through the web.
If you go back to the File Manager section, in the folder where you created the zip.php file, you will find a file called BACKUP.zip - this is in fact the archive with your files' backup.
How to Activate SSL for My Domain/Subdomain - A Step-By-Step Guide
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: SSL
SSL is used to secure the connection between your website and the customer's computer. It is recommended when you have an online form which gathers personal or sensitive information from your website users, such as billing and registration details, for example. Although it is not a definitive requirement to have SSL in such cases, it is a way to protect the data of your users and it is valued and even demanded by many customers.
To activate SSL for your domain
(or subdomain) you need to install an SSL certificate for it. To be able to install SSL for any domain it must have a dedicated IP address. Learn how to get a dedicated IP in this article:
How Do I Get a Dedicated IP for My Domain/Subdomain?
Assuming that you already have a dedicated IP for your domain, here is what you must do to activate SSL:
Step 1: Purchase a certificate
You can purchase an SSL certificate by going to Site Management > SSL > Order Certificate tab on your web hosting control panel. Input the following details in the order form:
CSR Details
Organization Name: Type in the exact legal name of your organization. Do not abbreviate the name of your organization.
Organization Unit: Specify the exact department of your organization (optional).
Country: Select your country from the list.
State: The state or province where your organization is legally located. It should not be abbreviated.
eMail: Type in your personal eMail address.
Note that none of the following characters can be used in the details: < > ~ ! @ # $ % ^ * / ( ) ?.,&
Contact Info
All fields are pre-filled with the details you provided for your hosting account. You must select an "Approver eMail" at the bottom, which must be an eMail account hosted here (one created in the eMail Manager on your web hosting control panel).
Purchase Details
Select the registration period - the longer, the cheaper per year.
Make sure you read the User Agreement and select the checkbox next to "Accept User Agreement", then select a payment method and finally click on the "Continue" button at the bottom to complete the order. You will be forwarded to a billing gateway page to submit the payment.
Once your payment has been submitted, you will be able to see your newly ordered certificate in the "My Certificates" tab in Site Management > SSL on your web hosting control panel. As soon as the status is changed to "Active" you can apply the certificate to your domain.
Step 2: Install certificate
To install an SSL certificate to your domain go to Site Management > Subdomain Manager and find your domain (or subdomain) in the list and click on the edit icon on the right. On the next page click on the "Secure Socket Layer (SSL):" drop-down menu at the bottom and select the option to "Upload SSL certificate" - as soon as you select this option, 4 text fields appear uder the form:
CSR
Private key
SSL certificate
CA
All four of the above have been generated when you purchased the certificate and you can get them from Site Management > SSL > My Certificates. It would be best to open the SSL section of the control panel in a separate tab and copy-paste each of the four.
When ready, press "Upload SSL certificate".
If you have followed this tutorial strictly, now you should have SSL activated for your domain.
Changing the Directory Index File (Home/Default File)
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
On our servers the default index files are index.php and index.html. So, whenever anyone visits your website, the server opens index.php or, if it is not present, it opens index.html. If none of them is present in the home directory of your domain, the server would show a list of the files in this directory - the so-called directory index.
But what if you want the server to open home.html instead?
What you need to do is change the directory index file. This is done via .htaccess with the following line:
DirectoryIndex main.html
And here are more detailed instructions on how to do it:
Option 1: Creating an .htaccess file manually
Using the File Manager tool located in your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) you can create an empty file called .htaccess and edit it to enter the necessary code in it. The afore-mentioned code could be modified slightly for more flexibility:
DirectoryIndex main.html
The code displayed above "tells" the server that the default directory index file is the one called "main.html", but if there is no such file in the directory, it should open "index.php" and if this one is not present either, it should open "index.html". If none of these files is present, the server displays the directory index (a list of the files).
IMPORTANT NOTE: All directives inside an .htaccess file are valid for the directory where the .htaccess file is located and for all the sub-directories as well, i.e. it works recursively!
Option 2: Using the .htaccess Generator
Another option is to use the .htaccess Generator form instead of creating the file yourself. Go to Web Tools > Elefante Administration Tools > .htaccess Generator. You will see various options for the rules that you can define with an .htaccess file. The very first box is the location where the file will be created. Click on "Set Location" and choose the main folder of your domain. Just below that box, the first .htaccess option is called "Default index page". Select the checkbox, then type "main.html" (the file that you want to be opened first). Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on "Generate .htaccess". Next you will see the content of the file, including any other options that you may have selected along with the Directory index file. Click on "Create file" to create the .htaccess file in the desired domain folder.
SSI - Server Side Includes - What it is and How to Activate SSI
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
SSI (Server Side Includes) are directives that are placed in HTML pages, and evaluated on the server while the pages are being served. They let you add dynamically generated content to an existing HTML page, without having to serve the entire page via a CGI program, or other dynamic technology (for example, PHP).
The decision of when to use SSI, and when to have your page entirely generated by some program, is usually a matter of how much of the page is static, and how much needs to be recalculated every time the page is served. SSI is a great way to add small pieces of information, such as the current time. But if most of your page is being generated at the time that it is served, you need to look for some other solution.
You can enable SSI for any of your websites. To do so, go to the File Manager section of your Hosting Control Panel and create an empty file called .htaccess in the home directory of your domain (for my-best-domain.com, the directory would be usually /www/my-best-domain.com/)
Next, edit the .htaccess file with a plain text editor and add the following code:
AddType text/html .shtml
AddHandler server-parsed .shtml
DirectoryIndex index.shtml index.html index.htm index.php
You are allowed to include static files using SSI, for example, you can add the following includes in your index.shtml:
<!--#include virtual="included.html" -->
-OR-
<!--#include virtual="included.txt" -->
However, the use of the Exec command will fail, for example:
<!--#exec cgi="../hitcounter.php" -->
will display error [an error occurred while processing this directive].
To show the local date and time, you can add the following line:
<!--#echo var="DATE_LOCAL"-->
IMPORTANT: Files that use SSI must have the .shtml extension. SSI would not work with files that have a .html extension!
What is CSR (an SSL Certificate Request)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: SSL
CSR stands for 'Certificate Signing Request' or 'Certification Request'. It represents a message in encoded format that is sent by applicant [you] to a certificate authority in order for an SSL certificate to be generated. It contains information such as FQDN [Fully Qualified Domain Name], eMail, country etc. Private key is not included within CSR but is equally important thus used to sign digitally a certificate. Remember that upon CSR creation Private Key is generated as well.
Basically, before purchasing an SSL Certificate, you need to set up a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from your web hosting control panel. This can be easily done from Site Management > SSL > Generate CSR tab on your web hosting control panel. If you purchase your SSL certificate with us, which is done from the Order Certificate tab in the same section, the CSR and the Private key will be generated automatically, but you still have to provide the details for the CSR in the SSL order form.
Input the following details to generate the CSR:
Organization Name: Type in the exact legal name of your organization. Do not abbreviate the name of your organization.
Organization Unit: Specify the exact department of your organization (optional).
Country: Select your country from the list.
State: The state or province where your organization is legally located. It should not be abbreviated.
eMail: Type in your personal eMail address.
Note that none of the following characters can be used in the details: < > ~ ! @ # $ % ^ * / ( ) ?.,&
When done, just click on the Generate Request button. Then you will be able to download both CSR and Private Key.
What is a Mailing List?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Mailing Lists
In a broader perspective, the mailing list is a group of names and addresses that can be used for distributing materials such as newsletters, periodicals or advertising. In the light of our web hosting services, the mailing list is comprised of eMail addresses that can be reached by sending a single message to the address of the mailing list.
There are two general types of mailing lists. The first one is the announcement list, which is closer to the original meaning of a mailing list where a group of people are recipients of the same materials. The second one is the discussion list and its name suggests that all the members of the list can use the list to communicate with each other.
The use of mailing lists nowadays is quite common and it has many applications. For example, in a given organization each department may have a separate mailing list to share information - tasks, results, etc. Or, for instance, customers of an online shop may wish to receive updates when new items are posted. Another benefit of using a mailing list with our services is that the hourly limit of 150 outgoing eMails does not affect the mailing lists.
How Do I Use Mailing Lists?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Mailing Lists
You can create mailing lists via the eMail Options > Mailing Lists menu of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open the menu you’ll see the mailing list creation form.
Mailing List Address - here you have to specify the address of the mailing list. When you send an eMail message to the address of the mailing list, this message is sent to all the subscribers of the mailing list. The first part of the mailing list address is the name of the maling list. For instance, if example-list@my-best-domain.com is the mailing list addreess, then example-list will be the mailing list name.
After that you have to type and confirm the administrator password. In the last field you have to specify the eMail address of the administrator of the mailing list. The administrator eMail address will receive notifications about subscriptions, questions from subscribers and potential subscribers and other administrative eMails.
The mailing lists on our servers are operated via commands sent to an automated mailing list management program called Majordomo. Majordomo is fairly easy to use but there are certain rules that you must follow:
- commands must be in the body of the message (not the subject)
- each line is considered a new command
Here is a list of all the commands that you can use and their short explanations:
subscribe - this command subscribes to the mailing list the eMail address that you are sending from and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list that you wish to subscribe to. If you wish to subscribe a different eMail address, the command looks like this:
unsubscribe - this command unsubscribes from the mailing list the eMail address that you are sending from and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list that you wish to unsubscribe from. If you wish to unsubscribe a different eMail address, the command looks like this:
which - this command shows the mailing lists on this system that the eMail address you are sending from is subscribed to. You can check for another eMail address as well and then the command will look like this:
That command can be further generalized in order to see the mailing lists that each eMail address under the domain name example.com is subscribed to and then the command will simply be:
which my-best-domain.com
who - this command shows all the eMail addresses that are subscribed to the mailing list and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list.
who example-list
info - this command shows detailed information about the mailing list itself and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list.
info example-list
index - this command shows if there are any files associated with the mailing list and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list.
index example-list
get - this command sends a request to retrieve a particular file that is associated with the mailing list and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list and the name of the file.
get example-list example.file
intro - this command retrieves the introductory message sent to new subscribers and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list. Non-subscribers may not be able to retrieve this.
intro example-list
lists - this command shows a list of all publicly available mailing lists on this system.
help - this command retrieves a help message that provides detailed information about working with Majordomo and the mailing list.
end - this command stops further processing of commands. That is useful if you use an automated signature for your eMails. Otherwise each new line is considered a new command and you will receive false error messages.
And here is a list of the Majordomo commands that require the administrator password:
This command approves the subscription or unsubscription of a particular eMail address when the respective action requires the approval of the list owner. Have in mind that this is a standard subscribe/unsubscribe command preceded by “approve” + the adminstrator password.
approve [password] who example-list
This command shows the addresses on the anonymous list. Even the owner of the list cannot see who is on the anonymous list without the password.
passwd example-list [password] [new password]
This command allows you to change the administrator password by sending an eMail. You can also change the password for the mailing list using the eMail Options > Mailing Lists menu of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Simply click on the Edit button next to the mailing list that you wish to change the password for.
newinfo example-list [password]
This command replaces the information file that people see when they subscribe or request with the info command. Everything after the password will be considered the new message unless you use the EOF word on a separate line.
config example-list [password]
This command sends a request to retrieve the self-documenting configuration file for the list.
newconfig example-list [password]
This command replaces the configuration file that you can retrieve with the config command and changes the configuration for the list as soon as it is validated. If you have other commands after that, they will be subject to the new configuration. Again, everything after the password will be considered the new configuration unless you use the EOF word on a separate line. If the new configuration file contains an error (an incorrect value), the entire file will not be accepted. There will be an error message dispaying the problem line(s). You are advised to keep a copy of the configuration files since only the error messages are returned but not the entire file.
What is an FTP Account and (Why) Do I Need Different FTP Accounts?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a standard network protocol used to exchange and manipulate files over a TCP/IP based network, such as the Internet. In other words, FTP offers a convenient and fast way for uploading or downloading files to and from the server. In order to establish an FTP connection you need to have an FTP account on the server. For more information you can read the article How to connect via FTP and upload/download files.
The FTP account is basically a set of a username and a password that authorizes access to the server via FTP. The default FTP account that is created when your hosting account is set up provides access to the main /www/ folder of your web hosting account. You also have the option to create new FTP accounts and you can do that via the FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > FTP Manager).
What is more important is that for each FTP account you can set an access path. This way the newly created account provides access to a certain folder and its sub-folders, while all other folders are inaccessible. That is useful if you wish to provide access to a third party (for example a web designer) to upload to your account without providing full access to that web hosting account.
How Do I Hide the Content of a Directory so that It Cannot Be Seen on the Web?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
Our web servers are set to display at first a file called “index”. For instance:
index.html
index.htm
index.php
index.pl
This is the default server configuration, so whenever a visitor types your domain
(e.g. my-best-domain.com) in a browser, the server would look for the index file located in your domain's main folder and display it to the visitor. You can change the directory index file with a custom .htaccess file. Learn more on this topic here:
Changing the Directory Index File
But what if you don't have an index file in a certain directory? It could be a problem if you have a web folder which doesn't contain such a file or the default index page is not set. Imagine that you have a sub-directory inside the main directory of your domain: my-best-domain.com/directory
There is no index file inside it, so whenever a visitor visits my-best-domain.com/directory, the directory content will be listed in the borwser. You can hide the directory content in order to avoid visitors seeing files that are not supposed to be displayed. There are several ways to hide the directory structure of your website:
Option 1
You can simply create an emtpy index.html file and put it inside each folder that has no actual index file. This may be a time-consuming task, especially if you have many sub-folders.
Option 2
Changing the directory permissions to
711. If you set the permissions of a certain folder to
711, this would effectively disable directory listing. You have to use an FTP client to set the permissions. Please refer to the following article, which explains how you can change permissions via FTP:
How to Change the Permissions of a File or a Folder
Option 3
Use a custom .htaccess file to disable directory listing or exclude certain file types from the listing. Using an .htaccess file - a system configuration file, you can change the way the web server treats directories where an index file is missing. You are able to exclude certain or all files from the directory listing. What is great about this method is that rules in the .htaccess file work recursively, so they would be valid for all sub-directories. So, if you put the .htaccess file in the main domain folder, all the rules inside it will be valid for all the sub-directories. To use this method, first create an empty .htaccess file inside the directory in question - usually your domain's main directory, via the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you have created the empty .htaccess file, click on the 'Edit' icon on its right and choose the plain text editor. Put the following code in the file and save it:
IndexIgnore *
The above rule excludes all files from the directory listing.
How to Setup My eMail Account on My iPhone, iPad or iPod Touch?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
You can setup any of your eMail accounts on your iPad, iPhone or iPod Touch. Like with any other eMail client you will need the standard eMail account details - username, password, incoming and outgoing server. The username is always the same as your eMail address, e.g.
example@example.com. You can find the eMail server in your eMail Manager
(eMail Options > eMail Manager) on your web hosting control panel - the incoming/outgoing server is listed at the bottom of the page.
Here is how you setup your eMail account on the iPhone, for example (iPad and iPod Touch are quite similar):
1. Tap Mail or go to Settings > Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Accounts and choose Add Account
OR
2. Choose "Other"
3. Select "Add Mail Account"
4. Enter your eMail settings and select "save" to continue
Name: enter your name
Address: enter your eMail address
Password: enter your password
Description: enter a name for this account - usually same as your eMail address
When ready select "save". On the next screen enter your mail server settings, including the following:
Incoming Mail Server
Host Name: enter the address of the incoming mail server (found at the bottom of the eMail Manager on your hosting CP)
User Name: enter your eMail address
Password: enter the password for this mailbox
Outgoing Mail Server
SMTP: same as incoming (found at the bottom of the eMail Manager on your hosting CP)
User Name: enter your eMail address
Password: enter the password for this mailbox
Tap "save" to save the entered information. Your iPhone will then verify your account information. A message may appear to notify you that the server does not support SSL and offer you to use non-SSL connection - agree to that as your mail server does not support SSL connection.
I Want to Create Multiple Usernames/Passwords for a Certain Directory, How Do I Do This?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
There is a tool that allows you to set password protection for a specific folder. Just go to the Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect section of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
Make sure that the "Password Protected Areas" tab is selected. Here enter the username and the corresponding login password. Select your domain from "Choose domain or subdomain" or type the full path to the protected folder in the "Path to be protected" field (e.g. /www/my-best-domain.com/protected_folder). If you need to set more users, repeat the above steps, just use different usernames.
IMPORTANT: If there is an .htaceess file within the protected folder, the protection would not work, so either remove it or consider another password protection technique.
My Newly Setup Joomla Site Shows Error 500 (Internal Server Error)
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: File Management
A fresh Joomla install includes a file called .htaccess, which is located in the main folder of your Joomla installation. This file contains certain configuration settings, which may get in conflict with the current web server configuration. The result would be an Internal Server Error 500 displayed whenever you try to view your website.
You can quickly determine whether it is the [b].htaccess[/b] file that is causing the error by renaming it to a.htaccess (thus disabling it). Should this resolve the error, you would at least know where to look for the exact cause of the problem. It must be one of the directives within the .htaccess file, so it would only a matter of finding our which one it is and removing it (or commenting it).
Open the .htaccess file with a plain text editor - you can edit it via the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) on your web hosting control panel. Look for this line:
Options +FollowSymLinks
If you see it, put a # in front of it, so it would look like this:
#Options +FollowSymLinks
FollowSymLinks are enabled by default, so rest assured that you don't cripple your Joomla installation in any way by disabling this directive. This should fix the Internal Server Error 500 problem. If it doesn't try commenting other directives until you find out which one is causing the problem - any of the following would cause problems: Options, phpflag, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
Migrating a WordPress Blog from Another Host to our Servers
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Elefante (WP)
To move your WordPress website from your old hosting account to this new one with us, please follow this migration tutorial, which consists of 9 steps:
-
Log in to your WordPress Administration Panel and go to the Manage > Backup menu. Select all the tables (including those tables created by the plugins) and click on the Backup] button to download the gzip backup file to your computer.
-
On your computer, extract the gzip backup file. You should now have an .sql file.
-
Open the .sql file with a text editor (Notepad, for example). Search for the line:
INSERT INTO `wp_options` VALUES (1, 0, 'siteurl'
You should see something that resembles this format:
INSERT INTO `wp_options` VALUES (1, 0, 'siteurl', 'http://www.your-old-url.com', 'yes')
Replace the URL with your new server URL.
IMPORTANT: Do this ONLY if your domain (website address) has also been changed, otherwise skip to step 5.
Next, search for the line:
INSERT INTO `wp_options` VALUES (39, 0, 'home',
You should see:
INSERT INTO `wp_options` VALUES (39, 0, 'home', 'http://www.your-old-url.com', 'yes')
Replace the URL with your new URL. Save and exit.
IMPORTANT: Do this ONLY if your domain (website address) has also been changed, otherwise skip to step 5.
-
Using an FTP program, download the entire WordPress folder from your current server to your computer. Keep the folder structure intact, especially the wp-content folder.
-
Go to the Site Management > MySQL Databases section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and create a new database, which will hold the previously exported one.
-
Click on the newly created database to load the phpMyAdmin tool. In phpMyAdmin, click on the icon in the left frame that says SQL - a pop-up window opens where you should select the Import tab, click on Browse to select your dump file and then click on Go to import the database.
-
On your local computer, open the directory where you have saved the WordPress files, locate the wp-config.php file and edit it with Notepad. Change the MySQL database name, username, password and the MySQL server with the new ones.
-
Via FTP, upload the WordPress files from your local computer to the server. Make sure to place them inside your domain folder. This folder has, by default, the same name as your domain name (e.g. my-best-domain.com). Find out how to upload files via FTP in this article: How to connect via FTP and upload/download files.
What is a Mailing List?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
In a broader perspective, the mailing list is a group of names and addresses that can be used for distributing materials such as newsletters, periodicals or advertising. In the light of our web hosting services, the mailing list is comprised of eMail addresses that can be reached by sending a single message to the address of the mailing list.
There are two general types of mailing lists. The first one is the announcement list, which is closer to the original meaning of a mailing list where a group of people are recipients of the same materials. The second one is the discussion list and its name suggests that all the members of the list can use the list to communicate with each other.
The use of mailing lists nowadays is quite common and it has many applications. For example, in a given organization each department may have a separate mailing list to share information - tasks, results, etc. Or, for instance, customers of an online shop may wish to receive updates when new items are posted. Another benefit of using a mailing list with our services is that the hourly limit of 150 outgoing eMails does not affect the mailing lists.
Problems with Receiving eMails (Incoming Mail)
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
There could be several reasons for problems with incoming mail and you should first find out what is causing the problem before you can resolve it.
1. Domain Not Set Up Properly
If your domain has expired or if it hasn't been set up correctly, you will not be able to receive any eMails associated with your domain
(e.g. e-mail@my-best-domain.com). There are a few things that you can do to ensure that your domain is properly set up:
-
Make sure that your domain has the correct name servers (read: What are the correct name servers (DNS) for my domain?).
-
Make sure that your domain uses the correct MX records. To reset the MX records of your domain to the default ones, go to the Site Management > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel, find your domain and click on the "Reset" button next to each MX record. The change takes effect within 1-2 hours.
-
Is the domain properly hosted? Go to the Site Management > Hosted Domains section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and make sure that your domain is hosted properly - there should be a green check sign (V) in the "DNS" column - should you see a red X, this indicates a problem with the name servers. Should there be an "N/A" icon, it means that you selected the option to manage the DNS records elsewhere when you added your domain to the Hosted Domains menu, so your mail will not be handled by our servers. If you want our mail servers to handle your eMails, remove the domain from your Hosted Domains menu and add it again.
-
Is your domain active (not expired) - check the expiration date of your domain and make sure that it hasn't expired. If it's registered with us, you can see the expiration date in the Domain Manager (Site Management > Domain Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
2. File Quota Exceeded
Your eMail accounts share your hosting account’s disk and file quotas, so if your account has exceeded the file quota or the disk quota limit, you will not be able to receive eMails. Check the Account Usage table on the left side of your Web Hosting Control Panel and make sure that you have not reached the "Files" or "Storage" quota limit.
3. Mail Client (Outlook) Related Problems
If you can't receive eMails using Outlook or any other eMail client on your local computer, then it would be a good idea to check your mail via the webmail and see if it works that way. To access the webmail, go to the eMail Options > Webmail section of your Web Hosting Control Panel, select the eMail account in question and click on the RoundCube icon on the right (or any of the other webmail options). Use the entire eMail address as username and the corresponding password to enter the webmail. If the webmail does not work either, please use the link at the bottom of the page to open a ticket and our technicians will help you resolve the problem. If you are, however, able to receive eMails via webmail, but you can't receive eMails via your local eMail client (Outlook, for example), then you should be looking for the cause of the problem within your local computer, your eMail client or your Internet connection. Here is what could be causing the problem:
-
Incorrect eMail settings - we have several articles that explain how you can set up your eMail in popular eMail clients, such as Outlook, Thunderbird, Entourage Mail, etc. Search the Knowledge Base for "How do I set up my eMail account" and you will find them.
-
Real-time anti-virus protection slowing down the connection to the incoming mail server causing it to time out. You can easily find out if that's the case by disabling your anti-virus program temporarily. If it works, try tweaking the settings in your anti-virus software to avoid the time-out.
-
Firewall blocking the connection to the incoming mail server - similar to the anti-virus scenario, you can find out if it's your Firewall that is causing the problem by simple turining it off temporarily.
-
Broken Outlook account - if Outlook has been interrupted (sudden restart, for example), there is a very good chance that the file that stores your eMail account settings has been corrupted. Microsoft has provided a tutorial that explains how you can resolve this problem: http://office.microsoft.com/en-us/outlook/HA100758311033.aspx
-
Connection to the mail server is interrupted by a third party (e.g. your ISP's Firewall). You can test the connection using the technique described in this article: Testing Incoming Mail (POP3) Settings Via Telnet.
If the test fails, you should contact your ISP for further assistance.
Reducing CPU Usage Caused by WordPress
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Elefante (WP)
Often, if your account has more than one WordPress blog installed, the database server gets a lot of requests, which increases the CPU usage of your account and may get it suspended (learn more about CPU usage here: What Is Meant Under CPU Usage and How Do I Monitor It?). Here is how you can reduce the CPU usage generated by your WordPress website:
-
Always upgrade your WordPress to the latest version released. Every update always contains bug fixes and improvements.
-
Update all your plugins to the latest version released. The plugin updates also usually bring new bug fixes.
-
Update the themes used in your blog. Often the update contains optimizations that may improve the performance too.
-
Have you noticed how many of the plugins you really use? If you really like WordPress and have 30-40 plugins installed, try cleaning those that haven’t been used recently and keep them between 10 and 15. Try to clear the unnecessary plugins - look for a feature in a plugin that is already built in your WordPress version. This is not an easy task and requires a lot of research but it will pay off. Also note that you can disable some plugins and use them only when needed, for example you don’t need to activate the theme preview plugin if you are not going to change the current theme.
-
Reduce PHP/MySQL database requests. Usually the high CPU usage is caused by PHP processes and database requests. Try WP Super Cache for two or three weeks – sometimes it helps (http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wp-super-cache/). Also, some plugins allow you to set an option to write a log or not (like spam comments caught, etc.). Disable the logs - this improves the performance significantly.
-
Reduce the Widgets used. Widgets look great, but often cause high CPU usage, if they're a lot. Try turning certain widgets off for a few days and monitor the CPU usage (the Live Stats > Load Stats section of your Web Hosting Control Panel).
How Do I Use Mailing Lists
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
You can create mailing lists via the eMail Options > Mailing Lists menu of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open the menu you’ll see the mailing list creation form.
Mailing List Address - here you have to specify the address of the mailing list. When you send an eMail message to the address of the mailing list, this message is sent to all the subscribers of the mailing list. The first part of the mailing list address is the name of the maling list. For instance, if example-list@my-best-domain.com is the mailing list addreess, then example-list will be the mailing list name.
After that you have to type and confirm the administrator password. In the last field you have to specify the eMail address of the administrator of the mailing list. The administrator eMail address will receive notifications about subscriptions, questions from subscribers and potential subscribers and other administrative eMails.
The mailing lists on our servers are operated via commands sent to an automated mailing list management program called Majordomo. Majordomo is fairly easy to use but there are certain rules that you must follow:
- commands must be in the body of the message (not the subject)
- each line is considered a new command
Here is a list of all the commands that you can use and their short explanations:
subscribe - this command subscribes to the mailing list the eMail address that you are sending from and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list that you wish to subscribe to. If you wish to subscribe a different eMail address, the command looks like this:
unsubscribe - this command unsubscribes from the mailing list the eMail address that you are sending from and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list that you wish to unsubscribe from. If you wish to unsubscribe a different eMail address, the command looks like this:
which - this command shows the mailing lists on this system that the eMail address you are sending from is subscribed to. You can check for another eMail address as well and then the command will look like this:
That command can be further generalized in order to see the mailing lists that each eMail address under the domain name example.com is subscribed to and then the command will simply be:
which my-best-domain.com
who - this command shows all the eMail addresses that are subscribed to the mailing list and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list.
who example-list
info - this command shows detailed information about the mailing list itself and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list.
info example-list
index - this command shows if there are any files associated with the mailing list and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list.
index example-list
get - this command sends a request to retrieve a particular file that is associated with the mailing list and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list and the name of the file.
get example-list example.file
intro - this command retrieves the introductory message sent to new subscribers and it must be followed by the name of the mailing list. Non-subscribers may not be able to retrieve this.
intro example-list
lists - this command shows a list of all publicly available mailing lists on this system.
help - this command retrieves a help message that provides detailed information about working with Majordomo and the mailing list.
end - this command stops further processing of commands. That is useful if you use an automated signature for your eMails. Otherwise each new line is considered a new command and you will receive false error messages.
And here is a list of the Majordomo commands that require the administrator password:
This command approves the subscription or unsubscription of a particular eMail address when the respective action requires the approval of the list owner. Have in mind that this is a standard subscribe/unsubscribe command preceded by “approve” + the adminstrator password.
approve [password] who example-list
This command shows the addresses on the anonymous list. Even the owner of the list cannot see who is on the anonymous list without the password.
passwd example-list [password] [new password]
This command allows you to change the administrator password by sending an eMail. You can also change the password for the mailing list using the eMail Options > Mailing Lists menu of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Simply click on the Edit button next to the mailing list that you wish to change the password for.
newinfo example-list [password]
This command replaces the information file that people see when they subscribe or request with the info command. Everything after the password will be considered the new message unless you use the EOF word on a separate line.
config example-list [password]
This command sends a request to retrieve the self-documenting configuration file for the list.
newconfig example-list [password]
This command replaces the configuration file that you can retrieve with the config command and changes the configuration for the list as soon as it is validated. If you have other commands after that, they will be subject to the new configuration. Again, everything after the password will be considered the new configuration unless you use the EOF word on a separate line. If the new configuration file contains an error (an incorrect value), the entire file will not be accepted. There will be an error message dispaying the problem line(s). You are advised to keep a copy of the configuration files since only the error messages are returned but not the entire file.
Joomla - Migrating a Joomla Website from Another Host to our Servers
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Elefante (Joomla)
Migrating a Joomla site to our servers is a relatively easy process. It takes no more than an hour, if you have the database dump and the full directory backup of the Joomla website already downloaded to your local computer. Follow the manual described below to migrate your Joomla installation to your hosting account with us.
-
Extract the archive containing the Joomla installation in a separate folder on your computer. Make sure to keep the original directory structure of the archive. IMPORTANT: Skip this step if your files are not archived.
-
Upload the files via FTP to your hosting account with us. Make sure to place them inside your domain folder. By default, this folder has the same name as your domain name (e.g. my-best-domain.com). Find out how to upload files via FTP in this article: How to connect via FTP and upload/download files
-
To restore the database backup (dump file), navigate to the Site Management > MySQL Databases section of your Web Hosting Control Panel, find the database, which you want to use or create a new one and then click on the phpMyAdminicon next to it or just click on your database's name. phpMyAdmin will open - this is a visual web-based database management tool, which you can use to import your database. In phpMyAdmin, click on the icon in the left frame that says SQL - a pop-up window opens where you should select the Import tab, click on Browse to select your dump file and then click on Go to import the database. (A more detailed how-to could be found here: How do I restore (import) my MySQL database from a backup (dump) that I have?)
-
The last step that you need to complete is updating your Joomla configuration to reflect the change of the hosting provider. Using the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel, go to the folder where you uploaded your Joomla files and find the file called configure.php'. Edit it using the plain text editor in the File Manager section, or, if you are using FTP, download it to your local computer and edit it with Notepad. Find the variables listed below and edit them according to the new configuration:
$mosConfig_absolute_path: This is the absolute server path to your new Joomla! installation. It will probably look like "/path/to/joomla/installation".
$mosConfig_cachepath: This is the absolute server path to the cache of your Joomla! installation. It will probably look like "/path/to/joomla/installation/cache".
$mosConfig_host: This is the location of the server that hosts your MySQL database. In most instances, this value will be "localhost". If you are unsure, ask your hosting provider.
$mosConfig_db: This is the name of your MySQL database.
$mosConfig_user: This is the database username. Make sure this user has all privileges on your database.
$mosConfig_password: This is the password for your MySQL database user.
Once ready with the modifications to the configure.php file, save it and if you are using FTP, upload it to the server. This should be all. If you, however, experience any errors after completing the steps above, please feel free to contact our support technicians using the link at the bottom of this page.
My Newly Setup Joomla Site Shows Error 500 (Internal Server Error)
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Elefante (Joomla)
A fresh Joomla install includes a file called .htaccess, which is located in the main folder of your Joomla installation. This file contains certain configuration settings, which may get in conflict with the current web server configuration. The result would be an Internal Server Error 500 displayed whenever you try to view your website.
You can quickly determine whether it is the [b].htaccess[/b] file that is causing the error by renaming it to a.htaccess (thus disabling it). Should this resolve the error, you would at least know where to look for the exact cause of the problem. It must be one of the directives within the .htaccess file, so it would only a matter of finding our which one it is and removing it (or commenting it).
Open the .htaccess file with a plain text editor - you can edit it via the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) on your web hosting control panel. Look for this line:
Options +FollowSymLinks
If you see it, put a # in front of it, so it would look like this:
#Options +FollowSymLinks
FollowSymLinks are enabled by default, so rest assured that you don't cripple your Joomla installation in any way by disabling this directive. This should fix the Internal Server Error 500 problem. If it doesn't try commenting other directives until you find out which one is causing the problem - any of the following would cause problems: Options, phpflag, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
How to Install a Script Using the Elefante Installer?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Elefante Installer
Our Elefante Free Script Installer gives you the opportunity to install over 30 scripts with just a few clicks, avoiding the time-consuming and sometimes complicated installation process. You can see all the scripts under the Web Tools > Elefante Free Scripts section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. They are grouped in several categories such as Content Management, Blog, Image Galleries and Discussion Boards. By pointing to any of the script names, you will see a small window with short information about that particular script. Once you have selected a script that you would like to install, simply click on it.
A small window will open and you will see the following information about the script: category, version, a short overview, homepage and support forum links, how many times that script has been installed in your account and a Demo button that will allow you to explore that particular script before you install it. Right underneath the overview, there is a link Install <script name> - that is the link that you need to click.
On the next screen you will see the settings for the script installation. These include:
-
Database prefix - a prefix for the database tables used by the script that prevents one script record from interfering with another script record in the same database. You may leave the default prefix.
-
Domain - choose the domain name for which you are installing the script, for example my-best-domain.com. You will see all hosted domains in the drop-down menu.
-
Path - choose the path where the script will be installed. If you want the script to load when you type www.my-best-domain.com, leave only "/" for the path. If you are installing a forum, you may type "/forum", so the forum will be accessible at http://www.my-best-domain.com/forum
-
Admin user - the user account with administrator rights. The default name is admin, you may change that name.
-
Admin password - the password for the administrator account.
-
Admin mail - that is the email where you will receive any script notifications, retrieve your password, etc.
Depending on the script, you may have to type your name, the website name, or choose the default language.
If you do not have a database, you will see a red sign with a link Create a Database. Clicking that link will open a new browser tab/window with the MySQL Databases section of the hosting Control Panel. That is where you will create an empty database for the script. All you have to do is choose the database name and password, then click on Add Database.
Return to the script installation tab/window. The second red line there is Refresh, and when you click that link, you will see the newly created database there selected by default. If you have several databases, you will be able to choose the one that you prefer to use. Click on Step 3: Install
Our system will install the script in a few seconds and you should see a message "Congratulations! The installation was successful". On that new page, you will see short information about the script that you have just installed. The most important information that you need is the Admin URL - that is the web address where you can log in as administrator and manage the script.
If you have several scripts installed in your account, you can see a list of all of them in the Elefante Installer section if you click the Installed Applications link.
There are five columns: Application Name, which lists the applications in alphabetical order; File Manager, which gives you quick access to the script files; Application URL where the script has been installed, Admin URL and Delete. If you click on Admin URL, you can see a small window with the Admin user name and password, which database that script is using and a Login button that would allow you to log in to that script directly.
I Installed a Script Using the Elefante Installer, How Do I Login to the Admin Panel?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Elefante Installer
The scripts that you can install with our Elefante auto installer tool usually have 2 parts – a front end and a back end. The back end, or the so-called administration panel of the script, is where you edit and manage the content and the vision of the front end, or what is visible to the visitors of your website.
At the time you install the script, you will usually be asked to fill in the username and the password that you wish to use to log in to the administration panel.
In case you do not remember these login details, you need to go to the Web tools > Elefante Free Scripts section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and click on the name of the script that you have installed. There you will see a link that says: "1 Installations so far"
Click on it and you will see an Admin URL label and a link below it. When you click on that link, you will see the Admin URL where you need to go to log in to the administration panel and the username and the password that you need to use.
How Can I Transfer My eMails from My Previous Provider to Your Servers?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Here are step-by-step instructions on how to move your eMails from the previous hosting provider:
Option 1: Works in All Cases (Does Not Require Assistance from Your Current/Old Provider)
Set up an IMAP account for each of your mailboxes, using a mail client like Outlook, Thunderbird, etc.
If you are not sure, ask your old hosting provider what the IP of the IMAP mail server you need to connect to is.
Detailed information on how to set up a POP3 account could be found in the eMail related articles.
Step 1: Download all your eMails locally (including all the folders that you might have, like Sent, Draft, etc.) to your computer using the IMAP accounts.
Step 2: Update the domain name servers (if you haven't done it yet) to the ones listed in the Hosted Domains section of your hosting Control Panel.
Step 3: Create all the mailboxes that you will be using via the eMail Manager section of the Control Panel.
Step 4: You will now have to create IMAP accounts in your mail client for each of the mailboxes. Please note that the previously created IMAP accounts must remain - do not delete them yet!
Step 5: Once you have the two IMAP accounts for each mailbox, just drag and drop all the messages and folders from the IMAP account with the old hosting provider to the new one. This way you will upload all the eMails from your computer to our mail server.
Option 2 - May Require Assistance from Your Current/Old Provider
Step 1: Check with your old hosting provider if you can have access to the /mail/ directory. There should be folders for each of your eMail accounts that you have to download to your computer.
Step 2: Create all the mailboxes that you will be using from the eMail Manager section of your hosting Control Panel.
Step 3: Upload all mailbox folders to your hosting account with us, using FTP. The folders could be uploaded directly to the /www/ directory.
Each of your mailbox folders
(e.g. mail@my-best-domain.com) should contain the following sub-folders: "cur" and "new".
Step 4: Go to the File Manager section of the hosting Control Panel and navigate to the directory which contains the uploaded folders from the old hosting provider.
Copy all the files as follows:
Log in to the mailbox and see if the messages were copied successfully.
Repeat the steps for each of your mailboxes.
My Newly Setup Joomla Site Shows Error 500 (Internal Server Error)
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Elefante Installer
A fresh Joomla install includes a file called .htaccess, which is located in the main folder of your Joomla installation. This file contains certain configuration settings, which may get in conflict with the current web server configuration. The result would be an Internal Server Error 500 displayed whenever you try to view your website.
You can quickly determine whether it is the [b].htaccess[/b] file that is causing the error by renaming it to a.htaccess (thus disabling it). Should this resolve the error, you would at least know where to look for the exact cause of the problem. It must be one of the directives within the .htaccess file, so it would only a matter of finding our which one it is and removing it (or commenting it).
Open the .htaccess file with a plain text editor - you can edit it via the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) on your web hosting control panel. Look for this line:
Options +FollowSymLinks
If you see it, put a # in front of it, so it would look like this:
#Options +FollowSymLinks
FollowSymLinks are enabled by default, so rest assured that you don't cripple your Joomla installation in any way by disabling this directive. This should fix the Internal Server Error 500 problem. If it doesn't try commenting other directives until you find out which one is causing the problem - any of the following would cause problems: Options, phpflag, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
Implementing phpmail in FrontPage 2000/2003 Contact Forms
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Our server architecture does not support contact forms created with FrontPage, using the webbot feature to submit form results. There is, however, a way for you to add a contact form on your website even if you have created it using FrontPage. You have to create a PHP contact form that uses the phpmail() function to send eMails. This article explains how you can achieve this.
Start your FrontPage and show the 'Forms' toolbar.
To turn this toolbar on, go to View > Toolbars > Forms. You can also right-click on any current toolbar and select the Forms toolbar. You can move the toolbar around on your screen or dock it to the top, bottom, left or right.
First, you need to create a new form on the page where all the form elements will be placed (your contact page):
-
With your cursor on the first line below the "Ask a Question:" header, click on the "Insert Form" button in the Forms toolbar. FrontPage inserts an empty form with a Submit and Reset button into your page.
-
Right-click anywhere on your new form and choose Form Properties.
-
Change the "Form Name:" to "contact"
-
Click on the Options button.
-
In the "Action:" box, type "form.php"
-
Click OK to save your options.
-
Click OK again to save your changes to the Form Properties.
When you are done, your HTML code should look like this:
<form method="POST" action="form.php" name="contact">
<p><input type="submit" value="Submit" name="B1"><input type="reset" value="Reset" name="B2"></p> </form>
Note that it is a very simple HTML code. In the future, it might be easier to edit the FORM tag directly in the HTML code rather than using the Form Properties window in FrontPage.
The form.php file should be placed in the same directory as the contact form and should contain the following code:
<?php
$MailToAddress = "mail@my-best-domain.com"; // your eMail address - must be hosted with us, i.e. present in your eMail Manager
$redirectURL = "thankyou.htm"; // the URL of the thank you page.
$MailSubject = "Contact Form"; // the subject of the message you will receive
$MailToCC = ""; // CC (carbon copy) also send the eMail to this address (leave empty if you won't use it)
$Message = "";
if (!is_array($HTTP_POST_VARS))
return;
reset($HTTP_POST_VARS);
while(list($key, $val) = each($HTTP_POST_VARS)) {
$GLOBALS[$key] = $val;
if (is_array($val)) {
$Message .= "<br><b>$key:</b> ";
foreach ($val as $vala) {
$vala =stripslashes($vala);
$Message .= "$vala, ";
}
$Message .= "<br>";
}
else {
$val = stripslashes($val);
if (($key == "Submit") || ($key == "submit")) { }
else { if ($val == "") { $Message .= "$key: - <br>"; }
else { $Message .= "<b>$key:</b> $val<br>"; }
}
}
} // end while
$Message = "\n<font face=verdana size=2>".$Message;
mail( $MailToAddress, $MailSubject, $Message, "Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1\r\nFrom: ".$email."\r\nBCc: ".$MailToCC);
header("Location: ".$redirectURL);
?>
How Do I Get a Dedicated IP for My Domain/Subdomain?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Dedicated IP's
If your hosting package does not include a dedicated IP address, then you can easily obtain one as an upgrade.
In order to do that, go to the Add Services/Upgrades section located on the left side of your screen.
Once in there, find the line that says IP Addresses, select the amount of IPs that you wish to purchase, choose a payment method that is most convenient for you and click Continue to place the payment.
The price for every additional service, including the dedicated IP addresses, is calculated on a monthly basis for the remaining months until the expiration of your hosting package. For instance, if your account expires in 3 months’ time, then the price for the additional service will be calculated for three months only. Once your account expires, you will be able to renew the add-ons, along with the hosting plan itself.
Once the payment has been placed and approved by our Sales Department, you will be able to see the ordered IPs in the Account Usage table marked as Available. Also note that a new section Dedicated IP Addresses will appear under the Site Management menu in your Web Hosting Control Panel once you order an IP address.
Ordering an IP address does not automatically assign it to your hosting account. Whenever you wish to put an IP address into use, just go to the Site Management > Dedicated IP Addresses menu and click on Request IP Address. Once you do that, an IP address will be assigned to your account and you will be able to use it as you wish.
Every IP that you assign to your account will be shown in the list right below the Request IP Address button in the Dedicated IP Addresses section. Also, when requested, the IP addresses will be marked as In Use in the Account Usage table on the left.
NOTE: Clicking on the Request IP Address button will only assign one IP address. If you have ordered multiple IP addresses, then you will have to request them one by one.
After the IP address has been purchased and requested, you can assign it to a specific domain/sub-domain name that you are hosting under your account. This is done through the Subdomain Manager (Site Management > Subdomain Manager). There you’ll see a form for creating new subdomains and a list of all existing ones.
When creating a new subdomain, you can specify an IP address for it, selecting it from the IP Address drop-down menu. If you wish to assign an IP to an already existing name, simply use the Edit button next to the subdomain in question. Again, to assign an IP to this specific subdomain, just select it from the IP Address drop-down menu and click Apply to confirm the change.
Note that every time you change an IP address, the system needs up to 10 minutes to update the new information. There is also an additional propagation time, which could be up to 24 hours.
IMPORTANT: The "www" subdomain is a default subdomain of your domain. Changing the IP address for the "www" subdomain also changes it for the domain name itself. In other words, if you wish to change the IP of my-best-domain.com, then simply change the IP of www.my-best-domain.com.
How to Setup My eMail Account in Apple Mail?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
You can setup your eMail account in Apple Mail following these instructions:
-
Open Mail (click it on the Dock or open it from the Applications folder).
-
If the "Welcome to Mail" assistant does not appear, choose Add Account from the File menu.
-
Fill in the Full Name, eMail address, and Password fields.
Note: Your eMail account password will be stored in Keychain and used automatically to login to your eMail account when you open Mail.
-
Deselect "Automatically set up account" if it is enabled. Click Continue to proceed.
-
Choose the proper Account Type (POP3 or IMAP).
-
Give your account a useful description. It can be called whatever you want.
-
Enter your:
- Incoming Mail Server: mail.supremecluster.com
- User Name: The full eMail address - (e.g. mail@my-best-domain.com)
- Password.
Click on Continue to proceed.
-
If prompted, choose not to use any Security settings. Click Continue to proceed.
-
For Outgoing Mail Server, a useful description such as "Supreme Outgoing Mail Server".
-
Enter the Outgoing Mail Server details (mail.supremecluster.com).
-
Select "Use Authentication", set authentication to "MD5 Challenge-Response" and enter your User Name (full eMail address) and Password. Click Continue to proceed.
-
Do not choose to use any Outgoing Mail Security settings. Click Continue to proceed.
-
Verify your settings in the Account Summary. Check "Take account online". Click "Create" to complete the process.
Your Apple mail is now ready to work.
Can I Get Dedicated IPs from Different Class C Networks?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Dedicated IP's
Currently it is not possible to get IPs from different Class C networks when purchasing dedicated IPs. The question that needs to be answered as well, however, is: Do you need IPs from different Class C networks?
People are looking for IP addresses from different Class C networks for search engine optimization (SEO) purposes. Exchanging links with websites from the same Class C network used to be considered a way to cheat search engines and such links were given less value. Nowadays, however, the IP has a little impact on the value of the link. Much more accurate and sophisticated techniques have been developed to determine the quality of the inbound links. So the short answer is - you don't need dedicated IPs from different Class C networks, not for SEO purposes anyway.
What is a Dedicated IP and Do I Need One?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Dedicated IP's
An Internet Protocol (IP) address is a numerical label that is assigned to devices participating in a computer network. An IP address serves two principal functions in networking: host or network interface identification and location addressing. The role of the IP address has also been characterized as follows: "A name indicates what we seek. An address indicates where it is."
By default, your hosting account and all the websites you have with us use the shared IP address of the server - meaning that many websites on the same server reside under the same IP address. You have the option to use a dedicated IP address and your domain or subdomain will be the only one corresponding to this IP address. In other words, the dedicated IP address will be reserved just for you not only on our server and network but worldwide on the Internet.
One of the main uses of dedicated IP addresses concerns the installation of SSL certificates that are required for secure pages. If you wish to have a form on the website that will collect sensitive information, for example, for payments or client accounts, it is advised to have that page secured in order to protect the personal or financial information of your visitors and clients.
Another purpose of using a dedicated IP address is if you need to open your website using the IP address as a URL instead of using the domain or subdomain it is hosted under.
What Is the Purpose of a Catchall eMail Account and How Do I Setup and Use One?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
A catchall eMail account would receive all the eMails sent to any non-existent eMail address at your domain name. So if you have only one eMail account, for example support@my-best-domain.com, but someone sends an eMail to suport@my-best-domain.com (note that support is misspelled - missing a 'p') and you have a catchall account, the message will end up in your catchall inbox. Alternatively, if you don't have a catchall account, the message will bounce back to the sender with an error explaining that there is no mailbox suport@my-best-domain.com.
So, a catchall account is useful when you want to make sure that you receive eMails even when the sender has misspelled the eMail address. As long as he has spelled your domain properly (@my-best-domain.com) the message would be received in your catchall account.
To create a catchall mailbox, go to the eMail Options > eMail Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. There you’ll see a list of all the eMail accounts that you currently have. You can either create a special catchall eMail account or use any of your existing ones.
In the list, right of the eMail address, there is a column called "Catchall", with an icon depicting a small envelope with two green arrows.
To activate the catchall feature for an eMail account, click on the icon next to that account. You’ll see a note "Catchall enabled". In the Catchall column a green checkmark indicates that catchall has been enabled for this mailbox.
If you would like to disable the catchall option, click on the green checkmark. You’ll see a note "The catchall service for the selected mailbox(es) has been disabled.", so you can enable it for another mailbox now, or you can give up having a catchall account at all.
IMPORTANT: There could be only one catchall eMail account per one given domain name. Also, please be informed that having a catchall account is only recommended if you check it regularly and delete unwanted and old eMails. A catchall account usually receives a lot of unwanted eMails and if left unattended, it could use up your file quota and make it impossible for you to receive eMails, upload files etc. Read more about the file quota here:
File Quota - Why is there a Limit for the Files that I Host and What Happens if I Exceed It?
How Do I Set an Auto-Reply Message to My eMail Account
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
When you are on vacation or away for a few days, you can create an autoresponder message for one or more of your eMail accounts. If you do that, anyone who sends you an eMail would receive a reply with the Autoresponder message. This way the other side would have a confirmation that their eMail has been received. Of course, there are also other possible applications of this auto-reply function.
You can create an autoresponder message when you create a new mailbox. There is a checkbox "Use Autoresponder" under the Create New Mailbox tab in the eMail Manager section and when you select this option, you can enter an auto-reply message. It should be at least 10 characters long.
If you already have an eMail account and want to create an auto-reply message, go to the eMail Manager section of your hosting Control Panel and find the mailbox in question in the list with all the eMail accounts that you have created. On the far right side under the Actions column there is an icon displaying an envelope and a blank sheet of paper. This is the default icon if there is no Autoresponder set, so just click on that icon and on the next page you’ll see the box where you’ll be able to type the Autoresponder message. Click Save to apply the change.
If you want to change the auto-reply message, find the mailbox and click on the autoresponder icon - it has a green checkmark now, indicating that there is an autoresponer set up for this mailbox.
If you would like to set the same Autoresponder message for several eMail accounts at once, select the checkboxes on the left side of each eMail account in the eMail Manager section. Click on the Set Autoresponder button and on the next page enter the message and press Save.
Why is there a Red "X" (DNS Error) for My Domain's Name Servers?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
Generally, there are two cases in which your domain name may appear with the red X mark in the Hosted Domains section of your Web Hosting Control Panel: either the domain name does not have the required name servers set or the DNS update has not been completed yet.
Domain name registrations and DNS modifications could take up to 24 hours to update after they have been initiated. You can find the name servers that you should use for all your domain names to the right of the Domain name to host field. If you registered your domain and you didn't make any changes to the name servers yourself, it should already be using our name servers.
However, if you registered your domain or added it to your Hosted Domains more than 24 hours ago but you still see a red X mark indicating that the name servers are not correct, you can try re-setting the name servers manually. You can do this from the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager). Once you are in the Domain Manager, make sure you are looking at the list of registered domains (click on the All registered link), then select the check box next to the domain name that you wish to manage and click on the Edit NS button. This will bring up a new menu with two fields (one for each name server). These fields show you the two name servers that the domain name is currently using. To change the name servers, just type in the ones that are provided in the Hosted Domains section and click on the Next button.
Make sure that domain names registered with another company and added to your Hosted Domains here are using our name servers - usually you can do this from within the domain Control Panel provided by your registrar (the company you registered the domain(s) with).
If you are sure that your domain is using the correct name servers and more than 24 hours have passed since you registered/hosted the domain or updated the name servers, then it is most likely our system that hasn't "noticed" the change yet. If that's the case, we can force the system to check the name servers of your domain. To request this, please use the link at the bottom of the page to open a ticket.
What Are the Correct Name Servers (DNS) for My Domain?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
If you wish to host a certain domain name in your account with us, our name servers must be assigned for it so that it works properly. You can easily find the correct name servers that you need in the Hosted Domains section (Site Management > Hosted Domains) of the Web Hosting Control Panel. They are displayed on the right side, above the table that lists all the domain names that have been added to the Hosted Domains section.
If the domain name that you want to host with us is also registered with us or has been successfully transfered to us, you can change the name servers for the domain name via the Domain Manager section
(Site Management > Domain Manager) of the Web Hosting Control Panel. For detailed instructions how to do that, please see the article
Changing the Name Servers(DNS) of a Domain Name.
If your domain is registered with another company, you must change the name servers at their end. There should be a Control Panel to manage the domain name and the name servers listed in the Hosted Domains menu must be applied to your domain. If you cannot find such a menu or you experience any problems changing the name servers, you should contact the customer support staff of the company that has registered the domain name for you.
IMPORTANT: Apart from changing the current name servers with ours, in order to host a domain name in your account it must be added to your Hosted Domains. For detailed information about hosting a domain, please refer to the article
How Do I Host a Domain Name?
Changing the Name Servers (DNS) of a Domain Name
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
To change the name servers of a particular domain name, you have to refer to the registrar company where it is currently registered. If you wish to change the name servers of a domain name that is registered with us, you can do that via the Domain Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel. There are two ways to do that.
Method 1: In front of each domain name there is an option to select it (Step 1), i.e (put a check mark). Once you do that you must click on the Edit NS button (Step 2).
Once you click on the Edit NS button you are forwarded to a page where you can input the new name servers. When you are done you simply click on the Next button. That will change the name servers of the domain name.
IMPORTANT: You can use this method to change the name servers for multiple domain names.
Method 2: Next to each domain name there is a row of icons divided into separate columns. The last but one column is named NS and there is an icon that reads NS.
Once you click on the
NS icon, a small pop-up window will appear providing you with two options - to edit the name server settings and to register your own private name servers. If you chose the first option, you will be forwarded to the same page as in Method 1 where you have to input the new name servers. When you are done, you have to simply click on the
Next button and that will again change the name servers of the domain name. To learn more about the second option, please refer to the article
Registering Private Name Servers.
IMPORTANT: Name server changes may require up to 24 hours to take effect.
How Do I Host a Domain Name?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
You can host multiple* domain names in a single hosting account with us. The first domain name that will be hosted in your account is specified during the signup procedure. In order to properly host additional domain names, there are three requirements:
-
The domain name must be registered. If you wish to register a new domain name, please refer to the article - Domain registration - How Do I Register a Domain Name.
-
The name servers of the domain name must be changed with the ones specified in the Hosted Domains section. For more information, please check the following articles - What Are the Correct Name Servers (DNS) for My Domain? and Changing the Name Servers (DNS) of a Domain Name.
-
The domain name must be added to the Hosted Domains menu. More information is provided below.
You can use the Site Management > Hosted Domains section of the Web Hosting Control Panel to add additional domain names in your account with us. In the field that is titled Enter a domain name you should input the domain name that you would like to host with us (that will replace the predefined text my-best-domain.com). After that you must click on the Add Domain button and the domain name will be added to the list of the hosted domains.
Once you add the domain name, a red
X sign will be displayed under the
DNS column. Once the name server changes propagate
(this may require up to 24 hours), the DNS status will be updated as well. More information on that matter is available in the article -
Why is there a Red "X" (DNS Error) for My Domain's Name Servers?
* Please have in mind that in order to host additional domain names, you must make sure that your hosting plan can support it. For that you should refer to the Account Usage table available on the left side of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
There you can see the number of the domain names that you are currently hosting and the number of the domain names that you can add. If the available amount is zero, you must upgrade your account in order to host more domain names. You can find more information in the article
How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?
How to Setup My eMail Account in Entourage Mail?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Here is how you can manually set up an eMail account in Entourage:
-
Open Entourage, click on the Tools menu at the top of the screen and then click on Accounts.
-
When the Accounts window opens, click on the New button in the upper-left corner of the window to start the Account Setup Assistant.
-
Select the button Configure account manually.
-
The New Account box appears. Select either POP or IMAP for your server type (we recommend IMAP). Click OK.
-
The Edit Account box appears. In the Account name box enter your eMail address (mail@my-best-domain.com)
-
In the Name box enter your name as you would like it to appear on the messages you send (e.g., John Smith)
-
In the eMail address box enter your eMail address (e.g., mail@my-best-domain.com)
-
In the Account ID box enter your eMail address (e.g., mail@my-best-domain.com)
-
In the POP/IMAP server box enter: mail.supremecluster.com
-
In the Password box enter the password for your eMail account.
-
Enable "Save password in my Mac OS keychain"
-
In the SMTP server box enter: mail.supremecluster.com
-
Click on the "Click here for advanced sending options” button.
-
Check the "SMTP server requires authentication" box and close by clicking on the small square in the upper left-hand corner. Click OK.
Your Entourage mail account is now ready to work.
How to Change My Domain MX Records (to Use Google Apps Mail)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
Each domain name hosted with us has two MX records by default, which point to our mail servers. They are usuallymx1.supremebox.com and mx2.supremebox.com.
In case you have your own mail server or would like to use a third party mail server to handle your eMails, you have to point the MX records of your domain to the external mail server MXes.
To do this, make sure you know what the required MX records are (this information should be provided by the third party mail server vendor). Then go to the Site Management > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and find your domain under the Hostname column. Replace mx1.supremebox.com with the first new MX record and click Change. Once the page reloads, find the domain again and repeat the procedure with the second MX record.
Please have in mind that the MX records update requires several hours to propagate.
To add a third MX record for your domain, use the tool at the top of the page - choose the domain from the drop-down menu, select MX from the Type drop-down, then enter the hostname of your third MX record in the Value field, e.g. mx3.yournewmx.com, and finally choose the Priority (Highest level: 1 Lowest level: 100). Leave the TTL value to the default one and click Add New to add your new MX record.
Using Google Apps Mail:
Before changing your MX records, create a
Google Apps user account. Once this is done, you will be required to change your domain’s MX records with the following:
1 ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM
5 ALT1.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM
5 ALT2.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM
10 ASPMX2.GOOGLEMAIL.COM
10 ASPMX3.GOOGLEMAIL.COM
Here is a step-by-step guide how to do this:
-
Replace mx1.supremebox.com with ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM as instructed above and do not forget to update the priority value from "10" to "1"; The TTL should be set to 3600, then click Change.
-
Replace mx2.supremebox.com with ALT1.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM and set the priority to "5", then click Change.
-
To add another MX record for your domain, use the tool at the top of the page - choose the domain from the drop-down menu, select MX from the Type drop-down, then enter ALT2.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM in the Value field, choose thePriority as listed above, leave the TTL value to the default (3600) and finally click Add New.
-
Repeat the procedure described in (3) when adding all the five MX records and you will be all set.
To use the Google Apps custom URL mail.my-best-domain.com to access your eMails, here is what needs to be done:
-
Create your subdomain mail.my-best-domain.com from the Subdomain Manager section (Site Management > Subdomain Manager) of your hosting Control Panel.
-
Go to the Custom DNS Records section and create a CNAME record using the tool at the top: Fill in "mail" in the first field, then select "my-best-domain.com" (i.e. your actual domain) from the domain drop-down.
-
For Type choose CNAME, for Value enter: ghs.google.com
-
Click Add New and the CNAME will be created.
Keep in mind that changes may take up to 24 hours to propagate throughout the Internet.
Registering Private Name Servers
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
If you have registered a .com, .net or an .org domain name with us, you are entitled to a free additional service - registering private name servers with your domain name. You can do that via the Domain Manager menu (Site Management > Domain Manager) in your Web Hosting Control Panel. Next to each domain name there is a row of icons divided into separate columns. The last but one column is named NS and there is an icon that reads NS.
Once you click the
NS icon, a small pop-up window will appear providing you with two options - to edit the name server settings and to register your own private name servers. The first option lets you change the name server settings of the domain name. More information is available in the
Changing the name servers (DNS) of a domain name article.
If you choose the second option, you will be forwarded to a page where you can set up your own private name servers.
On this page you’ll see two fields that you have to fill out. The first one is the name server prefix - usually that is NS or DNS. The second one requires you to provide the IP that will be corresponding to that name server. After that simply click on the Add button and that will create the name server for you.
IMPORTANT: Any name server changes require up to 24 hours to take effect.
If you wish to set up these private name servers to host your domain name
(s) with us, you must use the IP addresses that correspond to the shared name servers for your account. Please refer to the article
What are the correct name servers (DNS) for my domain to learn how to find those name servers and the IP addresses.
You can also use this menu to create name servers that point to another web hosting server. If that is the case, you must obtain the correct IP addresses from the administrator of that server.
How to Setup My eMail Account in Windows Live Mail?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Here is how you can manually set up an eMail account in Windows Live Mail:
-
Open your Windows Live Mail.
-
Click on the "Add an eMail account" button located on the left or go to Tools > Accounts and hit the "Add" button, then choose "eMail Account".
-
Enter your eMail address, your password and display name. Make sure that the "Remember password" box is checked. Hit the "Next" button to continue.
-
You need to select your incoming mail server type (POP3 or IMAP, we recommend IMAP) and type in the mail server address: mail.supremecluster.com (leave the port number to the default one).
-
Your login ID is your eMail address (for example: mail@my-best-domain.com); the outgoing mail server address is the same as the incoming: mail.supremecluster.com. The port number should be 2525 just in case your ISP is blocking port 25.
Also enable "My server requires authentication" and click on the "Next" button to continue.
The Windows Live Mail setup process is now complete.
Testing Incoming Mail (POP3) Settings Via Telnet
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
To test the connection to a specific mailbox through POP3 using TELNET, open a CMD (Command Prompt) or a Terminal window, depending on your computer's OS. To learn how to open a Command Prompt (respectively Terminal), please scroll down to the end of this article.
Once you have opened the CMD/Terminal, type:
telnet mail.my-mail-server.com 110
If POP3 is accepting connections you should get:
+OK Hello there.
Then type:
user email@my-best-domain.com
Of course, email@my-best-domain.com should be replaced with your actual eMail address. If the mailbox exists the server reply should be:
+OK Password required.
If you receive a different result, please make sure that you have entered the name of your mailbox correctly - verify that the mailbox is present in the eMail Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (eMail Options > eMail Manager). If the result is as described above, continue by typing:
pass my-password
If the password is accepted the server reply should be:
+OK logged in.
Now you are logged in to the particular mailbox. This means that you have the correct POP3 settings and it is just a matter of setting up your eMail properly to be able to receive eMails. Further information about setting up your eMail account in Outlook, Thunderbird and other popular eMail clients could be found in these articles:
IMPORTANT: If the login via telnet fails at the last step when you enter the password you should try re-setting the password via the eMail Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and try again. Make sure that you wait approx. 10 minutes after changing the password as the change does not take effect immediately. Should you still fail to log in via telnet, please open a ticket using the link at the bottom of this page to contact our support staff.
-----
Starting a Command Prompt / Terminal
Windows XP users:
-
Click on the Start menu button
-
Choose Run
-
Type cmd and press Enter
-
The next step is to input the command ping domain.com where you have to change domain.com with your domain name
Windows Vista and Windows 7 users:
-
Click on the Start menu button
-
Click on the search field and type cmd
-
Click on the CMD program the resulting search results will display
-
Input the command ping domain.com in the new opened window where you have to change domain.com with your domain name
MacOS users:
-
Navigate to your Applications folder
-
Open Utilities and double click on Terminal
-
In the new opened window type ping domain.com to ping your domain name where domain.com should be replaced with your domain name
-
Press Enter.
Linux users
In Linux you have to open your terminal and use the command ping domain.com where domain.com should be replaced with your domain name. The terminal window can be opened in different ways depending on the distribution you are using.
What is SPF and How Can I Activate It?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
SPF (Sender Policy Framework) is a way to prevent sender address forgery in eMails. SPF will not directly stop SPAM (junk eMail). It will give domain owners a way to define which mail sources are legitimate for their domain and which ones are not.
To enable SPF for your domain, go to the eMail Options > SPF Protection section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Choose the exact domain name you wish to protect and switch the Status to ON from the drop-down menu next to your domain name.
Here are the required settings for each field:
-
Hosts: Fill in a list of all the hosts, which are authorized to send mail on behalf of the chosen domain name, e.g. mail.my-best-domain.com. Separate the hosts with a space or a comma.
-
IPv4: Type in the IP address of your SMTP mail server (e.g. mail.my-best-domain.com). Please have in mind that most of the mail servers have more than one IP address and in order to determine all of them, you can use an online tool like the one at http://site24x7.com/find-ip-address-of-web-site.html.
-
IPv6: Leave this field blank.
It is recommended that you choose the option "Allow my domain name's MX records" from the listed checkboxes under the IPv6field. This means that only the MX records stored for your domain name in the DNS zone will be able to send mail on behalf of your domain name.
Once all the above is done, click on the Apply button. Please note that the SPF Record propagation may take up to 24 hours.
Can I Get Dedicated IPs from Different Class C Networks?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
Currently it is not possible to get IPs from different Class C networks when purchasing dedicated IPs. The question that needs to be answered as well, however, is: Do you need IPs from different Class C networks?
People are looking for IP addresses from different Class C networks for search engine optimization (SEO) purposes. Exchanging links with websites from the same Class C network used to be considered a way to cheat search engines and such links were given less value. Nowadays, however, the IP has a little impact on the value of the link. Much more accurate and sophisticated techniques have been developed to determine the quality of the inbound links. So the short answer is - you don't need dedicated IPs from different Class C networks, not for SEO purposes anyway.
How Do I Set a Signature to be Added to New Messages?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
eMail signatures provide a great way to personalize and automate certain features of your eMail correspondence. Using signatures you can enrich each individual message by adding plain text, pictures, links or a business card and make it more appealing to friends and family, clients, partners and business associates. In this article, we’ll focus on how to add signatures using the most popular eMail applications – Microsoft Outlook, Mozilla Thunderbird and Apple Mail, plus the three webmail clients your hosting Control Panel is equipped with – Horde, SupremeWebMail and RoundCube Webmail.
Microsoft Outlook
Once you have configured your eMail account successfully in Outlook, please navigate to the Tools > Options section. Locate the tab named Mail Format, click on it and then select Signatures. A new configuration window will appear where you’ll need to click on New and choose a name for your signature (if you have more than one eMail account set up in Outlook, you will also need to specify the appropriate account for the new signature). Once you have done that, you can customize your signature with different fonts, text size, alignment, as well as pictures or hypertext links. As a final step, please click on OK in both menus and from this point onward, all outgoing eMails will contain your newly created signature.
Mozilla Thunderbird
In the popular open-source eMail client Thunderbird, signatures are handled using external files. This means that you need to create a new plain text or HTML file and then "tell" Thunderbird where it is located so that it could be used as a signature in your eMails. Once you have created a .txt or an .html file with your signature, open Thunderbrd and go to Tools > Account Settings. In the following menu, please navigate to your eMail account and select the box that says Attach this signature, click on Choose and locate the signature file using the navigation window. You are also free to add the same file to as many eMail accounts as you want. Once you are done, click on OK.
Apple Mail
Beside Mozilla Thunderbird, Mac users can also take advantage of the Mail application that comes built-in with every Mac OS X installation. Adding signatures is done by selecting the Mail drop-down menu and clicking on Preferences (shortcut keys - ,). Navigate to the Signatures menu and feel free to create new signatures for different eMail accounts using the + button.
Horde webmail
Once logged into Horde, choose the Options link and then click on Personal Information. A new window will appear with different eMail customization options. Near the bottom of the screen, you can see the Your signature field where you can enter a signature (text) that would be applied to your eMail messages. Once done, please click on Save Options.
SupremeWebMail
In order to add a signature via SupremeWebMail, click on Options and on the next page locate the Signature field near the bottom-right end of your screen. Enter a signature to be added to all new eMails and once you are done, click on Update Settings.
RoundCube webmail
In RoundCube, signatures are located under the Settings menu. Once there, please select the third tab Identities. By default, you have only one identity for your account, click on it and a new menu will appear with various options like Display Name and Reply To text fields. The last one is Signature where you need to add your personalized text (by selecting the HTML signature box below, a new, extended field will load for you with additional settings). Feel free to click Save as soon as you have completed the changes to save them.
What is DNS? How Can I Change My Domain's DNS Records?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: DNS Management
DNS stands for Domain Name System. What it does is translate domain names into IP records so that the servers around the world know where to search for a given website. When a domain name is typed within any web browser the first thing that is looked up is the authoritative name server. It provides information regarding the DNS zone file.
For example, my-best-domain-name.com can resolve at 192.168.0.1. Each domain or subdomain needs to have an A/IP record, otherwise it will not function properly on the Internet. Last, but not least, DNS responsibility is shared, meaning that every provider supports their own Name Servers. This makes DNS extremely flexible and fault tolerant. There is no need for a centralized server that keeps records for all existing domain names.
Now, let’s briefly summarize the meaning of the A, MX and CNAME records. They can all be managed from the Site Management > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
An A record is used to direct the web traffic of a website to a specific location, usually a remote server. The A record is stored in the form of an IP address. An IPv4 protocol is used. Example: 192.168.0.1
You can modify each host's A record by filling in the respective value and pressing the 'Change' button in the Site Management > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. In case you need this record reset to the original state, just click on the 'Reset' button.
The MX records affect the mail exchange of a domain name. They specify the mail servers, which handle the delivery of the messages. Example: mx1.supremecluster.com
The CNAME record specifies that a domain name is an alias of another domain. CNAME adopts the MX records of the destination host.
In order to add a CNAME record to your Custom DNS settings, you need to specify a hostname from the Hostname drop down menu (it must be a subdomain of an already hosted domain), then select the Type of the record which you want to add and fill in the Value field with the record's specific values. The TTL settings (record expiration) are set to 3600 seconds and can be changed to another value using the 'TTL' field.
Domain Transfer
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
A domain name transfer involves a domain name that you’ve already registered with another company but wish to transfer over to us. Please refer to the article Domain Registration - How Do I Register a Domain Name to find out how you can order a domain name transfer.
NOTE: The domain name transfer concerns the registration of the domain name and not the hosting service associated with it. To learn more about how to host domain names with us, please refer to the article
How Do I Host a Domain Name?
There are four general requirements for a successful transfer of a domain name:
-
The domain name must be at least 60 days old - should not be registered less than 60 days ago
-
The domain name must be unlocked for transfer (For more information, please refer to: Locking/Unlocking Domain Names)
-
The domain's EPP transfer authorization key must be provided - it could be acquired from the domain name’s current registrar (For more information, please refer to: EPP (Authorization Code))
-
The transfer verification eMail must be responded to - this eMail is sent within 24 hours after the domain transfer is initiated to the Administrative Contact eMail address specified in the WHOIS record of the domain name
Once the domain transfer is confirmed by following the instructions in the transfer verification eMail, the transfer procedure becomes fully automated and may take 3-5 business days to complete.
Some specific domain types (TLDs) have different requirements for transferring a domain name. Some TLDs cannot be transferred at all. However, the afore-mentioned requirements are valid for the majority of the TLDs (domain types). Here are a few exceptions:
.UK Domain Names (.co.uk / .me.uk / .org.uk)
Particularly the .UK domain names involve quite a specific domain name transfer procedure. None of the general requirements apply here. Instead, the the two steps below must be followed:
-
Contact the current company that you have the domain name with and have them change the IPS tag to: PDR-IN
-
Once you change the IPS tag you will receive a security code from our registrar within one or two hours. Please insert this code in the EPP field when ordering the transfer or provide us with that code if you have already paid for the transfer.
After that the transfer itself becomes a very seamless and smooth procedure.
Transferring .EU Domain Names
The only requirement for transferring a .EU domain name is to respond to the verification eMail. What is specific for this TLD is that upon a successful transfer, the expiration date becomes one year as counted from the date of the successful transfer completion instead of adding one year to the expiration date the domain name had prior to the transfer.
EPP (Authorization Code)
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
The EPP code is a transfer authorization key. It is used by a lot of domain name types (TLDs) during the transfer procedure. You can obtain the EPP transfer authorization key from the domain name’s current registrar. If you are trying to transfer a domain name to us, you should contact the company where you registered the domain name.
If you are trying to transfer a domain name away from us or you simply wish to acquire the EPP transfer authorization key of a domain name that is registered with us, you can do that via the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager) of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Next to each domain name there are three icons - you must click the one in the middle that reads EPP.
Once you click on the EPP icon you will see a small pop-up window with the following text [i]Click on the button to request an EPP authorization code for your domain[/i] and the button Request EPP key next to it. After you click on that button, the EPP key will be sent via e-mail to the registrant contact e-mail address specified in the WHOIS record of the domain name.
If you do not receive the EPP transfer authorization key within one hour, please make sure that you have provided a correct e-mail address in the WHOIS record. If you need to change that e-mail address, please refer to the article
Updating the Contact Details (WHOIS) of a Domain.
What Are the eMail Filters and How Do They Work?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
eMail filters can simply be described as rules for your incoming messages. You can set up different criteria and set desired actions for all messages that match these criteria. Common uses for mail filters include removal of spam. Users might also employ a mail filter to prioritize messages and to sort them into folders based on subject matter or other criteria.
Mail filters can be installed by the user
(you can do that via the eMail Manager (eMail Options > eMail Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Learn how to set up eMail filters on the server-side here:
How do I set up my own custom eMail filters?
eMail filters could also be part of the eMail program (eMail client) installed on your computer (e.g. Outlook, Thunderbird, Eudora, etc.). Most eMail clients nowadays also have an automatic spam filtering function. Internet service providers can also install eMail filters in their mail transfer agents as a service to all of their customers. Corporations often use them to protect their employees and their information technology assets.
Mail filters have varying degrees of configurability. Sometimes they make decisions based on matching a regular expression. Other times, keywords in the message body are used, or perhaps the eMail address of the sender of the message. Some more advanced filters, particularly anti-spam filters, use statistical document classification techniques. Image filtering that uses complex image analysis algorithms to detect skin-tones and specific body shapes normally associated with adult-images (pornographic images) can also be used.
WHOIS / ID Protection
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
The WHOIS ID protection is an add-on service available for some domain TLDs (.com, .net, .biz, .org, .info, .we.bs, .me, .tv, .cc, .asia). When you register a domain name you provide your personal and/or business contact information, incl. name, address, phone number etc.
Each domain that is successfully registered has the so-called WHOIS record. The WHOIS record is comprised of information about the domain name itself - when it was registered, when it expires, what the current name servers are and so on, and it also displays the registrant, administrative, technical and billing contact information that has been provided for the domain name. This WHOIS record is public and anyone on the Internet can check the WHOIS record of any domain name that is currently registered. Because the WHOIS service is available to the public, it exposes your contact details to everyone.
The WHOIS ID protection service helps conceal your personal data and protect it from malicious use such as spam e-mails and telemarketing. When you purchase the WHOIS ID protection service for a particular domain name, the WHOIS record of your domain name will display our company contact information instead of your personal information. Although your data in the public WHOIS record is replaced by ours, you still remain the rightful owner of your domain - the WHOIS protection service does not in any way affect the actual ownership of the domain.
You can order WHOIS or, as we call it, ID protection, for any domain name from the list of the supported TLDs that you have registered with us using the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager) of your Web Hosting Control Panel. There is a row of icons to the right of each domain name. Under the ID Protect column there is an ADD button for each domain name.
Once you click on that button a small pop-up window will appear with information about the ID protection service, the price to enable that service, as well as the available payment options. Once you choose the payment method you wish to use to submit the payment, you must click on the Get ID protect button below and that will take you to the payment page where you have to fill out your payment information.
Have in mind that providing false contact information in the WHOIS record is considered illegal and may result in cancellation of the domain registration. Therefore that is not considered an alternative to the WHOIS ID protection service.
How Do I Setup My Own Custom eMail Filters?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
You can set up eMail filters for any eMail account that you have with us via the eMail Manager (eMail Options > eMail Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. There you’ll see a list with all the eMail accounts that you have with us. You have the option to select each of these eMail addresses (put a checkmark in front of it). Above and below the list of mailboxes, there are rows with identical buttons - the first one in each row is eMail filters.
Once you select the desired eMail account(s) and click on the eMail filters button, you’ll be forwarded to a page where you’ll be able to set up your own eMail filters. On the left you’ll see a list of the eMail addresses that you have selected and on the right there is a table with all the options you have when setting up an eMail filter:
Where: Here you can find a drop-down menu with all the possible options that you can choose for the location of the Text to match:
header_from - this option is used to filter incoming messages by sender's eMail address;
header_to - this option is used to filter incoming messages by recipient's eMail address;
header_cc - this option is used to filter incoming messages by eMail address(es) in the "Carbon Copy" list;
header_subject - this option is used to filter incoming messages by their subject;
message_headers - this option is used to filter incoming messages by all of the above eMail headers;
message_body - this option is used to filter incoming messages by the actual content of the message;
message_body_end - this option is used to filter incoming messages by the specific part of the message that is titled body end;
reply_address - this option is used to filter incoming messages by the eMail address that is to be replied to;
return_path - this option is used to filter incoming messages by the eMail address to which undeliverable messages will be sent.
Condition: Here you can find a dropdown menu with all the possible options that you can choose for the type of the Text to match:
contains - the text you specify must be contained in the specified location;
does not contain - the text you specify must not be contained in the specified location;
is - the text you specify must be exactly the same in the specified location;
is not - the text you specify must not be exactly the same in the specified location;
begins - the text you specify must be the starting word or phrase in the specified location;
does not begin - the text you specify must not be the starting word or phrase in the specified location;
ends - the text you specify must be the last word or phrase in the specified location;
does not end - the text you specify must not be the last word or phrase in the specified location;
Text to match: In this field you can type the exact word or phrase, which will be detected by the filter.
Action: Here you can find a dropdown menu that will let you choose whether the filtered messages will be deleted or redirected to a different eMail address.
eMail: In this field you can specify the eMail address where the messages affected by the filter will be redirected to, if you choose the redirect action.
Once you fill out the form, you must click on the Add Filter button below the form and that will create the eMail filter(s) for you. The new filter(s) will appear in the table further below where all the existing eMail filters are displayed. They are divided into groups depending on the eMail address that they have been set up for. You have the option to edit or delete any existing filter.
Changing the Owner of a Domain
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
If you have sold a domain name or otherwise decided that you wish to give that domain name to someone else, you can change the owner for most of the domain name types (TLDs) that we register. That can be easily done by changing the contact information in the WHOIS record of the domain name. You can read the article Updating the Contact Details (WHOIS) of a Domain - there you will also find a list of domain name TLDs that do not allow contact information changes. Further in this article you will find information about changing the ownership of domain TLDs that have specific conditions for that - .eu, .co.uk, .org.uk, .me.uk.
Please have in mind that after changing the contact information in the WHOIS record of the domain name, the ownership of the domain name will be changed, but that still does not provide the new owner with means to manage the domain name. Therefore, it is recommended that such domain names be moved to a separate account with us or transferred away to another company, which the new owner has an account with, so that they have full control over the domain name. You can read the
Domain Transfer article for more information on transferring a domain name.
Here are some TLDs with specific requirements regarding ownership change:
.EU Domain Names
Changing the ownership of .eu domain names is a specific procedure that is called a trade. This procedure requires a new registration fee to be paid and once the trade is completed, the new expiration date will be one year from the date the trade was initiated. Also, the trade procedure requires verification via eMail with the current owner. Another option to change the owner of an .eu domain name is to simply initiate a trade for that domain name with another registrar - this will transfer the domain name and change the contact information. When requesting the trade with the new registrar, simply provide the contact information of the new owner.
.UK Domain Names (.co.uk, .org.uk, .me.uk)
Changing the ownership of any of the .uk domain name TLDs is considered a formal transfer and the .UK domain registry (NOMINET.ORG.UK) must be contacted in order to fill out the necessary form and pay the respective fee.
All of My Websites Use the Same IP (Shared IP), Why?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Our company provides a shared web hosting service designed for personal, community and business websites.
Rather than buying a dedicated server for each website, you can host your site on a server with other users. The service where many websites are hosted on one physical server is called shared web hosting.
The easiest way to explain this is to put it that way: each site is hosted in a user account on the server, separated from the other users on the same server.
While each hosting account is independent from the other accounts on the same server, there is something they all share by default - it is the IP, the network address, of the server. The same goes for the domains and subdomains hosted in the same hosting account - they all share the IP of the server. This is why this IP address is called a shared IP.
Because the IP is shared by all the hosts (domains and subdomains), the visitors will not be able to reach a specific website by simply typing the IP address of the server in their browser's address bar. Instead, the visitors should type the domain name of your website. When the web browser requests an address from a web server from our network, it includes the requested hostname (domain or subdomain) as a part of the request. The server then uses this information to determine which website is being requested. So, the fact that all your websites share the same IP address does not affect your visitors or the productivity of your websites.
In some cases you may require a dedicated IP - a unique network address, which you do not share with other users. For example, when you want to use SSL, which encrypts the connection between your website and your visitors, you need a dedicated IP for your domain. More information on this topic could be found here:
Anti-SPAM Protection - Reducing SPAM Received in Your Inbox
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
For your convenience and safety we provide the option to enable anti-SPAM protection for any mailbox that you have with us. This is an automatic protection based on multiple criteria, which can filter all incoming mail and protect your eMail account(s) from different types of SPAM (including virus-infected mail attachments).
In order to activate the Anti-SPAM Protection option for a certain mailbox, you must go to the eMail Manager menu in your Web Hosting Control Panel (eMail Options > eMail Manager). There you will see a list of all existing eMail accounts. You have the option to select each of these eMail accounts (put a check mark in front of it). Above and below the list of mailboxes, there are rows with identical buttons - the second one is the Set Anti-spam Protection button.
Once you select the desired eMail account(s) and click on the Set Anti-spam Protection button, you will be forwarded to a page where you will be able to select the level of protection and choose between two SPAM message options - to delete or to forward them to an e-mail address specified by you.
IMPORTANT: The higher the level of protection you choose, the better the chance of rejecting a valid eMail message that you actually wish to receive will be. It is recommended that you start off with a lower level or use the option to redirect the SPAM messages so that you can review them manually.
How to Setup My eMail Account in Mozilla Thunderbird?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
You can create an eMail account in Mozilla Thunderbird 2.x manually, following these instructions:
-
Go to Tools > Account Settings.
-
Select eMail account and click Next.
-
Enter your name (e.g. John) and eMail address (for example: mail@my-best-domain.com).
-
Select the incoming mail server type - POP or IMAP (we recommend IMAP). Your incoming server is: mail.supremecluster.com. Click Next.
-
Enter your eMail address (for example: mail@my-best-domain.com) in the Incoming User Name and Outgoing User Name fields and click Next.
-
Enter a name for your eMail account (e.g. mail@my-best-domain.com) and click Next.
-
Verify your account information and click Finish.
-
In the Account Settings window, select Outgoing Server listed below your new account.
-
Enter mail.supremecluster.com in the Server Name field and set the port to 2525.
-
Enable the Use name and password option and enter your eMail address (for example: mail@my-best-domain.com). Click OK.
Thunderbird will ask you for your password the first time you try to send/receive mail.
What is the IP Address of My Website?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
When you host a domain name in your account it is assigned an IP address - the shared IP address of the server (see: All My Websites Are Using the Same IP (Shared IP), Why?). This IP address is listed in the Subdomain Manager section (Site Management > Subdomain Manager). So, if you want to see the IP address our system has assigned to your domain/subdomain, go to the Subdomain Manager.
You can change or reset the A record (the IP) of your domain or subdomain via the Custom DNS Records section (Site Management > Custom DNS Records). Changing the IP of your domain is only necessary when you want to point the domain to another server, usually one that is outside our network.
You can also look up the IP address of your domain from an external source. There are at least two different ways to do this: The first option would be to use an online-based IP lookup tool, such as:
The second option would be to use the ping command on your computer. If you are using Windows you have to use CMD (Command Prompt) and if you are using Linux or MAC you have to use the corresponding shell terminal. Here are the steps you have to follow in order to get the IP address of your domain name:
Windows XP users:
-
Click on the Start menu button
-
Choose Run
-
Type cmd and press Enter
-
The next step is to input the command ping domain.com where you have to change domain.com with your domain name
Windows Vista and Windows 7 users:
-
Click on the Start menu button
-
Click on the search field and type cmd
-
Click on the CMD program the resulting search results will display
-
Input the command ping domain.com in the new opened window where you have to change domain.com with your domain name
MacOS users:
-
Navigate to your Applications folder
-
Open Utilities and double click on Terminal
-
In the new opened window type ping domain.com to ping your domain name where domain.com should be replaced with your domain name
-
Press Enter.
Linux users:
In Linux you have to open your terminal and use the command ping domain.com where domain.com should be replaced with your domain name. The terminal window can be opened in different ways depending on the distribution you are using.
After executing the ping command you should see a similar result:
ping google.com
Pinging google.com [74.125.67.100] with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 74.125.67.100: bytes=32 time=140ms TTL=50
Reply from 74.125.67.100: bytes=32 time=146ms TTL=50
Reply from 74.125.67.100: bytes=32 time=141ms TTL=50
Reply from 74.125.67.100: bytes=32 time=139ms TTL=50
In the example above a ping request to google.com has been made and as a result we get the IP address 74.125.67.100
IMPORTANT: Using the ping command from your computer makes a query to the DNS server of your ISP and if you are using an online-based tool the request is sent to the DNS server of the domain's hosting provider, which returns more accurate information. It is possible that you get different results using these two methods. The cause could be late DNS propagation after a recent change of the A record (IP) or the name servers of the domain you are looking up.
How to Setup My eMail Account in MS Outlook?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Here is how you can manually set up an eMail account in Microsoft Outlook:
-
Open Outlook.
-
Click on Tools > Accounts... > Add > Mail...
-
Fill in "Display Name", for example "John"
-
Enter your eMail address, for example: mail@my-best-domain.com
-
Choose Incoming mail type (POP3 or IMAP, we recommend IMAP), the incoming mail server is: mail.supremecluster.com
-
Outgoing Mail Server (SMTP): mail.supremecluster.com - just in case your ISP is blocking port 25, set the port to 2525
-
Enter your eMail account name, for example: mail@my-best-domain.com
-
Enter your eMail account password.
To be able to send eMails properly, you need to do the following as well: Go to Tools > Accounts... > select the account name > Properties > Servers tab > enable the option 'My server requires authentication'.
Locking/Unlocking Domain Names
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Registrar Lock is an additional security feature available for some of the domain TLDs that we offer (.com, .net, .biz, .org, .us, .in, .me, .tv, .cc, .nu, .asia). This security feature prevents domain name transfers. That way nobody can transfer your domain name and seize control over it without your authorization. The Registrar Lock function can be enabled or disabled by the domain owner. By default, newly registered domains are locked by our system but they could be unlocked at any time.
If you are trying to transfer a domain name to our company and the domain name status is "locked" or "transfer prohibited", you must contact your current registar and request to have the domain name unlocked for transfer.
If you are trying to transfer a domain name away from us or simply wish to unlock a domain name that is registered with us, you can do that via the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager) of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Next to each domain name there are several columns with corresponding icons underneath each of them. The very first one is the Status column. There you must click on the button on the right which is in the form of a lock.
Once you click on that button you will see a small pop-up window that displays the current status of the domain name. Next to it there is a button that reads Lock or Unlock, depending on the current status. Clicking on that button changes the status of your domain name.
IMPORTANT: To ensure the safety of your domain names, it is strongly recommended that you keep them locked at all times unless you intend to transfer a particular domain name.
How to Change the Outgoing Mail (SMTP) Port in My eMail Client?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Many Internet providers have a policy of blocking port 25 - the default SMTP (outgoing mail) port. In this case a solution would be to use the alternative port that we provide: 2525. Here is how you can change the SMTP port in different widely used eMail clients.
Mozilla Thunderbird
-
Launch the Mozilla mail client
-
Go to Edit > Mail and Newsgroup Account Settings
-
Click Outgoing Server (SMTP)
-
On the right hand side next to Server Name it should say Port: 25
-
Change that number from 25 to 2525
-
Click OK
-
Restart Mozilla Thunderbird
Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express
-
Go to Tools > Accounts (or Account Options)
-
Click on the Mail tab
-
Click on Properties
-
Click on the Advanced tab
-
Change the outgoing mail port from 25 to 2525
-
Make sure that the box that says "This server requires a secure connection (SSL)" is NOT enabled
-
Click OK
-
Restart Outlook
Netscape 7.x
-
Go to Edit > Mail and Newsgroup Account Settings
-
Click on Outgoing Server (SMTP)
-
On the right hand side next to Server Name it should say Port: 25
-
Change that number from 25 to 2525
-
Click OK
-
Restart Netscape
Netscape 4.x
-
Go to Edit > Preferences
-
Expand the Mail and Newsgroups category by clicking on the + sign
-
Click Mail Servers
-
Change the Outgoing Mail Server: from mail.supremedns.com to mail.supremedns.com:2525
-
Click OK
-
Restart Netscape
Eudora for Windows
The option to change the SMTP port in Eudora 6.0 and newer versions is hidden, which makes the change a bit more difficult but still possible. To change the ports:
-
Navigate to your Eudora install directory.
-
Find a directory called "extrastuff".
-
In this directoryfind the file named "esoteric.epi". Move this file into the main Eudora directory (up one level).
The above action should have activated some extra options in Eudora, so you would be able to change the SMTP port now:
-
Launch Eudora
-
Go to Tools > Options
-
Click on Ports
-
Change the port from 25 to 2525
-
Click OK
-
Restart Eudora
Eudora for Mac
-
For version 6.0 and up, quit Eudora and look in the Eudora Application Folder for the folder "Extras". In this folder there is a file "Esoteric Settings". Drag this file into the "Eudora Stuff" folder.
-
Launch Eudora
-
Go to Special > Settings
-
Click on Ports and Protocols
-
Change the port from 25 to 2525
-
Click OK
-
Restart Eudora
Entourage
-
Go to Tools > Accounts
-
Click on Mail and go to Properties
-
Click on Advanced Sending Options
-
Make sure the box that says "This POP service requires a secure connection" is unchecked
-
Check the box that says "Override default SMTP port:" and enter port 25
-
Click OK
-
Restart Entourage
Updating the Contact Details (WHOIS) of a Domain
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
The WHOIS record of a domain name is comprised of information about the domain name itself - when it was registered, when it expires, what the current name servers are and so on, and it also displays the registrant, administrative, technical and billing contact information that has been provided for the domain name during the registration process.
Most domain name types (TLDs) that we register offer the option to change these contact details. You can do that via the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager) of your Web Hosting Control Panel. In front of each domain name there is an option to select it (Step 1) (put a check mark). Once you do that, you must click on the Edit WHOIS (Step 2) button.

You will be forwarded to a page where you can input new contact information for each section - registrant, billing, administrative and technical. Once you fill out the registrant section, and if you wish to use the same contact information for all the other sections, there is an option to copy the same information in the other sections as well. As soon as you are ready with all the changes you wish to make in all the sections of the WHOIS record, simply press the Next button at the bottom of the page and that will update the WHOIS record for you. You should see a message The details have been modified successfully! to confirm that. Please have in mind that WHOIS changes may require up to 24 hours to update worldwide.
NOTE: The contact information for the following domain TLDs cannot be changed: .co.uk, .org.uk, .me.uk, .ca, .eu, .be, .at.
Please be informed that the WHOIS record is public and anyone on the Internet can look up the WHOIS record of any domain name that is currently registered. This exposes your personal contact details, incl. name, address, etc. to the public. If you wish to purchase the
WHOIS ID protection service that helps conceal your personal data and protect it from malicious use such as spam e-mails and telemarketing, please refer to the
WHOIS/ID Protection article.
Have in mind that providing false contact information in the WHOIS record is considered illegal and may result in cancellation of the domain registration. Therefore that is not an alternative to the WHOIS ID protection service.
How Do I Setup My eMails with Exchange Server?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Please note that this article does not explain how to set up your own Exchange Server, but how to use an Exchange Server for your eMails.
In order for your eMails to be handled by a remote Exchange Server, you must edit your domain's MX records. The exact values should be provided by the administrator of the Exchange Server - usually there are at least two hosts or IPs that need to be set up as MX records of your domain name.
Let’s say the Exchange Server’s IP address(es) are 192.168.1.2 and 192.168.2.2 and your domain name is my-best-domain.com and it is hosted in your web hosting account with us. Here is what needs to be done in this case:
-
In your Web Hosting Control Panel go to Site Management > Subdomain Manager and create two subdomains, for example mx1.my-best-domain.com and mx2.my-best-domain.com
-
Change the A records of each subdomain in Site Management > Custom DNS Records:
- find mx1.my-best-domain.com and update the A record to 192.168.1.2, then click Change
- find mx2.my-best-domain.com and update the A record to 192.168.2.2, then click Change
-
In the Custom DNS Records section find my-best-domain.com and replace its current MX records with mx1.my-best-domain.com and mx2.my-best-domain.com.
IMPORTANT: If the administrator of the Exchange Server has provided you with hostnames instead of IPs, skip steps 1 and 2 and just replace the MX records of your domain with the ones of the Exchange Server.
Please be informed that any changes to the DNS records of your domain take up to 24 hours to propagate.
Domain Renewal
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
You can renew any domain name that is registered with us via the Web Hosting Control Panel. In order to do that, please go to the Site Management > Domain Manager section. There are at least two ways to renew a domain name only, without the hosting package itself.
Method 1: In front of each domain name there is an option to select it (put a check mark). Once you do that, you must click on the Renew button.
Once you click on the
Renew button, you’ll be forwarded to a page where you’ll be able to select the renewal period and the payment method. When you are done, you’ll have to simply click on the
Next button, which will forward you to the payment page - there you’ll have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to the
Alternative Payment Options article.
Important Note: You can use this renewal method to renew multiple domain names by simply selecting all the domains that you want to be renewed and then pressing the Renew button.
Method 2: Next to each domain name there is a row of icons divided into separate columns. The very last column is named Expiration / Renewal and there you can see the current expiration date of the domain name - the expiration date itself is a link that you can click.
Once you click on the expiration date, a small pop-up window will appear. There you’ll see information about the current status of the domain name, the current expiration date again, as well as an option to renew it for one or more years.
Why is there a Red "X" (DNS Error) for My Domain's Name Servers?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Generally, there are two cases in which your domain name may appear with the red X mark in the Hosted Domains section of your Web Hosting Control Panel: either the domain name does not have the required name servers set or the DNS update has not been completed yet.
Domain name registrations and DNS modifications could take up to 24 hours to update after they have been initiated. You can find the name servers that you should use for all your domain names to the right of the Domain name to host field. If you registered your domain and you didn't make any changes to the name servers yourself, it should already be using our name servers.
However, if you registered your domain or added it to your Hosted Domains more than 24 hours ago but you still see a red X mark indicating that the name servers are not correct, you can try re-setting the name servers manually. You can do this from the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager). Once you are in the Domain Manager, make sure you are looking at the list of registered domains (click on the All registered link), then select the check box next to the domain name that you wish to manage and click on the Edit NS button. This will bring up a new menu with two fields (one for each name server). These fields show you the two name servers that the domain name is currently using. To change the name servers, just type in the ones that are provided in the Hosted Domains section and click on the Next button.
Make sure that domain names registered with another company and added to your Hosted Domains here are using our name servers - usually you can do this from within the domain Control Panel provided by your registrar (the company you registered the domain(s) with).
If you are sure that your domain is using the correct name servers and more than 24 hours have passed since you registered/hosted the domain or updated the name servers, then it is most likely our system that hasn't "noticed" the change yet. If that's the case, we can force the system to check the name servers of your domain. To request this, please use the link at the bottom of the page to open a ticket.
What Are the Correct Name Servers (DNS) for My Domain?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
If you wish to host a certain domain name in your account with us, our name servers must be assigned for it so that it works properly. You can easily find the correct name servers that you need in the Hosted Domains section (Site Management > Hosted Domains) of the Web Hosting Control Panel. They are displayed on the right side, above the table that lists all the domain names that have been added to the Hosted Domains section.
If the domain name that you want to host with us is also registered with us or has been successfully transfered to us, you can change the name servers for the domain name via the Domain Manager section
(Site Management > Domain Manager) of the Web Hosting Control Panel. For detailed instructions how to do that, please see the article
Changing the Name Servers (DNS) of a Domain Name.
If your domain is registered with another company, you must change the name servers at their end. There should be a Control Panel to manage the domain name and the name servers listed in the Hosted Domains menu must be applied to your domain. If you cannot find such a menu or you experience any problems changing the name servers, you should contact the customer support staff of the company that has registered the domain name for you.
IMPORTANT: Apart from changing the current name servers with ours, in order to host a domain name in your account it must be added to your Hosted Domains. For detailed information about hosting a domain, please refer to the article
How Do I Host a Domain Name?
What is SPF and How Can I Activate It?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
SPF (Sender Policy Framework) is a way to prevent sender address forgery in eMails. SPF will not directly stop SPAM (junk eMail). It will give domain owners a way to define which mail sources are legitimate for their domain and which ones are not.
To enable SPF for your domain, go to the eMail Options > SPF Protection section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Choose the exact domain name you wish to protect and switch the Status to ON from the drop-down menu next to your domain name.
Here are the required settings for each field:
-
Hosts: Fill in a list of all the hosts, which are authorized to send mail on behalf of the chosen domain name, e.g. mail.my-best-domain.com. Separate the hosts with a space or a comma.
-
IPv4: Type in the IP address of your SMTP mail server (e.g. mail.my-best-domain.com). Please have in mind that most of the mail servers have more than one IP address and in order to determine all of them, you can use an online tool like the one at http://site24x7.com/find-ip-address-of-web-site.html.
-
IPv6: Leave this field blank.
It is recommended that you choose the option "Allow my domain name's MX records" from the listed checkboxes under the IPv6 field. This means that only the MX records stored for your domain name in the DNS zone will be able to send mail on behalf of your domain name.
Once all the above is done, click on the Apply button. Please note that the SPF Record propagation may take up to 24 hours.
Can I Use a Domain Name I Registered with Another Company (Registrar)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
When you register a domain name you reserve the name for a period of time (usually a year or two). It is not necessary to have your domain name registered with the same company that would be hosting your website (and thus your domain). However, you have to point the domain to your hosting space to make it work properly. This is done by applying your hosting company's name servers to your domain name.
Inside the domain control panel provided by your registrar (the company you registered the domain with) you should have the option to change the name servers, which may also be referred to as NS or DNS change.
To properly host a domain registered with another company with us, you must:
-
Add the domain to your Hosted Domains list (Site Management > Hosted Domains)
-
Set our name servers for your domain
-
Wait for the name server change to propagate (usually within 12-24 hours)
Additional information and instructions could be found in the following articles:
How to Change My Domain MX Records (to Use Google Apps Mail)?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: eMails
Each domain name hosted with us has two MX records by default, which point to our mail servers. They are usually mx1.supremebox.com and mx2.supremebox.com.
In case you have your own mail server or would like to use a third party mail server to handle your eMails, you have to point the MX records of your domain to the external mail server MXes.
To do this, make sure you know what the required MX records are (this information should be provided by the third party mail server vendor). Then go to the Site Management > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel and find your domain under the Hostname column. Replace mx1.supremebox.com with the first new MX record and click Change. Once the page reloads, find the domain again and repeat the procedure with the second MX record.
Please have in mind that the MX records update requires several hours to propagate.
To add a third MX record for your domain, use the tool at the top of the page - choose the domain from the drop-down menu, select MX from the Type drop-down, then enter the hostname of your third MX record in the Value field, e.g. mx3.yournewmx.com, and finally choose the Priority (Highest level: 1 Lowest level: 100). Leave the TTL value to the default one and click Add New to add your new MX record.
Using Google Apps Mail:
Before changing your MX records, create a
Google Apps user account. Once this is done, you will be required to change your domain’s MX records with the following:
1 ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM
5 ALT1.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM
5 ALT2.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM
10 ASPMX2.GOOGLEMAIL.COM
10 ASPMX3.GOOGLEMAIL.COM
Here is a step-by-step guide how to do this:
-
Replace mx1.supremebox.com with ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM as instructed above and do not forget to update the priority value from "10" to "1"; The TTL should be set to 3600, then click Change.
-
Replace mx2.supremebox.com with ALT1.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM and set the priority to "5", then click Change.
-
To add another MX record for your domain, use the tool at the top of the page - choose the domain from the drop-down menu, select MX from the Type drop-down, then enter ALT2.ASPMX.L.GOOGLE.COM in the Value field, choose the Priority as listed above, leave the TTL value to the default (3600) and finally click Add New.
-
Repeat the procedure described in (3) when adding all the five MX records and you will be all set.
To use the Google Apps custom URL mail.my-best-domain.com to access your eMails, here is what needs to be done:
-
Create your subdomain mail.my-best-domain.com from the Subdomain Manager section (Site Management > Subdomain Manager) of your hosting Control Panel.
-
Go to the Custom DNS Records section and create a CNAME record using the tool at the top: Fill in "mail" in the first field, then select "my-best-domain.com" (i.e. your actual domain) from the domain drop-down.
-
For Type choose CNAME, for Value enter: ghs.google.com
-
Click Add New and the CNAME will be created.
Keep in mind that changes may take up to 24 hours to propagate throughout the Internet.
Can I Register/Renew My Domain Name for More than One Year?
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
When you own a domain name that is important for your business or is otherwise very important to you and you do not wish to lose it, the best solution would be to register it for more years. Can you do that? Unfortunately, there is no universal answer to that question because different rules apply for different domain name types (TLDs).
Most domain names can be registered for up to 5 or 10 years ahead. When you register or renew a domain name that can be regsitered for more years, you will see that option during the very order procedure.
There are domain names that must be registered for a minimum of two or three years and those that can be registered for a period of two years only - no more, no less. There are also other domain names that can be registered for one year only and must be renewed every year in order to keep the given domain name.
What is important to know is that when you order a domain registration or renewal, you will be always given the option to select the registration period as long as the specific domain type (TLD) allows it.
You may find these articles interesting:
Changing the Name Servers (DNS) of a Domain Name
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
To change the name servers of a particular domain name, you have to refer to the registrar company where it is currently registered. If you wish to change the name servers of a domain name that is registered with us, you can do that via the Domain Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel. There are two ways to do that.
Method 1: In front of each domain name there is an option to select it (Step 1), i.e (put a check mark). Once you do that you must click on the Edit NS button (Step 2).
Once you click on the Edit NS button you are forwarded to a page where you can input the new name servers. When you are done you simply click on the Next button. That will change the name servers of the domain name.
IMPORTANT: You can use this method to change the name servers for multiple domain names.
Method 2: Next to each domain name there is a row of icons divided into separate columns. The last but one column is named NS and there is an icon that reads NS.
Once you click on the
NS icon, a small pop-up window will appear providing you with two options - to edit the name server settings and to register your own private name servers. If you chose the first option, you will be forwarded to the same page as in Method 1 where you have to input the new name servers. When you are done, you have to simply click on the
Next button and that will again change the name servers of the domain name. To learn more about the second option, please refer to the article
Registering Private Name Servers.
IMPORTANT: Name server changes may require up to 24 hours to take effect.
Domain Registration - How Do I Register a Domain Name
Submitted 5/9/2012 in Web Services: Domains
With the exponentially growing number of websites on the Internet, it is becoming harder and harder to find a suitable domain name to register - one that is short, simple, to the point, and easy to remember. That is why, if you come across such a domain name that is suitable for your business or personal website, it is recommended that you register it right away. Even if your website is not ready yet. You can register unlimited domain names through your account with us and there is no need to host them all. To find more information on hosting a domain name, please refer to the article How Do I Host a Domain Name?
You can easily register a domain name via the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager) of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open that menu you should go to the Register / Transfer tab.
Here you will find our domain search form. This form will help you find an available domain name for you to register. In the field that is titled Enter a domain name you should input the domain name that you would like to register (what you enter will replace the predefined text my-best-domain.com). Below that you have a list of all domain types (TLDs) that we can register and you have the option to select and deselect any of them. That way you will be able to choose what domain TLDs to search for. After that you must click on the Search now button. That will execute a search based on the parameters that you have provided and you will be forwarded to the next page to see the results.
There is also a shortcut to the domain search form available in the Upgrades section on the left side of the Control Panel. If you click on the Register / Transfer link, it will take you directly to the domain search form in the Domain Manager menu. You also have the option to execute a search for a domain name. Type the domain you wish to register and click on the green arrow-like GO button.

If a domain name is available for registration you will see a Register checkbox next to it. If you are trying to register a domain name, yet only a transfer option appears, this simply means that someone else already owns the domain name and it is not available for registration. If you own this domain name you can transfer it to our company by selecting the Request Transfer checkbox. For more information on trasferring a domain name, please refer to the "Domain Transfer" article. Here you also have the option to make a new search if the results from the initial one are not satisfactory. You can keep modifying the search parameters until you find a domain name that you wish to purchase.
Alongside the registration or transfer checkboxes, there is also a checkbox that reads Host. This gives you the option to immediately host the domain name after you submit the payment for the registration. If your current hosting plan does not allow hosting more domain names, you will be provided with the options to purchase an additional hosted domains upgrade or upgrade to a higher package, if one is available.
As soon as you find the domain name that you are looking for and you are ready to proceed with the registration, you must click on the
Purchase Selected button. That will take you to the next step - the contact information for the WHOIS record. Please make sure that you provide accurate contact details. This information will be publicly available. For some domain TLDs you can purchase an additional service - WHOIS protection
(also called ID protection) - that will conceal and protect your contact information. For detailed information about that service, please refer to the
WHOIS / ID Protection article. Once you fill out the registrant section, and if you wish to use the same contact information for all the other sections, there is an option to copy the same information in the other sections as well.
Before proceeding any further, you must agree with the Domain Registration Terms, the Domain Resolution Policy & the eNom Registration Agreement. It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with these documents.
And last, but not least, you have to choose the payment method you would like to use to submit the payment and then click on the
Next button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to the
Alternative Payment Options article.
What Are the Redemption Grace Period (RGP) and Extended RGP?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
The best way to make sure that your domain name will not go offline due to expiration is to renew it on time. You can find out how to do that in the Domain Renewal article. What will happen, however, if you miss the expiration date and your domain name expires?
You can renew most of the top-level domains (TLDs) that we offer at the regular price during the first 30 days after the expiration date. Once that period is over, the domain name enters the so-called Redemption Grace period (RGP). During that period, the domain registrar gives the domain owner the chance to renew the domain name at a much higher price as it is considered that the higher price would cover all the fees for maintaining an expired domain name instead of deleting it right away. The RGP lasts between 30 and 45 days and that is your last chance to keep the domain name. Once that period is over, the domain name enters a 5-day Pending Delete period and will be deleted, so anybody will be able to register it on a first-come, first-served basis.
The Extended Redemption Grace Period (ERGP) lasts for 90 days, compared to the 30-45 days of the regular RGP. Together with the first 30 days after the domain name’s expiration date, you have a total of 120 days to renew your domain name. It is at the sole discretion of the registrar which domain name will enter RGP and which one will enter ERGP. Beside the time period, the main difference between RGP and ERGP is that with the Extended Period, it is accepted that the domain owner renounces ownership of the domain name once the 120th day has passed and the registrar takes over that domain name. If that happens, we will not be able to renew the domain name in any way and the registrar will have the right to auction, sell or delete the domain name. The latter is a very rare case, and the auction prices are usually much higher than the service fee that you would have to pay during the Extended Redemption Period, so if you would like to keep your domain name, our suggestion would be to pay that service fee.
We will inform you via a ticket if you try to renew a domain name in RGP. You can reply in that ticket if you would like to pay the service fee or not. Currently, the fee that you would have to pay is $270.00.
If you don't want to pay the service fee, you have several options:
-
You can choose a different domain extension. If my-best-domain.com is in RGP, we can register my-best-domain.net, for example, as long as it is available for registration.
-
If the domain name is in RGP and you are not in a hurry, you can wait for your domain name to be deleted and made available for registration again. Make sure to check that on a regular basis because once the domain name is deleted, anybody will be able to register it.
-
Last, but not least, we can register/transfer any other domain name or refund the money you have paid for the domain name in RGP.
IMPORTANT NOTICE: If your domain name has expired on January 1, 2010 and it is currently in RGP, you will see the expiration date as January 1, 2011 if you make a WHOIS check. The extra year is added automatically by the registrar to give you a chance to renew the domain name instead of deleting it. This does NOT mean that you have a whole year to do this, the 30-45 day period still applies. You can always see the actual expiration date in the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager) of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
The domain extensions that have RGP and ERGP periods are: .com, .net, .info, .us., .biz, .org, .cc, .tv. The .eu, .asia, .ws and .mobi extensions have a 30-40 day RGP period and no ERGP.
How Can I Transfer My Website from Another Host to Your Servers?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
You are able to easily transfer an existing website from another hosting provider to your account with us. However, please note that the necessary steps may vary depending on the technologies and scripts that your website uses, on how large it is and on how it is organized.
In case you still have the website running on your previous host's platform, to avoid downtime, it is recommended that you copy the site on our servers and test if it works normally before pointing your domain name to our name servers.
Here are the main steps to transfer your website.
Before you start the transfer, you need to make some checks and preparations.
- Make sure that you have enough disk space on your hosting account - you need to check how large your site is and if the new hosting account has enough free space left. You can check the space that you have in the Account Usage section on the left side of your Control Panel.
- Make sure that you have enough domain / subdomain slots available, enough MySQL databases and email accounts - in case you wish to move your emails as well.
- Make sure that you are able to edit the name servers of the domain(s) for the website(s) that you will be moving.
-
You need to have a copy of your site saved to your computer.
To do this, you need to log in to your account with the previous host and either download the files containing your site to your personal computer, or request them to provide you with a backup copy of your account. In case you have any difficulties, it will be best to contact your old host and request assistance.
-
Subdomains – in case your site uses subdomains as well, you need to:
- Download a copy of the files that are under each subdomain, or request such backup copies from your previous hosting company. Arrange the files in separate folders for each subdomain so that you can easily upload them to the new account after that.
- Recreate each subdomain in your new hosting account with us. You can do that through the Site Management > Subdomain Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
-
Upload your website files to our server.
Under each hosting account there is a default subdomain that can be used for testing purposes. It points to the same folder as your initial domain (the one you registered your account with) does. It looks like username.sc110.info. Please note that if you wish to test your website before you point your domain name to our servers, you need to upload it to the directory of the default subdomain.
-
Set up your eMail accounts.
-
Test your website before you point your domain to our servers.
When the transfer of the files (and the database if you have one) is completed should be able to open your website from the new location in your account with us.
You can test if everything is working correctly before you point your domain name to our servers, so that you can avoid downtime. To do that, you just need to open the default subdomain under which you have uploaded the files of your website. If everything is working correctly, you should to be able to see your website and open all the menus and links in it normally. It is recommended that you test all the functions, links and menus associated with your website, and check if all the pages are displayed normally.
-
Point your domain name to our name servers.
How Do I Host a Domain Name?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
You can host multiple* domain names in a single hosting account with us. The first domain name that will be hosted in your account is specified during the signup procedure. In order to properly host additional domain names, there are three requirements:
-
The domain name must be registered. If you wish to register a new domain name, please refer to the article - Domain registration - How Do I Register a Domain Name.
-
The name servers of the domain name must be changed with the ones specified in the Hosted Domains section. For more information, please check the following articles - What Are the Correct Name Servers (DNS) for My Domain? and Changing the Name Servers (DNS) of a Domain Name.
-
The domain name must be added to the Hosted Domains menu. More information is provided below.
You can use the Site Management > Hosted Domains section of the Web Hosting Control Panel to add additional domain names in your account with us. In the field that is titled Enter a domain name you should input the domain name that you would like to host with us (that will replace the predefined text my-best-domain.com). After that you must click on the Add Domain button and the domain name will be added to the list of the hosted domains.
Once you add the domain name, a red
X sign will be displayed under the
DNS column. Once the name server changes propagate
(this may require up to 24 hours), the DNS status will be updated as well. More information on that matter is available in the article -
Why is there a Red "X" (DNS Error) for My Domain's Name Servers?
* Please have in mind that in order to host additional domain names, you must make sure that your hosting plan can support it. For that you should refer to the Account Usage table available on the left side of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
There you can see the number of the domain names that you are currently hosting and the number of the domain names that you can add. If the available amount is zero, you must upgrade your account in order to host more domain names. You can find more information in the article
How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?
How Do I Use the Traceroute (tracert) Command to Check the Connection to My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Traceroute is a useful network tool, which could be used to diagnose the connection to a particular host. The traceroute command determines the path taken by the packets sent from your computer to a specific destination.
In order to perform a traceroute, follow the instructions appropriate to your operating system:
Windows Vista / Windows7: Go to the Start menu, type cmd in the search field and then press Enter.
Older Windows versions: From the Start menu, select Run. Type cmd (Windows NT, 2000, and XP) or command (Windows 95, 98, and Me) in the "Open:" box and then press Enter.
In the command prompt, enter:
tracert my-best-domain.com
Mac OS: Double-click the Hard Drive icon, then go to Applications folder > Utilities folder > Network Utility. Select the Traceroute tab and enter my-best-domain.com, then press Enter.
Linux/Unix-like OSs: Open Terminal and enter:
traceroute my-best-domain.com
Should there be any timeouts, you will be able to see at which point they occur and determine whether the problem lies at your local network, your ISP's network, our (your hosting provider's) network or somewhere in between. The results of a traceroute can help our support staff or the support staff of your ISP to determine the cause for the problem and resolve it.
The Contact Form on My Website is Not Working - How Do I Properly Configure My Mail Form?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: eMails
If you have a PHP-based contact form on your website and it does not work properly, i.e. it does not send eMails, here is what you need to do:
-
Make sure that the eMail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message is hosted here.
In order for your contact form to work properly it must comply with the following rule: the eMail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message must be located in the eMail Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. When you have a contact form on your website you usually want people to provide their eMail address (sender), and you want the eMail message to be sent to your eMail (recipient). In this case you can only use an eMail account hosted on this server as a recipient.
-
Test with a simple PHP script that uses phpmail()
If your contact form complies with the rule explained in (1) you can test whether you are able to send script-generated eMails at all, using this simple PHP script:
<?
$from = 'From: TestSender';
$to = 'email@my-best-domain.com';
$subject = 'Subject';
$body = 'TEST';
if (mail ($to, $subject, $body, $from)) {
echo 'MAIL - OK'; } else {
echo 'MAIL FAILED';
}
?>
In the above example you must replace email@my-best-domain.com with one of your eMail accounts present in the eMail Manager. Should you receive an error "MAIL FAILED", please contact us by opening a ticket using the link at the bottom of this page.
-
If Sendmail is used, make sure the path is correct
If your script is using Sendmail to send messages, please make sure the sendmail path is set to: /usr/sbin/sendmail
Joomla:
Log in to the administrator's panel and go to the "Global Configuration" menu.
Click on the "Server" tab, browse to the "Mail Settings" section and select the sending method:
-
When the PHP Mail function is selected
Set the "Mail from" address to an eMail account handled by our mail servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
-
When Sendmail is selected
Make sure the "Sendmail Path" is set to: /usr/sbin/sendmail
-
When SMTP Server is selected
Make sure SMTP Authentication is set to "Yes".
Use your full eMail address hosted with us for SMTP Username.
Use your mail server for SMTP Host (or use mail.supremecluster.com)
Moodle
Log in as administrator and go to Site Administration> Server.
From the extended list select "eMail" and make sure that the "No-reply address" and "Support eMail" fields are set to eMail accounts handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
phpBB3
Log in as administrator. Go to the ACP (Admin Control Panel), select the "General" tab, navigate to "Client communication" and click on eMail settings. Make sure that the "Contact eMail address:" and "Return eMail address:" fields are set to use eMail accounts handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional. Also make sure that the "Enable board-wide eMails:" setting is enabled.
WordPress
Log in as administrator, click on the "Settings" link in the admin menu and make sure that the "eMail address" field is set to use an eMail account handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
How Do I Clear the Cache of My Web Browser?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Clearing your browser's cache forces your web browser to load the latest (current) version of the pages that you visit. Here is how you can clear your browser's cache:
Mozilla Firefox users:
To clear the cache in Firefox, open Firefox, click Tools > Clear Private Data and choose to delete the cache, then click Clear Private Data Now.
Internet Explorer 6:
To clear the cache in IE 6, open the browser, click Tools -> Internet Options -> General -> Delete Files. Select the box next to Delete all offline content when the window opens and click OK.
Internet Explorer 7:
To clear the cache in IE 7, open the browser, select Tools -> Internet Options -> General -> click on the "Delete" button under the Browsing History section. Choose to delete the cache and click on the Delete button next to each item to delete it.
Internet Explorer 8:
To clear the cache in IE 8, open the browser, select Tools -> Delete Browsing History -> choose to delete the cache and click on the Delete button. Once the files have been deleted, you can dismiss the "Internet Options" dialogue by clicking on the "OK" button.
Opera:
To clear the cache in Opera, open the browser, then select Tools -> Delete private data. Choose to delete the cache and click Delete.
Google Chrome:
To clear the cache in Google Chrome, open the browser, then select Tools -> Clear Browsing Data -> Empty the cache -> and click on the Clear Browsing Data button.
Safari:
To clear the cache in Safari, open the browser, click on Safari -> Empty Cache. Click Empty in the window that opens to clear the cache.
Konqueror:
To clear the cache in Konqueror, open the browser, click Settings -> select Configure Konqueror -> scroll down and select Cache -> and click on Clear Cache.
I Get "Internal Server Error 500" on My Website, How Do I Fix This?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
A "500 Internal Server Error" message usually indicates a problem on the server-side. It could be a script that malfunctioned or improper settings in your .htaccess file, but it always indicates that your browser was able to reach the server but the server was unable to serve the requested page.
Here Are Several Possible Reasons for this Error:
-
In most of the cases the problem is caused by the content of an .htaccess file located inside the folder that you are trying to load - usually your domain name's main directory.
Due to technical and/or security reasons a few directives are not allowed to be overriden via .htaccess. Such directives are, for example: Options, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
Also, it is not possible to change values from the PHP configuration using "php_flag" or "php_value" in .htaccess.
In case you receive an Internal Server Error 500 message - please check if any of the afore-mentioned directives are present in your .htaccess file and either comment on them by placing "#" at the beginning of the line or delete the entire line.
In some cases there are so many lines in your .htaccess that it is difficult to inspect all of them to determine which one, if any, is causing the problem. An easy way to find out whether it is the .htaccess file that lies at the bottom of this problem is to simply disable the file by renaming it to a.htaccess, for example. This action is easily reversable.
-
If the content of your .htaccess file is not the case, it is recommended that you activate the Error Logs for the problematic website and try to reproduce the problem several times so that the logs could be generated.
- In case the logs show a "Permission denied" message, then the reason for the server error is related to file/folder permissions.
Make sure that the permissions of the file(s)/folder(s) are either 644 or 755 - this will eliminate the possibility of incorrect permissions causing the problem.
IMPORTANT: PHP files must not have 777 permissions. If you are trying to open a PHP file that has such permissions, it will result in an "Internal Server Error 500". To resolve the problem, simply change the permissions of the file to 644 or 755.
- In case the logs show a "Premature end of script headers" message, such error message could be invoked by several reasons:
- The script requires more than the usual time to be processed and is being killed by our system. In order to ensure the stable performance of all other hosting accounts, we have set the "max_execution_time" option in the PHP Settings to 30 secs.
- There is an error within the programming code of the script in question. In this case it should be revised by a professional web developer who will be able to assist you further.
-
If you are using a Perl/CGI script (.pl and .cgi files):
Make sure that the path is correct. Each Perl/CGI script must begin with:
#!/usr/bin/perl
Redirecting/Forwarding a Website - URL Redirection
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
There are different ways for you to redirect a domain to another one or, in general, one URL to another. Most of the available options are explained in this article:
(1) Using Our URL Protect & Redirect Tool
In your Web Hosting Control Panel you will find the URL Protect & Redirect section (Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect). In the URL Redirection tab you can set up URL redirection. For detailed information about the options, please click on theShow/Hide Help link.
(2) Framed Redirection
If you want to redirect visitors but keep the URL (address) in the address bar unchanged, you have to use framed redirection. Basically, what you do is create a file that loads the new website (which you want to redirect to) in a frame. To use framed redirection to redirect my-best-domain.com to my-best-domain.net, for example, you can create a file called index.html and put it inside the main folder of my-best-domain.com. The index.html file must have the following code:
<html>
<head>
<title>TITLE OF THE PAGE</title>
<frameset cols = "100%">
<frame src ="http://my-best-domain.net" />
</frameset>
</head>
<body>
</body>
</html>
Of course, make sure to replace
"TITLE OF THE PAGE" with the actual title that you want your visitors to see and replace "
http://my-best-domain.net" with the actual web address, which you want to redirect the visitors to.
3) Using .htaccess and the Redirect Directive
If you need to forward visitors to the new address and don't mind that the URL in the address bar will change, you can use the following technique:
Create a file called .htaccess inside the main folder of your domain. You can do this using the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Edit the .htaccess file to put the following code in it:
Redirect 301 / http://my-best-domain.net/
The above code will redirect visitors to
http://my-best-domain.net/ and "tell" search engine spiders
(bots) that your URL has changed permanently - this is what the 301 code means.
Using this technique you can also redirect specific URLs, for example a single page. If you used to have a page called page.html and you renamed it to newpage.html, you may want to create a redirection, which will forward visitors who try to open page.html to newpage.html. This is how it's done with .htaccess:
Redirect 301 /page.html http://my-best-domain.com/newpage.html
*Additional uses of .htaccess:
-
You have changed the file extension?
RedirectMatch 301 (.*)\.html$ http://my-best-domain.com$1.php
This example is perfect if you have decided to switch from .html pages to .php, keeping the old names of the pages and changing only the file extensions. Now, be careful with this because any .html page there is will be redirected to a page with the same name but with a .php extension, regardless of whether such .php file actually exists.
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www.my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
-
You have purchased SSL for your domain and now wish to redirect ALL traffic to an HTTPS version of your site?
RewriteEngine On
RewriteCond %{SERVER_PORT} !443
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ https://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [R]
(4) Redirecting Using the META Tag Refresh
In HTML files you can put a META tag refresh to refresh the page after a certain amount of time. The META tag refresh also allows you to refresh to a new URL, which virtually means forwarding the visitors to a new web address. To use this technique you must create an index.html file inside your domain's main folder with the following code:
<META http-equiv="refresh" content="0;URL=http://my-best-domain.com">
This will redirect the visitor immediately to my-best-domain.com.
(5) Using the Location Header in PHP
This technique works similarly to the afore-mentioned one where we redirected the visitor using the HTML META tag refresh. However, instead an index.html file, here you must create an index.php file inside your domain's main folder and use the following code:
<?
header("HTTP/1.1 301 Moved Permanently");
header ("Location: http://www.my-best-domain.net");
?>
(6) Redirecting Using JavaScript
Control over what page is loaded into the browser rests in the JavaScript window.location property. By setting window.location equal to a new URL, you will in turn change the current webpage to the one that is specified. If you want to redirect all your visitors to
http://www.my-best-domain.net when they arrive at your site, you will just need the script below:
<script type="text/javascript">
<!--
window.location = "http://www.my-best-domain.net/"
//-->
</script>
How Do I Get a Dedicated IP for My Domain/Subdomain?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
If your hosting package does not include a dedicated IP address, then you can easily obtain one as an upgrade.
In order to do that, go to the Add Services/Upgrades section located on the left side of your screen.
Once in there, find the line that says IP Addresses, select the amount of IPs that you wish to purchase, choose a payment method that is most convenient for you and click Continue to place the payment.
The price for every additional service, including the dedicated IP addresses, is calculated on a monthly basis for the remaining months until the expiration of your hosting package. For instance, if your account expires in 3 months’ time, then the price for the additional service will be calculated for three months only. Once your account expires, you will be able to renew the add-ons, along with the hosting plan itself.
Once the payment has been placed and approved by our Sales Department, you will be able to see the ordered IPs in the Account Usage table marked as Available. Also note that a new section Dedicated IP Addresses will appear under the Site Management menu in your Web Hosting Control Panel once you order an IP address.
Ordering an IP address does not automatically assign it to your hosting account. Whenever you wish to put an IP address into use, just go to the Site Management > Dedicated IP Addresses menu and click on Request IP Address. Once you do that, an IP address will be assigned to your account and you will be able to use it as you wish.
Every IP that you assign to your account will be shown in the list right below the Request IP Address button in the Dedicated IP Addresses section. Also, when requested, the IP addresses will be marked as In Use in the Account Usage table on the left.
NOTE: Clicking on the Request IP Address button will only assign one IP address. If you have ordered multiple IP addresses, then you will have to request them one by one.
After the IP address has been purchased and requested, you can assign it to a specific domain/sub-domain name that you are hosting under your account. This is done through the Subdomain Manager (Site Management > Subdomain Manager). There you’ll see a form for creating new subdomains and a list of all existing ones.
When creating a new subdomain, you can specify an IP address for it, selecting it from the IP Address drop-down menu. If you wish to assign an IP to an already existing name, simply use the Edit button next to the subdomain in question. Again, to assign an IP to this specific subdomain, just select it from the IP Address drop-down menu and click Apply to confirm the change.
Note that every time you change an IP address, the system needs up to 10 minutes to update the new information. There is also an additional propagation time, which could be up to 24 hours.
IMPORTANT: The "www" subdomain is a default subdomain of your domain. Changing the IP address for the "www" subdomain also changes it for the domain name itself. In other words, if you wish to change the IP of my-best-domain.com, then simply change the IP of www.my-best-domain.com.
I Receive Duplicate eMail Messages - Why?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: eMails
There could be at least two reasons for receiving duplicate eMail messages (i.e. getting the same eMail address two or more times):
Option 1: You have set up the eMail account
(e.g. mail@my-best-domain.com) in two different eMail clients
(Outlook, Thunderbird, Entourage, Mac Mail, etc.) using a POP3 mail protocol. You have most probably checked the "Leave a copy on the server" option. Therefore, when you check your eMail from a different location/computer/eMail client, the mail client downloads the eMails and leaves a copy on the server each time you access the eMail account.
If this is the case, simply uncheck the "Leave a copy on the server" option in your eMail client settings. Another alternative is to use the IMAP protocol (IMAP generally keeps all the eMail messages on the server, without downloading them).
Option 2: You have set up forwarding to Gmail or any other eMail address, but on the other end another forwarding to the original mailbox has been set up, creating a loop. Each message received in your mailbox hosted here will be forwarded to the remote eMail account and then forwarded back and so on.
How Do I Setup Custom Error Pages for My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Whenever an error occurs on the server, it displays an error page to the visitor with information and tips about the possible cause for the error. These error pages do not match your website's layout and are sometimes too general. You may want to set up your custom error pages, which should be displayed to your visitors whenever an error occurs.
There are two methods that could be used to achieve this.
1) Editing the Domain/Subdomain Options in the Subdomain Manager Section.
We have embedded the option to set a custom error page for server errors 400, 401, 403 and 404 inside the Subdomain Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > Subdomain Manager). Find your domain in the list and click on the "edit" icon next to it. You are now able to edit the error page options. You should see the following options:
Set error 400 page:
Set error 401 page:
Set error 403 page:
Set error 404 page:
Initially, all error pages are set to "Default". To set a custom error page, choose "[i]Custom URL[/i]" and enter the path to the corresponding error page in the field. If you haven't created one yet, do this first and then get back to the Subdomain Manager section to update the settings.
2) Using .htaccess
Just like with the first method, which is described above, you must create the corresponding error page(s) first. When ready, open the File Manager section of your Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) and navigate to your domain/subdomain folder - it usually has the same name as your domain/subdomain and is located inside the www/ directory. Inside the domain folder create an empty file called .htaccess using the form located at the top of the File Manager section. Then edit the .htaccess file with the plain-text editor and insert the following code:
ErrorDocument 400 /custom400.html
ErrorDocument 401 /custom401.html
ErrorDocument 403 /custom403.html
ErrorDocument 404 /custom404.html
In the above example the custom 404 error page is located in the same folder as the .htaccess file and it is called custom400.html. Edit the path and the name of each page accordingly to reflect the actual names and location of your custom error pages. This method would work no matter what the settings in the Subdomain Manager section are.
Changing the Directory Index File (Home/Default File)
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
On our servers the default index files are index.php and index.html. So, whenever anyone visits your website, the server opens index.php or, if it is not present, it opens index.html. If none of them is present in the home directory of your domain, the server would show a list of the files in this directory - the so-called directory index.
But what if you want the server to open home.html instead?
What you need to do is change the directory index file. This is done via .htaccess with the following line:
DirectoryIndex main.html
And here are more detailed instructions on how to do it:
Option 1: Creating an .htaccess file manually
Using the File Manager tool located in your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) you can create an empty file called .htaccess and edit it to enter the necessary code in it. The afore-mentioned code could be modified slightly for more flexibility:
DirectoryIndex main.html
The code displayed above "tells" the server that the default directory index file is the one called "main.html", but if there is no such file in the directory, it should open "index.php" and if this one is not present either, it should open "index.html". If none of these files is present, the server displays the directory index (a list of the files).
IMPORTANT NOTE: All directives inside an .htaccess file are valid for the directory where the .htaccess file is located and for all the sub-directories as well, i.e. it works recursively!
Option 2: Using the .htaccess Generator
Another option is to use the .htaccess Generator form instead of creating the file yourself. Go to Web Tools > Elefante Administration Tools > .htaccess Generator. You will see various options for the rules that you can define with an .htaccess file. The very first box is the location where the file will be created. Click on "Set Location" and choose the main folder of your domain. Just below that box, the first .htaccess option is called "Default index page". Select the checkbox, then type "main.html" (the file that you want to be opened first). Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on "Generate .htaccess". Next you will see the content of the file, including any other options that you may have selected along with the Directory index file. Click on "Create file" to create the .htaccess file in the desired domain folder.
Whenever Anyone Sends an eMail, the Message is Returned to the Sender with an Error "550 - Relay Not Permitted"
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: eMails
If you experience the problem described in the title and the description of this article, it most likely means that your domain is hosted with us and has the correct name servers, but our system has not verified the name servers yet. This would usually happen with domains, which have been recently added to the Hosted Domains section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
When you add a domain to your Hosted Domains to be hosted in your account with us, at first there is a red X sign in the DNS column indicating that the name servers of your domain are not correct. This would also happen with domains, which actually have the correct name servers because it takes up to several hours for our system to verify the name servers of your newly hosted domain. Once the name servers have been verified you will be able to see that the name servers are correct - there will be a check-sign (V) in the DNS column for your domain in the Hosted Domains section.
Back to the problem with receiving eMails: It will be resolved, once our system has verified your domain's name servers. If it takes more than 12 hours you should contact us by opening a ticket using the link at the bottom of this page. We would be able to force the system to check your domain's name servers.
Before you contact us, however, please make sure that your domain is in fact using the correct name servers. For further information about the name servers, which you must apply to your domain to be properly hosted, please refer to:
What are the correct name servers (DNS) for my domain?
Also, please be informed that it takes 12-24 hours after you update your domain's name servers before the change takes effect.
How Do I Block/Ban Someone from My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
In certain cases you may need to deny access to a user or a bot to your website. We have implemented a tool within your Web Hosting Control Panel called IP Blocking that allows you to block an IP or an entire range, thus denying them access to a specific folder or an entire website.
To locate the tool, go to the Web Tools > Elefante Administration Tools > IP Blocking section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
The tool is very user-friendly and easy to use. To block an IP, first select which domain you need to protect from the Hostnamedrop-down menu. Type the IP that will be banned in the IP Address field. When ready, click on the Enable Protection button to save the changes.
To block an IP range, for example 225.200.xxx.xxx, type just the first two octets (225 and 200) in the IP Address field, and leave the others blank. To block the IP range 215.xxx.xxx.xxx, type just the first octet (215) and leave the rest blank.
If you need to protect a sub-folder of a domain (e.g. my-best-domain.com/folder), specify the path in the Path field, e.g. my-best-domain.com/folder. Additionally, you can click on the [...] button on the right side and navigate to the folder to select it.
I Want to Create Multiple Usernames/Passwords for a Certain Directory, How Do I Do This?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
There is a tool that allows you to set password protection for a specific folder. Just go to the Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect section of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
Make sure that the "Password Protected Areas" tab is selected. Here enter the username and the corresponding login password. Select your domain from "Choose domain or subdomain" or type the full path to the protected folder in the "Path to be protected" field (e.g. /www/my-best-domain.com/protected_folder). If you need to set more users, repeat the above steps, just use different usernames.
IMPORTANT: If there is an .htaceess file within the protected folder, the protection would not work, so either remove it or consider another password protection technique.
How Do I Hide the Content of a Directory so that It Cannot Be Seen on the Web?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Our web servers are set to display at first a file called “index”. For instance:
index.html
index.htm
index.php
index.pl
This is the default server configuration, so whenever a visitor types your domain
(e.g. my-best-domain.com) in a browser, the server would look for the index file located in your domain's main folder and display it to the visitor. You can change the directory index file with a custom .htaccess file. Learn more on this topic here:
Changing the Directory Index File
But what if you don't have an index file in a certain directory? It could be a problem if you have a web folder which doesn't contain such a file or the default index page is not set. Imagine that you have a sub-directory inside the main directory of your domain: my-best-domain.com/directory
There is no index file inside it, so whenever a visitor visits my-best-domain.com/directory, the directory content will be listed in the borwser. You can hide the directory content in order to avoid visitors seeing files that are not supposed to be displayed. There are several ways to hide the directory structure of your website:
Option 1
You can simply create an emtpy index.html file and put it inside each folder that has no actual index file. This may be a time-consuming task, especially if you have many sub-folders.
Option 2
Changing the directory permissions to
711. If you set the permissions of a certain folder to
711, this would effectively disable directory listing. You have to use an FTP client to set the permissions. Please refer to the following article, which explains how you can change permissions via FTP:
How to Change the Permissions of a File or a Folder
Option 3
Use a custom .htaccess file to disable directory listing or exclude certain file types from the listing. Using an .htaccess file - a system configuration file, you can change the way the web server treats directories where an index file is missing. You are able to exclude certain or all files from the directory listing. What is great about this method is that rules in the .htaccess file work recursively, so they would be valid for all sub-directories. So, if you put the .htaccess file in the main domain folder, all the rules inside it will be valid for all the sub-directories. To use this method, first create an empty .htaccess file inside the directory in question - usually your domain's main directory, via the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you have created the empty .htaccess file, click on the 'Edit' icon on its right and choose the plain text editor. Put the following code in the file and save it:
IndexIgnore *
The above rule excludes all files from the directory listing.
What is SiteStudio and How Do I Use It?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
SiteStudio is a visual website building tool integrated within your Web Hosting Control Panel. If SiteStudio is included in your web hosting plan, you can access it from the Web Tools > Site Studio section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. If it’s not included, it could be added as an upgrade
(read this article for further information: How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?).
To start creating a website with SiteStudio, use the automatic login option that the Web Tools > Site Studio section is offering.

Once you have logged in to SiteStudio, choose the type of website that you want to create - a "Personal" or a "Business" one. Please keep in mind that there is a slight difference in the pages, which you will be able to add for the different website categories.
Once you choose the category for your website, you can select a template - there are many templates, which you can choose from and most of them offer different color gammas and layouts. Following the wizard you will be able to set the name for your website, enter your contact details, etc. We have prepared a short step-by-step tutorial for creating a simple personal website using SiteStudio. The tutorial will teach you the basics about working with SiteStudio:
Step 1: Once you log in to SiteStudio, select "Personal" for the category of your website.
Step 2: On the next step choose the desired website template and its color.
Step 3: On the third step, type your name, e-mail address (the mailbox should be hosted in your account with us), the name of the website. If you want you can additionally add the keywords and the description which will be used by the search engine crawlers. Of course, you can edit this information later through the "Site Settings" menu inside the "Change global settings" section.
Step 4: If you want your website to have a simple intro page, you can add "Splash Screen" or "Flash Splash" (some of the templates do not offer such splash pages). You can add a few more pages to the website before managing them, for instance "Resume", "Album" and "Survey" pages.
Step 5: Now, if you click on the "Site Map" menu, you will find all the added pages with three icons for each of them – Edit, Settings and Delete. You can edit the content of every page by clicking on the "Edit" icon. There is a "Launch full screen rich editor" link for the paragraphs of most of the pages. The rich text functionality is a "WYSIWYG" editor (What You See Is What You Get) and you can use it with most web browsers like Firefox, Opera, Safari etc. However, Internet Explorer 8 has compatibility issues, so we recommend IE7 or Firefox.
Step 6: Via the Settings tab, you can change the file name for each page, the font, the color, the meta tags, the page description and more. There are some requirements for picture upload in SiteStudio which should be mentioned as well. The recommended image size is about 100 KB and 400x500 pixels. It is important that the image file name does not contain any spaces, otherwise it will not be possible to upload the image successfully.
Step 7: Once the website is already completed, you must save the SiteStudio project. Please note that there are no automatic backups for SiteStudio-based websites and projects and the only way to back up a website project in SiteStudio is to save it using the "Load/Save website" option in the "Site Settings" menu. In order to publish the completed website, click on the "Publish" button. The website building software will generate the website in your account and it will become visible online.
What is a Subdomain and How Do I Create One and Edit It?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
Subdomains are basically separate hostnames that are part of a larger domain. For instance, "example1.my-best-domain.com" and "example2.my-best-domain.com" are subdomains to the larger domain "my-best-domain.com". You can have a further subdivision – "english.example1.my-best-domain.com" and "spanish.example1.my-best-domain.com" are subdomains to "example1.my-best-domain.com". In theory, this subdivision can go down to 127 levels deep, and each one can contain up to 63 characters, as long as the whole domain name does not exceed a total length of 255 characters. In practice, some domain registries have shorter length limits than that.
Subdomains are commonly used to assign a unique name to a particular department, function, or service related to the main site or organization. For example, the forum on a given website can have its separate subdomain - forum.my-best-domain.com.
In the Web Hosting Control Panel you can create and edit subdomains via the Site Management > Subdomain Manager menu. At the top of that menu you’ll see a form for creating new subdomains. Here are all the fields and options:
Subdomain: here you have an empty field where you have to specify the name of the subdomain and you also have a dropdown menu with all the available hosts you can use to create a subdomain for.
IP Address: here you have a dropdown menu that enables you to select the shared IP address of your account or assign a dedicated IP address for that particular subdomain. For more information on dedicated IP addresses, please refer to the respective articles in this knowledge base.
Specify path for files: this field enables you to choose the folder that the subdomain will point to. By default that is: /www/subdomain/. For instance, the default path to example1.my-best-domain.com is /www/example1.my-best-domain.com/.
After that you have the option to specify a custom error page for errors 400/401/403/404. You can also use the system (Apache) page or the default error pages.
Next you have the option to Activate FrontPage Extensions. That is necessary for subdomains that will host websites designed in FrontPage.
Further below you have the option to Activate Access & Error Logs. The Access Logs show you when the subdomain was accessed and by what IP address. The Error Logs show when and what errors occured on the subdomain.
And the last option is Secure Socket Layer (SSL): this enables you to use secure pages on this subdomain. For more information on SSL, please refer to the respective articles in this knowledge base.
Clicking on the button Add Subdomain will create a new subdomain for you. The new host will need about 10 minutes to start working. Below the form for creating new subdomains you have the option to set global error 400/401/403/404 pages.
Further below you can find a table that lists all the existing subdomains in your account. In this table next to each subdomain you can find the following information: the current IP address it is using, a button that will open the folder that this subdomain is pointed to, an indicator if FrontPage Extensions are enabled for this subdomain, an indicator if an SSL certificate is installed on this subdomain, a button to check the traffic stats for this subdomain, a button to edit this subdomain and finally a button to delete this subdomain.
IMPORTANT: The "www" subdomain is the default subdomain of your domain. You cannot delete the "www" subdomain. Instead, you can simply delete the domain name from the Site Management > Hosted Domains section of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Editing the "www" subdomain also updates the domain name itself. In other words, if you wish to edit the domain name my-best-domain.com, then simply edit the www.my-best-domain.com subdomain.
What is DNS? How Can I Change My Domain's DNS Records?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Domains
DNS stands for Domain Name System. What it does is translate domain names into IP records so that the servers around the world know where to search for a given website. When a domain name is typed within any web browser the first thing that is looked up is the authoritative name server. It provides information regarding the DNS zone file.
For example, my-best-domain-name.com can resolve at 192.168.0.1. Each domain or subdomain needs to have an A/IP record, otherwise it will not function properly on the Internet. Last, but not least, DNS responsibility is shared, meaning that every provider supports their own Name Servers. This makes DNS extremely flexible and fault tolerant. There is no need for a centralized server that keeps records for all existing domain names.
Now, let’s briefly summarize the meaning of the A, MX and CNAME records. They can all be managed from the Site Management > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
An A record is used to direct the web traffic of a website to a specific location, usually a remote server. The A record is stored in the form of an IP address. An IPv4 protocol is used. Example: 192.168.0.1
You can modify each host's A record by filling in the respective value and pressing the 'Change' button in the Site Management > Custom DNS Records section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. In case you need this record reset to the original state, just click on the 'Reset' button.
The MX records affect the mail exchange of a domain name. They specify the mail servers, which handle the delivery of the messages. Example: mx1.supremecluster.com
The CNAME record specifies that a domain name is an alias of another domain. CNAME adopts the MX records of the destination host.
In order to add a CNAME record to your Custom DNS settings, you need to specify a hostname from the Hostname drop down menu (it must be a subdomain of an already hosted domain), then select the Type of the record which you want to add and fill in the Value field with the record's specific values. The TTL settings (record expiration) are set to 3600 seconds and can be changed to another value using the 'TTL' field.
What Are the FrontPage Extenstions (FPE) and How Do I Enable them for My Domain (Website)?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Front Page
The FrontPage Extensions are server-side scripts that enable server support for websites created with Microsoft's FrontPage website builder.
With the use of the so-called 'web bots', the FrontPage Extensions track any changes to the design of your website as you work on it locally on your computer and then make appropriate modifications to the files under your web hosting account. By doing this, the FrontPage Extensions prove to be invaluable when processing automated requests, thus giving you more time to focus on the actual website development. FrontPage support aside, this technology is also used by Microsoft for file synchronization purposes in other applications – most notably in some of the previous versions of the 'Visual Studio' and the 'ClickOnce' applications.
Even though Microsoft decided to discontinue the support and the future development of FrontPage (and replaced it with 'Microsoft SharePoint Designer') at the end of 2006, we understand that many people still continue to use it for their websites, and realize that it will be in our clients’ best interest to fully integrate the FrontPage Extensions technology with our hosting services.
By default, the FrontPage Extensions are disabled for all your domains (websites). In order to enable them, go to the Site Management > FrontPage Extensions section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. There you can choose which domains will be hosting a FrontPage-based website by checking the appropriate boxes and clicking on the Apply button to activate the FrontPage Extensions for these domains. Allow up to ten minutes for the changes to take full effect on the server, start your FrontPage application and use the FTP credentials in order to successfully log in.
Implementing phpmail in FrontPage 2000/2003 Contact Forms
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Front Page
Our server architecture does not support contact forms created with FrontPage, using the webbot feature to submit form results. There is, however, a way for you to add a contact form on your website even if you have created it using FrontPage. You have to create a PHP contact form that uses the phpmail() function to send e-mails. This article explains how you can achieve this.
Start your FrontPage and show the 'Forms' toolbar.
To turn this toolbar on, go to View > Toolbars > Forms. You can also right-click on any current toolbar and select the Forms toolbar. You can move the toolbar around on your screen or dock it to the top, bottom, left or right.
First, you need to create a new form on the page where all the form elements will be placed (your contact page):
-
With your cursor on the first line below the "Ask a Question:" header, click on the "Insert Form" button in the Forms toolbar. FrontPage inserts an empty form with a Submit and Reset button into your page.
-
Right-click anywhere on your new form and choose Form Properties.
-
Change the "Form Name:" to "contact"
-
Click on the Options button.
-
In the "Action:" box, type "form.php"
-
Click OK to save your options.
-
Click OK again to save your changes to the Form Properties.
When you are done, your HTML code should look like this:
<form method="POST" action="form.php" name="contact">
<p><input type="submit" value="Submit" name="B1"><input type="reset" value="Reset" name="B2"></p> </form>
Note that it is a very simple HTML code. In the future, it might be easier to edit the FORM tag directly in the HTML code rather than using the Form Properties window in FrontPage.
The form.php file should be placed in the same directory as the contact form and should contain the following code:
<?php
$MailToAddress = "mail@my-best-domain.com"; // your email address - must be hosted with us, i.e. present in your E-Mail Manager
$redirectURL = "thankyou.htm"; // the URL of the thank you page.
$MailSubject = "Contact Form"; // the subject of the message you will receive
$MailToCC = ""; // CC (carbon copy) also send the email to this address (leave empty if you won't use it)
$Message = "";
if (!is_array($HTTP_POST_VARS))
return;
reset($HTTP_POST_VARS);
while(list($key, $val) = each($HTTP_POST_VARS)) {
$GLOBALS[$key] = $val;
if (is_array($val)) {
$Message .= "<br><b>$key:</b> ";
foreach ($val as $vala) {
$vala =stripslashes($vala);
$Message .= "$vala, ";
}
$Message .= "<br>";
}
else {
$val = stripslashes($val);
if (($key == "Submit") || ($key == "submit")) { }
else { if ($val == "") { $Message .= "$key: - <br>"; }
else { $Message .= "<b>$key:</b> $val<br>"; }
}
}
} // end while
$Message = "\n<font face=verdana size=2>".$Message;
mail( $MailToAddress, $MailSubject, $Message, "Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1\r\nFrom: ".$email."\r\nBCc: ".$MailToCC);
header("Location: ".$redirectURL);
?>
What is SiteStudio and How Do I Use It?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Site Studio
SiteStudio is a visual website building tool integrated within your Web Hosting Control Panel. If SiteStudio is included in your web hosting plan, you can access it from the Web Tools > Site Studio section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. If it’s not included, it could be added as an upgrade (read this article for further information: How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?).
To start creating a website with SiteStudio, use the automatic login option that the Web Tools > Site Studio section is offering.
Once you have logged in to SiteStudio, choose the type of website that you want to create - a "Personal" or a "Business" one. Please keep in mind that there is a slight difference in the pages, which you will be able to add for the different website categories.
Once you choose the category for your website, you can select a template - there are many templates, which you can choose from and most of them offer different color gammas and layouts. Following the wizard you will be able to set the name for your website, enter your contact details, etc. We have prepared a short step-by-step tutorial for creating a simple personal website using SiteStudio. The tutorial will teach you the basics about working with SiteStudio:
Step 1: Once you log in to SiteStudio, select "Personal" for the category of your website.
Step 2: On the next step choose the desired website template and its color.
Step 3: On the third step, type your name, e-mail address (the mailbox should be hosted in your account with us), the name of the website. If you want you can additionally add the keywords and the description which will be used by the search engine crawlers. Of course, you can edit this information later through the "Site Settings" menu inside the "Change global settings" section.
Step 4: If you want your website to have a simple intro page, you can add "Splash Screen" or "Flash Splash" (some of the templates do not offer such splash pages). You can add a few more pages to the website before managing them, for instance "Resume", "Album" and "Survey" pages.
Step 5: Now, if you click on the "Site Map" menu, you will find all the added pages with three icons for each of them – Edit, Settings and Delete. You can edit the content of every page by clicking on the "Edit" icon. There is a "Launch full screen rich editor" link for the paragraphs of most of the pages. The rich text functionality is a "WYSIWYG" editor (What You See Is What You Get) and you can use it with most web browsers like Firefox, Opera, Safari etc. However, Internet Explorer 8 has compatibility issues, so we recommend IE7 or Firefox.
Step 6: Via the Settings tab, you can change the file name for each page, the font, the color, the meta tags, the page description and more. There are some requirements for picture upload in SiteStudio which should be mentioned as well. The recommended image size is about 100 KB and 400x500 pixels. It is important that the image file name does not contain any spaces, otherwise it will not be possible to upload the image successfully.
Step 7: Once the website is already completed, you must save the SiteStudio project. Please note that there are no automatic backups for SiteStudio-based websites and projects and the only way to back up a website project in SiteStudio is to save it using the "Load/Save website" option in the "Site Settings" menu. In order to publish the completed website, click on the "Publish" button. The website building software will generate the website in your account and it will become visible online.
How Can I Login to SiteStudio?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Site Studio
SiteStudio is a site building tool integrated in your hosting Control Panel. It is not included in all plans, however. Before you can start using SiteStudio, first check if you can see the SiteStudio link in the top menu under the Web Tools section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. If it is not there, you will be able to purchase SiteStudio as an upgrade. Learn about upgrades in this article: How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?
You can use SiteStudio to easily build professional looking template-based websites. There are a number of user-friendly templates you can choose from, which are very easy to work with.
To log in to SiteStudio, go to the Web Tools > SiteStudio section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. In case the status of SiteStudio is "Not Active", you need to click on the "Activate" button on the right. This way you will activate the SiteStudio website builder for your account.
Once you have activated SiteStudio, you should see an auto-login drop-down menu, which you can use to select the domain that you want to create a website for. Choose a domain name and press "Auto Login" to start building a website with SiteStudio.
An alternative login option is available when you click on the "Click HERE to open your SiteStudio" link. This link opens the manual login form where you are asked to enter your domain name (in the username field) and your default FTP password (in the password field). The password should be the same as the one for your main FTP account (usually the same as the one for your Control Panel).
Possible problems may occur if you select a domain name, which already has an active website or any files inside its root directory, especially system files like .htaccess. To be sure that you will be able to log in to SiteStudio and build and publish a website using this online site builder, please remove any files from your domain's root folder first.
My Site Has Been Hacked, What Are the Possible Causes and Solutions?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
How was Your Website Hacked? Here are Several Possible Scenarios:
-
If you have your FTP details stored locally on your computer, someone may have stolen them using various Trojan Horses, Spyware, etc. Several times in the past attackers used stolen FTP credentials to successfully pull off large scale attacks.
A solution in this case would be to run a full scan of your computer and change your FTP credentials via the Site Management > FTP Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Also, be careful when you enter login information on public computers.
-
Someone used your hosting Control Panel password and hacked your website(s) - this case is quite similar to the one mentioned above and the solution here is an immediate update of the account password, which could be done via the My Account > Change Login Credentials section.
-
If you are using scripts, such as Joomla, WordPress, etc., for the purposes of your website, the site may have been hacked using various methods like database injection, remote file inclusion and many others.
The problem is that all these are open source applications and anybody has access to their code, which allows hackers to find security holes, especially if the applications are not updated regularly and/or different add-ons with unknown origin are installed.
This is a topic that can be widely discussed and there are many materials providing more detailed information that can be found on the Internet.
In Case You Find Your Website(s) Hacked, We Recommend that You Cover these Few Bases:
-
Take your site off-line - Take your site off-line temporarily, at least until you know you have fixed things.
-
Damage Assessment - It is a good idea to figure out exactly what the hacker(s) were after.
- Were they looking for sensitive information?
- Did they want to gain control of your site for other purposes?
- Look for any files, which have been recently modified or created that you cannot recognize or you haven't edited yourself.
- Check for any suspicious activity inside your Web Hosting Control Panel, such as newly created email accounts, FTP accounts, etc.
- Determine the scope of the problem — do you have other sites that may be affected?
- The absolute best thing to do here is a complete re-installation of all application(s) using a fresh and updated copy acquired from the respective script vendor. It is the only way to be completely sure you have removed everything the hacker may have done.
- After the fresh re-installation, use the latest backup that has been made to restore your site. Do not forget to make sure the backup is clean and free of hacked content too.
- Update any software packages to the latest versions. This includes things such as blogs, content management systems, or any other type of third-party software installed.
- Change your passwords - the application admin password, the hosting account and the FTP passwords.
-
Restoring your online presence - Get your site(s) back online and keep an eye on things, as the hacker(s) may try again.
How Can I Transfer My Website from Another Host to Your Servers?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
You are able to easily transfer an existing website from another hosting provider to your account with us. However, please note that the necessary steps may vary depending on the technologies and scripts that your website uses, on how large it is and on how it is organized.
In case you still have the website running on your previous host's platform, to avoid downtime, it is recommended that you copy the site on our servers and test if it works normally before pointing your domain name to our name servers.
Here are the main steps to transfer your website.
Before you start the transfer, you need to make some checks and preparations.
- Make sure that you have enough disk space on your hosting account - you need to check how large your site is and if the new hosting account has enough free space left. You can check the space that you have in the Account Usage section on the left side of your Control Panel.
- Make sure that you have enough domain / subdomain slots available, enough MySQL databases and email accounts - in case you wish to move your emails as well.
- Make sure that you are able to edit the name servers of the domain(s) for the website(s) that you will be moving.
-
You need to have a copy of your site saved to your computer.
To do this, you need to log in to your account with the previous host and either download the files containing your site to your personal computer, or request them to provide you with a backup copy of your account. In case you have any difficulties, it will be best to contact your old host and request assistance.
-
Subdomains – in case your site uses subdomains as well, you need to:
- Download a copy of the files that are under each subdomain, or request such backup copies from your previous hosting company. Arrange the files in separate folders for each subdomain so that you can easily upload them to the new account after that.
- Recreate each subdomain in your new hosting account with us. You can do that through the Site Management > Subdomain Manager section of the Web Hosting Control Panel.
-
Upload your website files to our server.
Under each hosting account there is a default subdomain that can be used for testing purposes. It points to the same folder as your initial domain (the one you registered your account with) does. It looks like username.sc110.info. Please note that if you wish to test your website before you point your domain name to our servers, you need to upload it to the directory of the default subdomain.
-
Set up your eMail accounts.
-
Test your website before you point your domain to our servers.
When the transfer of the files (and the database if you have one) is completed should be able to open your website from the new location in your account with us.
You can test if everything is working correctly before you point your domain name to our servers, so that you can avoid downtime. To do that, you just need to open the default subdomain under which you have uploaded the files of your website. If everything is working correctly, you should to be able to see your website and open all the menus and links in it normally. It is recommended that you test all the functions, links and menus associated with your website, and check if all the pages are displayed normally.
-
Point your domain name to our name servers.
How Do I Build My Website? What Tools Can I Use?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
If you are new to website building and web design, there are different tools that we can offer you to help you build a professional looking website.
There are many different kinds of websites that you can create, and there are different tools that can help you with that task. With our web hosting plans, we offer a number of free scripts that are designed to make website building easier for you.
Here are some ideas for websites that you can easily build using the tools that we offer:
-
Personal website - you can have a personal website that includes some information about yourself, your CV, pictures or anything that you think might be useful to present yourself
-
Portfolio – if you are a desgner or an artist, you can create an online portfolio and get noticed by potential customers
-
Blog – you can share your thoughts on any subject you like, get comments and exchange opinions with your readers
-
Forum – you can have a forum with discussions on different topics and this way have a better connection with your visitors
-
Community/Subscription site– you can grant users that sign up with your site different privileges that will allow them to read certain pages, have access to certain services that you offer, etc.
-
Business/Company website – you can describe your business and provide more information about your company, so that you can popularize it and gain the trust of your customers
-
Informational website – if you would like to provide some information about your own researches, trips and discoveries, about your hobby or anything else that you’d like to share, you can put this information online and add more to it at any time
-
Online shop – if you have any products that you wish to sell online, you can have an online shop and directly receive payments from your customers through your site
-
Gallery – you can upload and share your pictures with your family and friends, or with anyone you want, by arranging them in a gallery
-
Family website – you can post information about your family, including events, pictures and news, so that all famiy members can stay in touch with each other even though they might live in different parts of the world
-
Classifieds – if you would like to have a website with different advertisements, you can create a classifieds website, which will allow your users to post their adds in different categories
-
E-learning website – if you wish to make an online course, or you are a teacher and wish to create online tools to help your students and enhance their learning class experience, you can build an e-learning website with different tools and materials for your students
Here are the most popular and useful tools that we offer for building these and many other kinds of websites:
-
SiteStudio – perfect for building personal, family and business websites. It is integrated in your Control Panel. For more information on SiteStudio and on how you can use it, you can check our article here: What is SiteStudio and How Do I Use It?
Next follow some of the most popular scripts that are bundled with your web hosting package and could be installed directly from your web hosting control panel. This is done from Web Tools > Elefante free scripts on your web hosting control panel.
-
Joomla – perfect for personal, portfolio, family, business, news, subscription or informational websites. It is one of the so-called Content Management Systems, and it provides quite a lot useful features. There are lots of templates for Joomla online that you can choose from and use as a basis for your website. Joomla is open source-based and is being developed constantly. There are many addons for Joomla that you can install and use to enhance its features even more. You can see more information on Joomla and on how you can use it here: http://www.joomla.org/about-joomla.html
-
WordPress – it is a script especially made to help you build blog websites. It is extremely easy to use and there are many free templates for it that you can download over the net. It is an open source script, so it is free and there are many different addons for it that you can install for additional features. You can see more information on the features that WordPress is offering and on how it works here: http://wordpress.org/about/features/
-
phpBB and SMF – these are two forum scripts that you can use to build a forum online. They are both easy to use – phpBB is more simple and offers upgrade options, while SMF has more integrated features initially, but less mods and options to upgrade later. However, both work well, are user friendly and free to install. You can check more information on phpBB here: http://www.phpbb.com/about/
...and more information on SMF and its features here: http://www.simplemachines.org/about/features.php
-
Gallery and Coppermine – these are two gallery scripts that you can use to build an online gallery. Gallery is usually used in combination with other software, like Joomla, and can easily be integrated into a website, while Coppermine is more often used as a stand-alone application. However, both can be used on their own and are very easy to install and work with. Here is more information about the features Coppermine is offering: http://coppermine-gallery.net/
...and here is more information about Gallery: http://gallery.menalto.com/features
-
osCommerce – it is a shopping cart solution and with it you can easily build an online shop with descriptions, pictures and prices of your products. It provides many great features for selling your products and receiving payments online. There are different options for promotions, shipping and much more. You can find many different contributions for it, which can be installed to enhance its capabilities even more. You can check a list of the features osCommerce is offering here: http://www.oscommerce.com/solutions/oscommerce
-
Noah's Classifieds – with it you can easily have a classified adds website, where you can arrange different adds by category, location and much more. You can find more information about the features that Noah's Classifieds is offering here: http://noahsclassifieds.org/documentation/features
-
Moodle – it is the most popular e-learning script, which can help you build online courses and create unique learning materials. You can see more information about the features that Moodle is offering here: http://docs.moodle.org/en/Features
To put it simply, here is a table that can help you easily choose a tool to build your site with:
|
Type of website |
Tool to use |
|
Personal/Family website |
Joomla, SiteStudio |
|
Online portfolio website |
Joomla, SiteStudio |
|
Blog website |
WordPress, Textpattern |
|
Informational website |
Joomla, SiteStudio |
|
Business website |
Joomla, Drupal, SiteStudio |
|
Community website |
Joomla |
|
Forum website |
SMF, phpBB |
|
Gallery website |
Gallery, Coppermine |
|
Online shop website |
osCommerce, osCommRes |
|
Classified ads website |
Noah's Classifieds |
|
E-learning website |
Moodle |
Each of the scripts described above can be installed for free in your hosting account with us. The only exception is SiteStudio, which is integrated in your Web Hosting Control Panel and is available by default (in case your hosting plan does not support it, you can request an upgrade). To have any of these scripts installed, you can go to the Web Tools > Elefante Free Scripts section of your Control Panel and then choose the script that you wish to install. Follow the steps from there and you will be able to install it with just a few clicks.
I Get "Internal Server Error 500" on My Website, How Do I Fix This?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
A "500 Internal Server Error" message usually indicates a problem on the server-side. It could be a script that malfunctioned or improper settings in your .htaccess file, but it always indicates that your browser was able to reach the server but the server was unable to serve the requested page.
Here Are Several Possible Reasons for this Error:
-
In most of the cases the problem is caused by the content of an .htaccess file located inside the folder that you are trying to load - usually your domain name's main directory.
Due to technical and/or security reasons a few directives are not allowed to be overriden via .htaccess. Such directives are, for example: Options, ExecCGI, FollowSymLinks, Includes.
Also, it is not possible to change values from the PHP configuration using "php_flag" or "php_value" in .htaccess.
In case you receive an Internal Server Error 500 message - please check if any of the afore-mentioned directives are present in your .htaccess file and either comment on them by placing "#" at the beginning of the line or delete the entire line.
In some cases there are so many lines in your .htaccess that it is difficult to inspect all of them to determine which one, if any, is causing the problem. An easy way to find out whether it is the .htaccess file that lies at the bottom of this problem is to simply disable the file by renaming it to a.htaccess, for example. This action is easily reversable.
-
If the content of your .htaccess file is not the case, it is recommended that you activate the Error Logs for the problematic website and try to reproduce the problem several times so that the logs could be generated.
- In case the logs show a "Permission denied" message, then the reason for the server error is related to file/folder permissions.
Make sure that the permissions of the file(s)/folder(s) are either 644 or 755 - this will eliminate the possibility of incorrect permissions causing the problem.
IMPORTANT: PHP files must not have 777 permissions. If you are trying to open a PHP file that has such permissions, it will result in an "Internal Server Error 500". To resolve the problem, simply change the permissions of the file to 644 or 755.
- In case the logs show a "Premature end of script headers" message, such error message could be invoked by several reasons:
- The script requires more than the usual time to be processed and is being killed by our system. In order to ensure the stable performance of all other hosting accounts, we have set the "max_execution_time" option in the PHP Settings to 30 secs.
- There is an error within the programming code of the script in question. In this case it should be revised by a professional web developer who will be able to assist you further.
-
If you are using a Perl/CGI script (.pl and .cgi files):
Make sure that the path is correct. Each Perl/CGI script must begin with:
#!/usr/bin/perl
Redirecting/Forwarding a Website - URL Redirection
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
There are different ways for you to redirect a domain to another one or, in general, one URL to another. Most of the available options are explained in this article:
(1) Using Our URL Protect & Redirect Tool
In your Web Hosting Control Panel you will find the URL Protect & Redirect section (Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect). In the URL Redirection tab you can set up URL redirection. For detailed information about the options, please click on theShow/Hide Help link.
(2) Framed Redirection
If you want to redirect visitors but keep the URL (address) in the address bar unchanged, you have to use framed redirection. Basically, what you do is create a file that loads the new website (which you want to redirect to) in a frame. To use framed redirection to redirect my-best-domain.com to my-best-domain.net, for example, you can create a file called index.html and put it inside the main folder of my-best-domain.com. The index.html file must have the following code:
<html>
<head>
<title>TITLE OF THE PAGE</title>
<frameset cols = "100%">
<frame src ="http://my-best-domain.net" />
</frameset>
</head>
<body>
</body>
</html>
Of course, make sure to replace
"TITLE OF THE PAGE" with the actual title that you want your visitors to see and replace "
http://my-best-domain.net" with the actual web address, which you want to redirect the visitors to.
3) Using .htaccess and the Redirect Directive
If you need to forward visitors to the new address and don't mind that the URL in the address bar will change, you can use the following technique:
Create a file called .htaccess inside the main folder of your domain. You can do this using the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Edit the .htaccess file to put the following code in it:
Redirect 301 / http://my-best-domain.net/
The above code will redirect visitors to
http://my-best-domain.net/ and "tell" search engine spiders
(bots) that your URL has changed permanently - this is what the 301 code means.
Using this technique you can also redirect specific URLs, for example a single page. If you used to have a page called page.html and you renamed it to newpage.html, you may want to create a redirection, which will forward visitors who try to open page.html to newpage.html. This is how it's done with .htaccess:
Redirect 301 /page.html http://my-best-domain.com/newpage.html
*Additional uses of .htaccess:
-
You have changed the file extension?
RedirectMatch 301 (.*)\.html$ http://my-best-domain.com$1.php
This example is perfect if you have decided to switch from .html pages to .php, keeping the old names of the pages and changing only the file extensions. Now, be careful with this because any .html page there is will be redirected to a page with the same name but with a .php extension, regardless of whether such .php file actually exists.
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www.my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
-
You have purchased SSL for your domain and now wish to redirect ALL traffic to an HTTPS version of your site?
RewriteEngine On
RewriteCond %{SERVER_PORT} !443
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ https://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [R]
(4) Redirecting Using the META Tag Refresh
In HTML files you can put a META tag refresh to refresh the page after a certain amount of time. The META tag refresh also allows you to refresh to a new URL, which virtually means forwarding the visitors to a new web address. To use this technique you must create an index.html file inside your domain's main folder with the following code:
<META http-equiv="refresh" content="0;URL=http://my-best-domain.com">
This will redirect the visitor immediately to my-best-domain.com.
(5) Using the Location Header in PHP
This technique works similarly to the afore-mentioned one where we redirected the visitor using the HTML META tag refresh. However, instead an index.html file, here you must create an index.php file inside your domain's main folder and use the following code:
<?
header("HTTP/1.1 301 Moved Permanently");
header ("Location: http://www.my-best-domain.net");
?>
(6) Redirecting Using JavaScript
Control over what page is loaded into the browser rests in the JavaScript window.location property. By setting window.location equal to a new URL, you will in turn change the current webpage to the one that is specified. If you want to redirect all your visitors to
http://www.my-best-domain.net when they arrive at your site, you will just need the script below:
<script type="text/javascript">
<!--
window.location = "http://www.my-best-domain.net/"
//-->
</script>
What Are RSS Feeds? How to Put RSS News on My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
RSS is an acronym for "RDF Site Summary", "Really Simple Syndication" and "Rich Site Summary". It is a simple, standardized way to present updates from blogs (Twitter, Blogger, BlogSpot), news portals (Associated Press, Reuters, Financial Times), community websites, etc. By organizing updates to include only the headline, date and time, a short description, and the actual link to the full story, RSS feeds provide an excellent way to sift through many topics and select only the ones of particular interest to you. In order to achieve that, RSS uses XML code, read by an RSS reader, often called "RSS aggregator", that may come in many forms – as a standalone program (such as Mozilla Thunderbird, the popular email client that comes with a built-in RSS feed reader), in the form of a web-based application (Google Reader) or integrated into a website using a PHP code or JavaScript. The last option provides many benefits to you as the owner of a website:
-
Popularity. It improves the search engine optimization (SEO) and allows search engines like Google, Yahoo and Bing to rank your website higher, driving ever more visitors to your page.
-
It saves time. You can easily add dynamic content to your website without ever having to actually write the articles yourself.
-
Personalization. A growing number of websites are using RSS for updates. This allows you to 'feed' personalized news to your website – for example business, politics or sports-oriented content. The tool, which comes for FREE with our Web Hosting Control Panel (a pricey feature with other providers), also has Size and Colors options, so you can perfectly match the design of your web page.
The tool we've just mentioned can be found by visiting the Web Tools section of your Control Panel, selecting Elefante Marketing Tools and clicking on the RSS News link (Web Tools > Elefante Marketing Tools > RSS News).
At present, you can automatically create RSS feeds from six providers – Associated Press, Reuters, Yahoo!, BBC, Internet.com and Financial Times, each providing personalized subsections (Top News, Business, Politics, Technology, etc.). After you have selected the desired type of content, please customize the RSS feed using the different size and color schemes and then refer to the PHP code, generated near the bottom of the page. Click anywhere in the box and the code will be automatically selected for you. Simply copy and paste it to your web page.
For the more technically-savvy users, we provide a way to add even more RSS sources. You can see that the first line in the generated code reads like this:
<? ob_start();readfile("http://free.supremerssnews.com/ap_sptbaseball.xml");$xml="";$xml =
The URL in quotes (
http://free.supremerssnews.com/ap_sptbaseball.xml) refers specifically to Associated Press with the featured subsection ‘Baseball’. What you can do is replace this XML link with another one of your choosing – say
http://rss.cnn.com/rss/edition.rss for the latest news from CNN. We recommend the following website, containing the most popular RSS feeds on the web:
The actual XML address is contained in the orange box, reading "XML".
There is no limit as to the number of times you can use our RSS News tool and you can even have RSS content from different providers placed on the same page using the proper PHP RSS feed reader. If you are not an experinced PHP developer, please check with your website's developer on how you can do that.
IMPORTANT: At the present moment, our RSS News tool works only with PHP v4. You can check and change the PHP version of your account under the Site Management > PHP Settings section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
The Contact Form on My Website is Not Working - How Do I Properly Configure My Mail Form?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
If you have a PHP-based contact form on your website and it does not work properly, i.e. it does not send eMails, here is what you need to do:
-
Make sure that the eMail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message is hosted here.
In order for your contact form to work properly it must comply with the following rule: the eMail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message must be located in the eMail Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. When you have a contact form on your website you usually want people to provide their eMail address (sender), and you want the eMail message to be sent to your eMail ([i]recipient[/i]). In this case you can only use an eMail account hosted on this server as a recipient.
-
Test with a simple PHP script that uses phpmail().
If your contact form complies with the rule explained in [i](1)[/i] you can test whether you are able to send script-generated eMails at all, using this simple PHP script:
<?
$from = 'From: TestSender';
$to = 'email@my-best-domain.com';
$subject = 'Subject';
$body = 'TEST';
if (mail ($to, $subject, $body, $from)) {
echo 'MAIL - OK'; } else {
echo 'MAIL FAILED';
}
?>
In the above example you must replace email@my-best-domain.com with one of your eMail accounts present in the eMail Manager. Should you receive an error "MAIL FAILED", please contact us by opening a ticket using the link at the bottom of this page.
-
If Sendmail is used, make sure the path is correct.
If your script is using Sendmail to send messages, please make sure the sendmail path is set to: /usr/sbin/sendmail
Setting up some popular web applications to comply with the rule that the e-mail account of either the recipient or the sender of the message must be located in your eMail Manager:
Joomla:
Log in to the administrator's panel and go to the "Global Configuration" menu.
Click on the "Server" tab, browse to the "Mail Settings" section and select the sending method:
-
When the PHP Mail function is selected
Set the "Mail from" address to an eMail account handled by our mail servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
-
When Sendmail is selected
Make sure the "Sendmail Path" is set to: /usr/sbin/sendmail
-
When SMTP Server is selected
Make sure SMTP Authentication is set to "Yes".
Use your full eMail address hosted with us for SMTP Username.
Use your mail server for SMTP Host (or use mail.supremecluster.com)
Moodle
Log in as administrator and go to Site Administration> Server.
From the extended list select "eMail" and make sure that the "No-reply address" and "Support eMail" fields are set to eMail accounts handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
phpBB3
Log in as administrator. Go to the ACP (Admin Control Panel), select the "General" tab, navigate to "Client communication" and click on eMail settings. Make sure that the "Contact eMail address:" and "Return eMail address:" fields are set to use eMail accounts handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional. Also make sure that the "Enable board-wide eMails:" setting is enabled.
WordPress
Log in as administrator, click on the "Settings" link in the admin menu and make sure that the "eMail address" field is set to use an eMail account handled by our servers, i.e. present in your eMail Manager and fully functional.
How Do I Hide the Content of a Directory So that It Cannot Be Seen on the Web?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
Our web servers are set to display at first a file called "index". For instance:
index.html
index.htm
index.php
index.pl
This is the default server configuration, so whenever a visitor types your domain
(e.g. my-best-domain.com) in a browser, the server would look for the index file located in your domain's main folder and display it to the visitor. You can change the directory index file with a custom .htaccess file. Learn more on this topic here:
Changing the Directory Index File.
But what if you don't have an index file in a certain directory? It could be a problem if you have a web folder which doesn't contain such a file or the default index page is not set. Imagine that you have a sub-directory inside the main directory of your domain: my-best-domain.com/directory
There is no index file inside it, so whenever a visitor visits my-best-domain.com/directory, the directory content will be listed in the borwser. You can hide the directory content in order to avoid visitors seeing files that are not supposed to be displayed. There are several ways to hide the directory structure of your website:
Option 1
You can simply create an emtpy index.html file and put it inside each folder that has no actual index file. This may be a time-consuming task, especially if you have many sub-folders.
Option 2
Changing the directory permissions to
711. If you set the permissions of a certain folder to
711, this would effectively disable directory listing. You have to use an FTP client to set the permissions. Please refer to the following article, which explains how you can change permissions via FTP:
How to Change the Permissions of a File or a Folder.
Option 3
Use a custom .htaccess file to disable directory listing or exclude certain file types from the listing. Using an .htaccess file - a system configuration file, you can change the way the web server treats directories where an index file is missing. You are able to exclude certain or all files from the directory listing. What is great about this method is that rules in the .htaccess file work recursively, so they would be valid for all sub-directories. So, if you put the .htaccess file in the main domain folder, all the rules inside it will be valid for all the sub-directories. To use this method, first create an empty .htaccess file inside the directory in question - usually your domain's main directory, via the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you have created the empty .htaccess file, click on the 'Edit' icon on its right and choose the plain text editor. Put the following code in the file and save it:
IndexIgnore *
The above rule excludes all files from the directory listing.
How Do I Block/Ban Someone from My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
In certain cases you may need to deny access to a user or a bot to your website. We have implemented a tool within your Web Hosting Control Panel called IP Blocking that allows you to block an IP or an entire range, thus denying them access to a specific folder or an entire website.
To locate the tool, go to the Web Tools > Elefante Administration Tools > IP Blocking section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
The tool is very user-friendly and easy to use. To block an IP, first select which domain you need to protect from the Hostname drop-down menu. Type the IP that will be banned in the IP Address field. When ready, click on the Enable Protection button to save the changes.
To block an IP range, for example 225.200.xxx.xxx, type just the first two octets (225 and 200) in the IP Address field, and leave the others blank. To block the IP range 215.xxx.xxx.xxx, type just the first octet (215) and leave the rest blank.
If you need to protect a sub-folder of a domain (e.g. my-best-domain.com/folder), specify the path in the Path field, e.g. my-best-domain.com/folder. Additionally, you can click on the [...] button on the right side and navigate to the folder to select it.
How Do I Backup My Entire Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
Depending on the technology used for creating your website, it may consist of files and one or more databases. To create a full backup of your website you must back up all the files and databases that it consists of.
So the first step is to determine which (if any) databases are used by the website, which you want to back up. Next, you can proceed with creating a backup of the files and the database(s).
Step 1: Creating a Backup of the Files
Follow the instructions in this article and when done, continue with step 2.
Step 2: Creating a Backup of the Databases
Repeat the procedure(s) described in the afore-mentioned article for each of the databases used by your website.
Once you have a backup of both your files and your database(s), you have a complete backup of your website, which could be used for restoring the website if lost for any reason.
Changing the Directory Index File (Home/Default File)
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
On our servers the default index files are index.php and index.html. So, whenever anyone visits your website, the server opens index.php or, if it is not present, it opens index.html. If none of them is present in the home directory of your domain, the server would show a list of the files in this directory - the so-called directory index.
But What if You Want the Server to Open home.html Instead?
What you need to do is change the directory index file. This is done via .htaccess with the following line:
DirectoryIndex main.html
And here are more detailed instructions on how to do it:
Option 1: Creating an .htaccess file manually
Using the File Manager tool located in your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) you can create an empty file called .htaccess and edit it to enter the necessary code in it. The afore-mentioned code could be modified slightly for more flexibility:
DirectoryIndex main.html
The code displayed above "tells" the server that the default directory index file is the one called "main.html", but if there is no such file in the directory, it should open "index.php" and if this one is not present either, it should open "index.html". If none of these files is present, the server displays the directory index (a list of the files).
IMPORTANT NOTE: All directives inside an .htaccess file are valid for the directory where the .htaccess file is located and for all the sub-directories as well, i.e. it works recursively!
Option 2: Using the .htaccess Generator
Another option is to use the .htaccess Generator form instead of creating the file yourself. Go to Web Tools > Elefante Administration Tools > .htaccess Generator. You will see various options for the rules that you can define with an .htaccess file. The very first box is the location where the file will be created. Click on "Set Location" and choose the main folder of your domain. Just below that box, the first .htaccess option is called "Default index page". Select the checkbox, then type "main.html" (the file that you want to be opened first). Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on "Generate .htaccess". Next you will see the content of the file, including any other options that you may have selected along with the Directory index file. Click on "Create file" to create the .htaccess file in the desired domain folder.
How Do I Setup Custom Error Pages for My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
Whenever an error occurs on the server, it displays an error page to the visitor with information and tips about the possible cause for the error. These error pages do not match your website's layout and are sometimes too general. You may want to set up your custom error pages, which should be displayed to your visitors whenever an error occurs.
There are two methods that could be used to achieve this.
1) Editing the Domain/Subdomain Options in the Subdomain Manager Section.
We have embedded the option to set a custom error page for server errors 400, 401, 403 and 404 inside the Subdomain Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > Subdomain Manager). Find your domain in the list and click on the "edit" icon next to it. You are now able to edit the error page options. You should see the following options:
Set error 400 page:
Set error 401 page:
Set error 403 page:
Set error 404 page:
Initially, all error pages are set to "Default". To set a custom error page, choose "[i]Custom URL[/i]" and enter the path to the corresponding error page in the field. If you haven't created one yet, do this first and then get back to the Subdomain Manager section to update the settings.
2) Using .htaccess
Just like with the first method, which is described above, you must create the corresponding error page(s) first. When ready, open the File Manager section of your Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) and navigate to your domain/subdomain folder - it usually has the same name as your domain/subdomain and is located inside the www/ directory. Inside the domain folder create an empty file called .htaccess using the form located at the top of the File Manager section. Then edit the .htaccess file with the plain-text editor and insert the following code:
ErrorDocument 400 /custom400.html
ErrorDocument 401 /custom401.html
ErrorDocument 403 /custom403.html
ErrorDocument 404 /custom404.html
In the above example the custom 404 error page is located in the same folder as the .htaccess file and it is called custom400.html. Edit the path and the name of each page accordingly to reflect the actual names and location of your custom error pages. This method would work no matter what the settings in the Subdomain Manager section are.
How Do I Setup Custom Error Pages for My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
Whenever an error occurs on the server, it displays an error page to the visitor with information and tips about the possible cause for the error. These error pages do not match your website's layout and are sometimes too general. You may want to set up your custom error pages, which should be displayed to your visitors whenever an error occurs.
There are two methods that could be used to achieve this.
1) Editing the domain/subdomain options in the Subdomain Manager section.
We have embedded the option to set a custom error page for server errors 400, 401, 403 and 404 inside the Subdomain Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > Subdomain Manager). Find your domain in the list and click on the "edit" icon next to it. You are now able to edit the error page options. You should see the following options:
Set error 400 page:
Set error 401 page:
Set error 403 page:
Set error 404 page:
Initially, all error pages are set to "Default". To set a custom error page, choose "Custom URL" and enter the path to the corresponding error page in the field. If you haven't created one yet, do this first and then get back to the Subdomain Manager section to update the settings.
2) Using .htaccess
Just like with the first method, which is described above, you must create the corresponding error page(s) first. When ready, open the File Manager section of your Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) and navigate to your domain/subdomain folder - it usually has the same name as your domain/subdomain and is located inside the www/ directory. Inside the domain folder create an empty file called .htaccess using the form located at the top of the File Manager section. Then edit the .htaccess file with the plain-text editor and insert the following code:
ErrorDocument 400 /custom400.html
ErrorDocument 401 /custom401.html
ErrorDocument 403 /custom403.html
ErrorDocument 404 /custom404.html
In the above example the custom 404 error page is located in the same folder as the .htaccess file and it is called custom400.html. Edit the path and the name of each page accordingly to reflect the actual names and location of your custom error pages. This method would work no matter what the settings in the Subdomain Manager section are.
Changing the Directory Index File (Home/Default File)
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
On our servers the default index files are index.php and index.html. So, whenever anyone visits your website, the server opens index.php or, if it is not present, it opens index.html. If none of them is present in the home directory of your domain, the server would show a list of the files in this directory - the so-called directory index.
But What if You Want the Server to Open home.html Instead?
What you need to do is change the directory index file. This is done via .htaccess with the following line:
DirectoryIndex main.html
And here are more detailed instructions on how to do it:
Option 1: Creating an .htaccess File Manually
Using the File Manager tool located in your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > File Manager) you can create an empty file called .htaccess and edit it to enter the necessary code in it. The afore-mentioned code could be modified slightly for more flexibility:
DirectoryIndex main.html
The code displayed above "tells" the server that the default directory index file is the one called "main.html", but if there is no such file in the directory, it should open "index.php" and if this one is not present either, it should open "index.html". If none of these files is present, the server displays the directory index (a list of the files).
IMPORTANT NOTE: All directives inside an .htaccess file are valid for the directory where the .htaccess file is located and for all the sub-directories as well, i.e. it works recursively!
Option 2: Using the .htaccess Generator
Another option is to use the .htaccess Generator form instead of creating the file yourself. Go to Web Tools > Elefante Administration Tools > .htaccess Generator. You will see various options for the rules that you can define with an .htaccess file. The very first box is the location where the file will be created. Click on "Set Location" and choose the main folder of your domain. Just below that box, the first .htaccess option is called "Default index page". Select the checkbox, then type "main.html" (the file that you want to be opened first). Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on "Generate .htaccess". Next you will see the content of the file, including any other options that you may have selected along with the Directory index file. Click on "Create file" to create the .htaccess file in the desired domain folder.
How Do I Setup a Password Protection for a Certain Directory or Web Address (URL)?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
If you want to block the public access to a particular folder in your account, which is accessible through the web, you can easily do this through the URL Protect & Redirect section of your Web Hosting Control Panel (Site Options > URL Protect & Redirect).
First, choose the domain or subdomain and then select the desired folder in the "Path to be protected" field. You should set up a username and a password for the protected area and then you can enable the protection.
Note that if there is an .htaccess file inside the folder, which you are trying to protect, the protection will not work. You should rename (and thus disable) the .htaccess file, before enabling the password protection area. Once you have enabled the password protection you can rename the file back to .htaccess but you also must locate the file called .htacl located inside the same folder and copy its content to the .htaccess file. You can do these changes using the File Manager (Site Options > File Manager) section of your Hosting Control Panel.
How Do I Block/Ban Someone from My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
In certain cases you may need to deny access to a user or a bot to your website. We have implemented a tool within your Web Hosting Control Panel called IP Blocking that allows you to block an IP or an entire range, thus denying them access to a specific folder or an entire website.
To locate the tool, go to the Web Tools > Elefante Administration Tools > IP Blocking section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
The tool is very user-friendly and easy to use. To block an IP, first select which domain you need to protect from the Hostname drop-down menu. Type the IP that will be banned in the IP Address field. When ready, click on the Enable Protection button to save the changes.
To block an IP range, for example 225.200.xxx.xxx, type just the first two octets (225 and 200) in the IP Address field, and leave the others blank. To block the IP range 215.xxx.xxx.xxx, type just the first octet (215) and leave the rest blank.
If you need to protect a sub-folder of a domain (e.g. my-best-domain.com/folder), specify the path in the Path field, e.g. my-best-domain.com/folder. Additionally, you can click on the [...] button on the right side and navigate to the folder to select it.
What Are RSS Feeds? How to Put RSS News on My Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
RSS is an acronym for "RDF Site Summary", "Really Simple Syndication" and "Rich Site Summary". It is a simple, standardized way to present updates from blogs (Twitter, Blogger, BlogSpot), news portals (Associated Press, Reuters, Financial Times), community websites, etc. By organizing updates to include only the headline, date and time, a short description, and the actual link to the full story, RSS feeds provide an excellent way to sift through many topics and select only the ones of particular interest to you. In order to achieve that, RSS uses XML code, read by an RSS reader, often called "RSS aggregator", that may come in many forms – as a standalone program (such as Mozilla Thunderbird, the popular eMail client that comes with a built-in RSS feed reader), in the form of a web-based application (Google Reader) or integrated into a website using a PHP code or JavaScript. The last option provides many benefits to you as the owner of a website:
-
Popularity. It improves the search engine optimization (SEO) and allows search engines like Google, Yahoo and Bing to rank your website higher, driving ever more visitors to your page.
-
It saves time. You can easily add dynamic content to your website without ever having to actually write the articles yourself.
-
Personalization. A growing number of websites are using RSS for updates. This allows you to 'feed' personalized news to your website – for example business, politics or sports-oriented content. The tool, which comes for FREE with our Web Hosting Control Panel (a pricey feature with other providers), also has Size and Colors options, so you can perfectly match the design of your web page.
The tool we've just mentioned can be found by visiting the Web Tools section of your Control Panel, selecting [i]Elefante Marketing Tools[/i] and clicking on the RSS News link (Web Tools > Elefante Marketing Tools > RSS News).
At present, you can automatically create RSS feeds from six providers – Associated Press, Reuters, Yahoo!, BBC, Internet.com and Financial Times, each providing personalized subsections (Top News, Business, Politics, Technology, etc.). After you have selected the desired type of content, please customize the RSS feed using the different size and color schemes and then refer to the PHP code, generated near the bottom of the page. Click anywhere in the box and the code will be automatically selected for you. Simply copy and paste it to your web page.
For the more technically-savvy users, we provide a way to add even more RSS sources. You can see that the first line in the generated code reads like this:
<? ob_start();readfile("http://free.supremerssnews.com/ap_sptbaseball.xml");$xml="";$xml =
The URL in quotes (http://free.supremerssnews.com/ap_sptbaseball.xml) refers specifically to Associated Press with the featured subsection ‘Baseball’. What you can do is replace this XML link with another one of your choosing – say http://rss.cnn.com/rss/edition.rss for the latest news from CNN. We recommend the following website, containing the most popular RSS feeds on the web:
The actual XML address is contained in the orange box, reading "XML".
There is no limit as to the number of times you can use our RSS News tool and you can even have RSS content from different providers placed on the same page using the proper PHP RSS feed reader. If you are not an experinced PHP developer, please check with your website's developer on how you can do that.
IMPORTANT: At the present moment, our RSS News tool works only with PHP v4. You can check and change the PHP version of your account under the Site Management > PHP Settings section of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
How Do I Build My Website? What Tools Can I Use?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
If you are new to website building and web design, there are different tools that we can offer you to help you build a professional looking website.
There are many different kinds of websites that you can create, and there are different tools that can help you with that task. With our web hosting plans, we offer a number of free scripts that are designed to make website building easier for you.
Here are some ideas for websites that you can easily build using the tools that we offer:
-
Personal website - you can have a personal website that includes some information about yourself, your CV, pictures or anything that you think might be useful to present yourself
-
Portfolio – if you are a desgner or an artist, you can create an online portfolio and get noticed by potential customers
-
Blog – you can share your thoughts on any subject you like, get comments and exchange opinions with your readers
-
Forum – you can have a forum with discussions on different topics and this way have a better connection with your visitors
-
Community/Subscription site – you can grant users that sign up with your site different privileges that will allow them to read certain pages, have access to certain services that you offer, etc.
-
Business/Company website – you can describe your business and provide more information about your company, so that you can popularize it and gain the trust of your customers
-
Informational website – if you would like to provide some information about your own researches, trips and discoveries, about your hobby or anything else that you’d like to share, you can put this information online and add more to it at any time
-
Online shop – if you have any products that you wish to sell online, you can have an online shop and directly receive payments from your customers through your site
-
Gallery – you can upload and share your pictures with your family and friends, or with anyone you want, by arranging them in a gallery
-
Family website – you can post information about your family, including events, pictures and news, so that all famiy members can stay in touch with each other even though they might live in different parts of the world
-
Classifieds – if you would like to have a website with different advertisements, you can create a classifieds website, which will allow your users to post their adds in different categories
-
E-learning website – if you wish to make an online course, or you are a teacher and wish to create online tools to help your students and enhance their learning class experience, you can build an e-learning website with different tools and materials for your students
Here are the most popular and useful tools that we offer for building these and many other kinds of websites:
-
SiteStudio – perfect for building personal, family and business websites. It is integrated in your Control Panel. For more information on SiteStudio and on how you can use it, you can check our article here: What is SiteStudio and How Do I Use It?
Next follow some of the most popular scripts that are bundled with your web hosting package and could be installed directly from your web hosting control panel. This is done from Web Tools > Elefante free scripts on your web hosting control panel.
-
Joomla – perfect for personal, portfolio, family, business, news, subscription or informational websites. It is one of the so-called Content Management Systems, and it provides quite a lot useful features. There are lots of templates for Joomla online that you can choose from and use as a basis for your website. Joomla is open source-based and is being developed constantly. There are many addons for Joomla that you can install and use to enhance its features even more. You can see more information on Joomla and on how you can use it here: http://www.joomla.org/about-joomla.html
-
WordPress – it is a script especially made to help you build blog websites. It is extremely easy to use and there are many free templates for it that you can download over the net. It is an open source script, so it is free and there are many different addons for it that you can install for additional features. You can see more information on the features that WordPress is offering and on how it works here: http://wordpress.org/about/features/
-
phpBB and SMF – these are two forum scripts that you can use to build a forum online. They are both easy to use – phpBB is more simple and offers upgrade options, while SMF has more integrated features initially, but less mods and options to upgrade later. However, both work well, are user friendly and free to install. You can check more information on phpBB here: http://www.phpbb.com/about/
-
Gallery and Coppermine – these are two gallery scripts that you can use to build an online gallery. Gallery is usually used in combination with other software, like Joomla, and can easily be integrated into a website, while Coppermine is more often used as a stand-alone application. However, both can be used on their own and are very easy to install and work with. Here is more information about the features Coppermine is offering: http://coppermine-gallery.net/
-
osCommerce – it is a shopping cart solution and with it you can easily build an online shop with descriptions, pictures and prices of your products. It provides many great features for selling your products and receiving payments online. There are different options for promotions, shipping and much more. You can find many different contributions for it, which can be installed to enhance its capabilities even more. You can check a list of the features osCommerce is offering here: http://www.oscommerce.com/solutions/oscommerce
-
Noah's Classifieds – with it you can easily have a classified adds website, where you can arrange different adds by category, location and much more. You can find more information about the features that Noah's Classifieds is offering here: http://noahsclassifieds.org/documentation/features
-
Moodle – it is the most popular e-learning script, which can help you build online courses and create unique learning materials. You can see more information about the features that Moodle is offering here: http://docs.moodle.org/en/Features
To put it simply, here is a list that can help you easily choose a tool to build your site with:
Type of Website - Tool to use
Personal/Family website - Joomla, SiteStudio
Online portfolio website - Joomla, SiteStudio
Blog website - WordPress, Textpattern
Informational website - Joomla, SiteStudio
Business website - Joomla, Drupal, SiteStudio
Community website - Joomla
Forum website - SMF, phpBB
Gallery website - Gallery, Coppermine
Online shop website - osCommerce, osCommRes
Classified ads website - Noah's Classifieds
E-learning website - Moodle
Each of the scripts described above can be installed for free in your hosting account with us. The only exception is SiteStudio, which is integrated in your Web Hosting Control Panel and is available by default (in case your hosting plan does not support it, you can request an upgrade). To have any of these scripts installed, you can go to the Web Tools > Elefante Free Scripts section of your Control Panel and then choose the script that you wish to install. Follow the steps from there and you will be able to install it with just a few clicks.
What is SiteStudio and How Do I Use It?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Website Creation
SiteStudio is a visual website building tool integrated within your Web Hosting Control Panel. If SiteStudio is included in your web hosting plan, you can access it from the Web Tools > Site Studio section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. If it’s not included, it could be added as an upgrade (read this article for further information: How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?).
To start creating a website with SiteStudio, use the automatic login option that the Web Tools > Site Studio section is offering.
Once you have logged in to SiteStudio, choose the type of website that you want to create - a "Personal" or a "Business" one. Please keep in mind that there is a slight difference in the pages, which you will be able to add for the different website categories.
Once you choose the category for your website, you can select a template - there are many templates, which you can choose from and most of them offer different color gammas and layouts. Following the wizard you will be able to set the name for your website, enter your contact details, etc. We have prepared a short step-by-step tutorial for creating a simple personal website using SiteStudio. The tutorial will teach you the basics about working with SiteStudio:
Step 1: Once you log in to SiteStudio, select "Personal" for the category of your website.
Step 2: On the next step choose the desired website template and its color.
Step 3: On the third step, type your name, e-mail address (the mailbox should be hosted in your account with us), the name of the website. If you want you can additionally add the keywords and the description which will be used by the search engine crawlers. Of course, you can edit this information later through the "Site Settings" menu inside the "Change global settings" section.
Step 4: If you want your website to have a simple intro page, you can add "Splash Screen" or "Flash Splash" (some of the templates do not offer such splash pages). You can add a few more pages to the website before managing them, for instance "Resume", "Album" and "Survey" pages.
Step 5: Now, if you click on the "Site Map" menu, you will find all the added pages with three icons for each of them – Edit, Settings and Delete. You can edit the content of every page by clicking on the "Edit" icon. There is a "Launch full screen rich editor" link for the paragraphs of most of the pages. The rich text functionality is a "WYSIWYG" editor (What You See Is What You Get) and you can use it with most web browsers like Firefox, Opera, Safari etc. However, Internet Explorer 8 has compatibility issues, so we recommend IE7 or Firefox.
Step 6: Via the Settings tab, you can change the file name for each page, the font, the color, the meta tags, the page description and more. There are some requirements for picture upload in SiteStudio which should be mentioned as well. The recommended image size is about 100 KB and 400x500 pixels. It is important that the image file name does not contain any spaces, otherwise it will not be possible to upload the image successfully.
Step 7: Once the website is already completed, you must save the SiteStudio project. Please note that there are no automatic backups for SiteStudio-based websites and projects and the only way to back up a website project in SiteStudio is to save it using the "Load/Save website" option in the "Site Settings" menu. In order to publish the completed website, click on the "Publish" button. The website building software will generate the website in your account and it will become visible online.
Redirecting/Forwarding a Website - URL Redirection
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
There are different ways for you to redirect a domain to another one or, in general, one URL to another. Most of the available options are explained in this article:
(1) Using Our URL Protect & Redirect Tool
In your Web Hosting Control Panel you will find the URL Protect & Redirect section (Site Management > URL Protect & Redirect). In the URL Redirection tab you can set up URL redirection. For detailed information about the options, please click on the Show/Hide Help link.
(2) Framed Redirection
If you want to redirect visitors but keep the URL (address) in the address bar unchanged, you have to use framed redirection. Basically, what you do is create a file that loads the new website (which you want to redirect to) in a frame. To use framed redirection to redirect my-best-domain.com to my-best-domain.net, for example, you can create a file called index.html and put it inside the main folder of my-best-domain.com. The index.html file must have the following code:
<html>
<head>
<title>TITLE OF THE PAGE</title>
<frameset cols = "100%">
<frame src ="http://my-best-domain.net" />
</frameset>
</head>
<body>
</body>
</html>
Of course, make sure to replace
"TITLE OF THE PAGE" with the actual title that you want your visitors to see and replace "
http://my-best-domain.net" with the actual web address, which you want to redirect the visitors to.
3) Using .htaccess and the Redirect Directive
If you need to forward visitors to the new address and don't mind that the URL in the address bar will change, you can use the following technique:
Create a file called .htaccess inside the main folder of your domain. You can do this using the File Manager (Site Management > File Manager) section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Edit the .htaccess file to put the following code in it:
Redirect 301 / http://my-best-domain.net/
The above code will redirect visitors to
http://my-best-domain.net/ and "tell" search engine spiders
(bots) that your URL has changed permanently - this is what the 301 code means.
Using this technique you can also redirect specific URLs, for example a single page. If you used to have a page called page.html and you renamed it to newpage.html, you may want to create a redirection, which will forward visitors who try to open page.html to newpage.html. This is how it's done with .htaccess:
Redirect 301 /page.html http://my-best-domain.com/newpage.html
*Additional uses of .htaccess:
-
You have changed the file extension?
RedirectMatch 301 (.*)\.html$ http://my-best-domain.com$1.php
This example is perfect if you have decided to switch from .html pages to .php, keeping the old names of the pages and changing only the file extensions. Now, be careful with this because any .html page there is will be redirected to a page with the same name but with a .php extension, regardless of whether such .php file actually exists.
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www.my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^my-best-domain.com [NC]
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [L,R=301]
-
You have purchased SSL for your domain and now wish to redirect ALL traffic to an HTTPS version of your site?
RewriteEngine On
RewriteCond %{SERVER_PORT} !443
RewriteRule ^(.*)$ https://www.my-best-domain.com/$1 [R]
(4) Redirecting Using the META Tag Refresh
In HTML files you can put a META tag refresh to refresh the page after a certain amount of time. The META tag refresh also allows you to refresh to a new URL, which virtually means forwarding the visitors to a new web address. To use this technique you must create an index.html file inside your domain's main folder with the following code:
<META http-equiv="refresh" content="0;URL=http://my-best-domain.com">
This will redirect the visitor immediately to my-best-domain.com.
(5) Using the Location Header in PHP
This technique works similarly to the afore-mentioned one where we redirected the visitor using the HTML META tag refresh. However, instead an index.html file, here you must create an index.php file inside your domain's main folder and use the following code:
<?
header("HTTP/1.1 301 Moved Permanently");
header ("Location: http://www.my-best-domain.net");
?>
(6) Redirecting Using JavaScript
Control over what page is loaded into the browser rests in the JavaScript window.location property. By setting window.location equal to a new URL, you will in turn change the current webpage to the one that is specified. If you want to redirect all your visitors to
http://www.my-best-domain.net when they arrive at your site, you will just need the script below:
<script type="text/javascript">
<!--
window.location = "http://www.my-best-domain.net/"
//-->
</script>
What Are the Outgoing Connections All About?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Web Tools
The Outgoing Connections Manager is a feature developed to maximize the security of your web sites and to prevent them from being abused by any third parties for hacking, spamming or scamming purposes. You can access it by going to Site Management > Outgoing Connections Manager on your web hosting control panel.
Think of the Outgoing Connections Manager as both a switch that protects your web sites from unwanted third party abuse and a clever tool for analyzing and organizing the outgoing traffic your web sites generate based upon IP Address systematization.
For example, if your web site gets hacked and the hackers need to redirect the site to a remote database or a remote API or script for their own purposes, their attempts will end up nowhere, as the Outgoing Connections Manager will disallow the particular connection if the IP address being accessed is not on the allowed Outgoing Connections list for that site/account.
The Outgoing Connections Manager can be disabled if you do not want to utilize its features. By default it is enabled, however, and it allows you to specify certain IP Addresses or IP ranges to which your site(s) will be able to open outgoing connections. Your web site(s) could be allowed to open connections to both a specific IP Address or to a whole IP range.
In order to allow your website(s) open an outgoing connection to a specific IP you need to add that IP and the IP's mask to the list of allowed IPs. To do that - type the IP address in the IP/mask field of the form. You can also allow your web site(s) to open an outgoing connection to an SMTP server at port 25. For this purpose, you need to tick off the Allow port 25 (SMTP) checkbox. If you are not quite sure about the IP Address mask, contact your ISP for confirmation and assistance, or review the CIDR Refrence table that is to be found at the Show/Hide help menu at the top left corner of the page in the Outgoing Connections Manager section.
To specify an entire IP range you will need to add an IP from that range and then specify the range's network mask. To do that - first select the Advanced level of experience option. Then you can choose a specific mask CIDR value (between 32 - 28) from the right-hand drop-down list.
To remove an IP or an IP range from the Allowed IPs/ IP ranges list you need to tick off the checkbox for a particular line in the list and then press the Delete button at to bottom of the list. If for some reason you want to completely disable the Outgoing Connection blocking script you need just to press the Deactivate button. Please note that setting the Outgoing Connection to Not Active status may result in a security risk.
Alternative Payment Options
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
In case you would like to purchase a service from us, but you do not have a credit or debit card, neither a PayPal account, here are the alternative payment methods, that we can offer:
-
Western Union payment
-
Payment with Bank Wire
-
MoneyBookers payment
IMPORTANT: Before you can use one of the alternative payment options to pay for the service that you wish to purchase, you must first fill in the order form to create a so called temporary order. On the order page you will be asked to select a payment method - choose PayPal. Although you will not be actually paying via PayPal, it is necessary to select one of the payment options to proceed, so just select PayPal or any other option and press Submit (or Next). Once you reach PayPal's website you can leave (close) the page. At this point there is a temporary order for your purchase in our system, which we are able to complete manually once you pay using one of the alternative payment methods that we offer.
WESTERN UNION
When sending us money via Western Union you must know that the transfer costs charged by Western Union are covered by you. To acquire the name and the address necessary for the Western Union transfer, please open a ticket. To do this, use the link at the bottom of the page.
Please note that after you make the payment, you must get back to us and let us know that the money has been send and also provide the following details:
-
MTCN (Money Transfer Control Number)
-
First and last name of the sender
-
The exact amount that you have sent and what service it is for
-
The address of the sender
Once we have confirmed that money has been received, we are going to complete your temporary order manually, thus activating the services that you purchased.
BANK-WIRE TRANSFER
When making a direct bank transfer to our bank account you cover the transaction fees charged by your bank. As with every other alternative payment methods, you are required to create a temporary order before you proceed with the bank-wire transfer.
To acquire our bank account details, please open a ticket. To do this, use the link at the bottom of the page.
Once the payment is sent, please get back to us with the following information:
-
The exact amount that you have sent and what service it is for
-
First and last name of the sender.
When you pay with a Bank Wire, it may take several business days before we receive a confirmation that the payment is received and accordingly activate your services.
MONEYBOOKERS
You can submit the payment to our MoneyBookers account: support@duoservers.com
Before you make the payment, make sure you have created the temporary order. Once the money has been send, please contact us with the following details:
-
The exact amount that you have sent and what service it is for
-
Your MoneyBookers account ID (eMail address)
How to Downgrade to a Cheaper Hosting Plan?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
For a number of reasons you may need to change from the current hosting plan that you now have to a less expensive package.
For example if you are not utilizing anywhere near the plan's features you may wish to consider downgrading to a lower plan, in order to minimize your expenses.
Here you will find the information you need in order to do so.
The downgrade to a lower plan is a feature that is not available through the Web Hosting Control Panel, as it is a feature that is provided only per request. This is so because, we do not offer any refunds or partial refunds for a package you already paid for (unless the 30 days money back guarantee applies). The downgrade could only be done manually by our Support Staff.
The best case scenario is to downgrade to a lower package right before you renew your plan for another year, that way you will utilize the most of your current plan prior to downgrading it.
Be advised that a dowgrade is only possible if the resources you are currently using are equal or below the resources offered by the plan that you consider changing to.
For example if you currently have four hosted domain names but you wish to downgrade to a plan that allows you to host only two domain names you will not be able to do so, unless you remove two of your domain names from the Hosted Domains Section in your Web Hosting Control Panel.
The example applies for all resources that come bundled with every hosting plan we offer.
What Are the Recurring Contracts and Can I Cancel or Modify the Terms?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
If you use Paypal or American Express as a payment method, you have the option to setup a recurring payment. We will automatically charge you for the renewal of your hosting plan or domain name, so that you would not worry that you may miss the expiration date and your websites will go offline.
Here is how it works: When you order or renew a hosting plan or a domain name, a recurring payment will be setup, so we will charge you automatically when the time to renew those services comes.
If you order an upgrade, for example a database space upgrade, a recurring payment will not be created. However, if you renew your hosting plan and the upgrade together, two recurring payments will be created - one for each service, and you will be charged automatically for both of them next year.
The recurring payment for any service different from the hosting plan and a domain name is setup only if you order that service together either with the plan or the domain name. For example, if you order ID protection (WHOIS privacy protection) for your domain, no recurring payment will be created, while if you order a domain name registration and ID protection with it, a recurring payment for both will be created.
You can see all recurring payments for your account in the Recurring Manager section of the hosting control panel (My Account > Recurring Manager). If you go to that section, you will see the service for which the recurring payment has been setup, how many times you have been charged so far, the amount and the next charge date. If you would like to stop the recurring payments, click on the Cancel button right under that date. That way, you can pay manually when you want to renew your plan, we will not charge you automatically.
We also offer the option to switch the payment method from AMEX to Paypal or to change the Paypal account used for the automatic payments. To do that, click on the Change link that you can see in the third column of the
Recurring Manager table. You will be redirected to
http://www.paypal.com where you can login with the Paypal account that you would like to use, and then setup the recurring payments.
How Can I Renew My Hosting Plan?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
The first step would be to determine whether you have recurring billing set up to renew the account. That can be done via the My Account > Recurring Manager section of your Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open that menu you will see a table with all recurring billing contracts.
In this table you can find information about the service type of the particular contract, its profile ID, the billing type, the amount that is charged each time, the number of the charges so far, as well as information about when the next charge is going to be. If you have more than one service with us, you may have more than one recurring contract. Therefore, you should check the first column of the table that provides information about the service type to see if there is an active account renewal contract. If you do have a recurring contract, you don't need to renew the plan manually - you will be charged for the renewal prior to the expiration date and your account will be renewed without any service interruption.
Should there be no recurring contract, you must renew your web hosting plan manually. To do that, visit the Renew plan* link under the Upgrades menu on the left hand side:
After clicking on the Renew plan link you will be forwarded to the account renewal page in the Control Panel.
Here you will see the name and the expiration date of the web hosting plan you are currently using, as well as the price for one more year. Here you will also see a detailed list of any upgrades or add-on services that you have purchased. You can decide whether to renew them as well or not by simply selecting or deselecting each of them. Any services that you do not renew will be deactivated, once you make the renewal payment.
You will also see a list of all domain names that you have registered via this web hosting account. And again you can decide whether to renew a certain domain name or not by selecting or deselecting it.
And last, but not least, you have to choose the payment method you would like to use to submit the renewal payment and then click on the Continue button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information.
* If you do not see the Renew plan link or the Upgrades menu at all, please use the link at the bottom of this page to open a ticket and request assistance from our support staff.
How Do I Upgrade My Hosting Account?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
If you are running low on certain resources in your account, you can explore the possibilities for upgrading. You have two basic options - to upgrade just certain features of your plan (such as disk space, the number of the hosted domains, etc.) or upgrade to a higher package (if one is available). You can find both options in the Upgrades* section on the left side of your Web Hosting Control Panel.
* If you do not see the Renew plan link or the Upgrades menu at all, please use the link at the bottom of this page to open a ticket and request assistance from our support staff.
The
Change Plan link takes you to a page where you can upgrade to a higher package. All available packages are displayed on the left together with a list of the features they are offering, while the price for the upgrade is displayed on the right. Once you choose the package that you wish to upgrade to, you have to select it, then choose the payment method you would like to use and then click on the
Continue button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to this article:
Alternative Payment Options
The Add Services/Upgrades link will take you to a page where you can upgrade certain features of your current package. Here is a list of all available upgrades:
-
Hosted Domains - this upgrade allows you to host more domain names in your account
-
Subdomains - this upgrade allows you to create more subdomains; (For more information, refer to: What is a Subdomain and How Do I Create One?)
-
IP Addresses - this upgrade allows you to purchase a dedicated IP address. (For more information, refer to: What is a Dedicated IP and Do I Need One?)
-
SSH - this upgrade allows you to have SSH access to the server; (For more information, refer to: What is SSH?)
-
MySQL Databases - this upgrade provides you with additional MySQL databases. (For more information, refer to: What is a MySQL Database?)
-
MySQL Quota - this upgrade provides you with additional disk space for your MySQL databases
-
PostgreSQL Databases - this upgrade provides you with additional PostgreSQL databases. (For more information, refer to: What is a PostgreSQL Database?)
-
PostgreSQL Quota - this upgrade provides you with additional disk space for your PostgreSQL databases
-
Disk Space - this upgrade provides you with additional storage on the server for your files and eMails
-
Traffic - this upgrade allows you to increase the monthly traffic limit
-
eMail Addresses - this upgrade allows you to create more eMail accounts
-
FTP Accounts - this upgrade allows you to create more FTP accounts. (For more information, refer to: What is an FTP Account and (Why) Do I Need Different FTP Accounts?)
-
Backup - By default, we keep a backup of your account only if the data is below 5 GB. This upgrade allows you to increase the backup limit
-
Cronjobs - this upgrade allows you to set up more cron jobs. (For more information, refer to: What is Crontab?)
-
CPU Usage - this upgrade allows you to increase the CPU usage limit of your account. (For more information, refer to: What is Meant Under CPU Usage and How Do I Monitor It?)
Next to each feature there is a drop-down menu that allows you to choose the quantity that you wish to purchase. Next to it you’ll also see the monthly price, the remaining period and the total price that you’ll have to pay for the particular upgrade. You can make multiple upgrades at the same time.
Once you have selected all the services that you wish to add, you have to choose the payment method you would like to use and click on the
Continue button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to this article:
Alternative Payment Options.
Domain Transfer
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
A domain name transfer involves a domain name that you’ve already registered with another company but wish to transfer over to us. Please refer to the article Domain Registration - How Do I Register a Domain Name to find out how you can order a domain name transfer.
NOTE: The domain name transfer concerns the registration of the domain name and not the hosting service associated with it. To learn more about how to host domain names with us, please refer to the article
How Do I Host a Domain Name?
There are four general requirements for a successful transfer of a domain name:
-
The domain name must be at least 60 days old - should not be registered less than 60 days ago
-
The domain name must be unlocked for transfer (For more information, please refer to: Locking/Unlocking Domain Names)
-
The domain's EPP transfer authorization key must be provided - it could be acquired from the domain name’s current registrar (For more information, please refer to: EPP (Authorization Code))
-
The transfer verification eMail must be responded to - this eMail is sent within 24 hours after the domain transfer is initiated to the Administrative Contact eMail address specified in the WHOIS record of the domain name
Once the domain transfer is confirmed by following the instructions in the transfer verification eMail, the transfer procedure becomes fully automated and may take 3-5 business days to complete.
Some specific domain types (TLDs) have different requirements for transferring a domain name. Some TLDs cannot be transferred at all. However, the afore-mentioned requirements are valid for the majority of the TLDs (domain types). Here are a few exceptions:
.UK Domain Names (.co.uk / .me.uk / .org.uk)
Particularly the .UK domain names involve quite a specific domain name transfer procedure. None of the general requirements apply here. Instead, the the two steps below must be followed:
-
Contact the current company that you have the domain name with and have them change the IPS tag to: PDR-IN
-
Once you change the IPS tag you will receive a security code from our registrar within one or two hours. Please insert this code in the EPP field when ordering the transfer or provide us with that code if you have already paid for the transfer.
After that the transfer itself becomes a very seamless and smooth procedure.
Transferring .EU Domain Names
The only requirement for transferring a .EU domain name is to respond to the verification eMail. What is specific for this TLD is that upon a successful transfer, the expiration date becomes one year as counted from the date of the successful transfer completion instead of adding one year to the expiration date the domain name had prior to the transfer.
Domain Renewal
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
You can renew any domain name that is registered with us via the Web Hosting Control Panel. In order to do that, please go to the Site Management > Domain Manager section. There are at least two ways to renew a domain name only, without the hosting package itself.
Method 1: In front of each domain name there is an option to select it (put a check mark). Once you do that, you must click on the Renew button.
Once you click on the
Renew button, you’ll be forwarded to a page where you’ll be able to select the renewal period and the payment method. When you are done, you’ll have to simply click on the
Next button, which will forward you to the payment page - there you’ll have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to the
Alternative Payment Options article.
Important Note: You can use this renewal method to renew multiple domain names by simply selecting all the domains that you want to be renewed and then pressing the Renew button.
Method 2: Next to each domain name there is a row of icons divided into separate columns. The very last column is named Expiration / Renewal and there you can see the current expiration date of the domain name - the expiration date itself is a link that you can click.
Once you click on the expiration date, a small pop-up window will appear. There you’ll see information about the current status of the domain name, the current expiration date again, as well as an option to renew it for one or more years.
Can I Register/Renew My Domain Name for More than One Year?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
When you own a domain name that is important for your business or is otherwise very important to you and you do not wish to lose it, the best solution would be to register it for more years. Can you do that? Unfortunately, there is no universal answer to that question because different rules apply for different domain name types (TLDs).
Most domain names can be registered for up to 5 or 10 years ahead. When you register or renew a domain name that can be regsitered for more years, you will see that option during the very order procedure.
There are domain names that must be registered for a minimum of two or three years and those that can be registered for a period of two years only - no more, no less. There are also other domain names that can be registered for one year only and must be renewed every year in order to keep the given domain name.
What is important to know is that when you order a domain registration or renewal, you will be always given the option to select the registration period as long as the specific domain type (TLD) allows it.
You may find these articles interesting:
Domain Registration - How Do I Register a Domain Name
Submitted 5/8/2012 in Web Services: Sales & Billings
With the exponentially growing number of websites on the Internet, it is becoming harder and harder to find a suitable domain name to register - one that is short, simple, to the point, and easy to remember. That is why, if you come across such a domain name that is suitable for your business or personal website, it is recommended that you register it right away. Even if your website is not ready yet. You can register unlimited domain names through your account with us and there is no need to host them all. To find more information on hosting a domain name, please refer to the article How Do I Host a Domain Name?
You can easily register a domain name via the Domain Manager section (Site Management > Domain Manager) of the Web Hosting Control Panel. Once you open that menu you should go to the Register / Transfer tab.
Here you will find our domain search form. This form will help you find an available domain name for you to register. In the field that is titled Enter a domain name you should input the domain name that you would like to register (what you enter will replace the predefined text my-best-domain.com). Below that you have a list of all domain types (TLDs) that we can register and you have the option to select and deselect any of them. That way you will be able to choose what domain TLDs to search for. After that you must click on the Search now button. That will execute a search based on the parameters that you have provided and you will be forwarded to the next page to see the results.
There is also a shortcut to the domain search form available in the Upgrades section on the left side of the Control Panel. If you click on the Register / Transfer link, it will take you directly to the domain search form in the Domain Manager menu. You also have the option to execute a search for a domain name. Type the domain you wish to register and click on the green arrow-like GO button.

If a domain name is available for registration you will see a Register checkbox next to it. If you are trying to register a domain name, yet only a transfer option appears, this simply means that someone else already owns the domain name and it is not available for registration. If you own this domain name you can transfer it to our company by selecting the Request Transfer checkbox. For more information on trasferring a domain name, please refer to the "Domain Transfer" article. Here you also have the option to make a new search if the results from the initial one are not satisfactory. You can keep modifying the search parameters until you find a domain name that you wish to purchase.
Alongside the registration or transfer checkboxes, there is also a checkbox that reads Host. This gives you the option to immediately host the domain name after you submit the payment for the registration. If your current hosting plan does not allow hosting more domain names, you will be provided with the options to purchase an additional hosted domains upgrade or upgrade to a higher package, if one is available.
As soon as you find the domain name that you are looking for and you are ready to proceed with the registration, you must click on the
Purchase Selected button. That will take you to the next step - the contact information for the WHOIS record. Please make sure that you provide accurate contact details. This information will be publicly available. For some domain TLDs you can purchase an additional service - WHOIS protection
(also called ID protection) - that will conceal and protect your contact information. For detailed information about that service, please refer to the
WHOIS / ID Protection article. Once you fill out the registrant section, and if you wish to use the same contact information for all the other sections, there is an option to copy the same information in the other sections as well.
Before proceeding any further, you must agree with the Domain Registration Terms, the Domain Resolution Policy & the eNom Registration Agreement. It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with these documents.
And last, but not least, you have to choose the payment method you would like to use to submit the payment and then click on the
Next button to proceed to the payment page where you will have to fill out your payment information. If none of the payment options listed is suitable for you, please refer to the
Alternative Payment Options article.
What is goMobi?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
goMobi is a service that makes your business easily available to mobile users with a fast and easy mobile website. goMobi ensures customers can easily find your business anywhere, anytime. Thanks to its intuitive and easy-to-use interface, customers get immediate access on their mobile phone to all the key information about your business and are able to contact you with just one click or touch.
What is goMobi?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
goMobi is a service that makes your business easily available to mobile users with a fast and easy mobile website. goMobi ensures customers can easily find your business anywhere, anytime. Thanks to its intuitive and easy-to-use interface, customers get immediate access on their mobile phone to all the key information about your business and are able to contact you with just one click or touch.
What Are the Benefits to My Customers?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Studies show that visitors who access a full web site on their mobile phones complain about how much time and data is required to load the site and how hard it is to find the information they need. Most of these customers abandon such sites quickly out of frustration and are unlikely to return and, worse yet, look for a competitor with a more mobile-friendly site.
A goMobi site resolves these problems and satisfies your mobile visitors by giving them quick and easy access to the key information about your business. A goMobi site is designed with the mobile user in mind. You save them time and money, and you easily convert them into happy, paying customers.
How Does goMobi Help to Increase a Site’s Visibility in Mobile Search Engines?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
The goMobi site is built using good practice recommendations, as outlined in Google’s Search Engine Optimization Guide, which include creation of a sitemap, well defined page titles and descriptions, optimized site structure for navigation, good URL structure, optimized robots.txt, and site submission to directories.
In addition, the customer can provide keywords for their business, which are used to assist search engines to rank the site’s relevance to an end user’s search request. Links to social network sites will also assist in this process.
Will this Replace My Desktop Site, or Be in Addition to My Desktop Site?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
While your existing web site is aimed at giving a full and comprehensive picture of your business, a goMobi mobile site allows you to deliver immediate access to what matters most when on the go. The two sites are complimentary and work together to make sure your customers are getting the most appropriate experience for their context and their device. For customers who do not yet have a desktop site and are maybe daunted by the prospect of having to build one, goMobi offers a really easy way to get up and running with a website that will work on both the PC and mobile phone.
How Does the goMobi Free Trial Work?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
When a customer signs up for goMobi, you can offer the product free of charge for thirty days. Free Trials can be provisioned on 2nd or 3rd level domains. A lot of resellers opt to place the free Trial on a 3rd level domain, so that a domain purchase is not necessary to evaluate the product. During the free trial period, the customer can make changes to their goMobi site as desired, according to the information and functionality they want to present to users.
Once the free trial expires, they can upgrade to the paid for product to ensure continuity of service of their goMobi site.
What Are the Benefits to My Customers?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
Studies show that visitors who access a full web site on their mobile phones complain about how much time and data is required to load the site and how hard it is to find the information they need. Most of these customers abandon such sites quickly out of frustration and are unlikely to return and, worse yet, look for a competitor with a more mobile-friendly site.
A goMobi site resolves these problems and satisfies your mobile visitors by giving them quick and easy access to the key information about your business. A goMobi site is designed with the mobile user in mind. You save them time and money, and you easily convert them into happy, paying customers.
How Will People Actually Get to My Site?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
There are four ways by which users can reach your site.
The easiest way is to promote the site to your customers. For example, using goMobi you can send links via text message for your goMobi site to your customers’ mobile phones so they always have your information in hand.
1 - Provide automatic redirection of mobile users from your business site to your goMobi site, so if your customers go to your desktop website on a mobile device they will automatically redirected to your mobile site. This requires adding some code to your existing desktop website and may require a designer to embed the code. The code can be accessed from the ‘Advanced ‘ feature in the Setup Assistant or by clicking on the Finish button on the Setup Assistant.
2 - Generate the QR Code flyer from QR Code feature. QR codes are a great way for people to go directly to you mobile site. You can easily generate a QR Code and/or marketing flyer with one click. You can print this and place it in your store/business location or include in any marketing materials so that people can scan the QR code with their phone and be brought directly to your mobile site. QR codes can be created to point to any page on your mobile site. Your QR code will always work, even if you change the domain of your mobile site.
3 - Search. Users on mobile devices increasingly see mobile sites returned in search results, so goMobi sites will increase your business’s visibility to mobile users.
4 - Add a link on your desktop website to your goMobi site. This will help increase awareness that the mobile site is available. This functionality is offered as part of the goMobi package, and can be easily put in place by the designer of your desktop website.
Does goMobi require a .mobi domain name?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
No, goMobi does not require a .mobi domain name. goMobi can be activated on any 2nd level or 3rd level domain.
How Does goMobi Help to Increase a Site’s Visibility in Mobile Search Engines?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
The goMobi site is built using good practice recommendations, as outlined in Google’s Search Engine Optimization Guide, which include creation of a sitemap, well defined page titles and descriptions, optimized site structure for navigation, good URL structure, optimized robots.txt, and site submission to directories.
In addition, the customer can provide keywords for their business, which are used to assist search engines to rank the site’s relevance to an end user’s search request. Links to social network sites will also assist in this process.
My Customer Already has a Spare Domain Name, Can they Use It Instead of Getting Another One with goMobi?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Yes, your customer may use any existing domain.
How is My goMobi Mobile Site Built?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
When you sign up for goMobi, you get access to the user friendly goMobi Setup Assistant which puts you in charge of your site’s look and content. With the Setup Assistant your site can be built in minutes and edited whenever you wish. Another great feature of your goMobi site is that some of the content from your full site will already be populated for you on your goMobi site, such as your telephone number, address and logo etc.
What Happens If the Expiration Date for the Domain is Different than goMobi’s One?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
The goMobi service is dependent on the availability of the domain to reach the site: therefore if the domain expires, the goMobi site cannot be reached.
How Does the goMobi Free Trial work?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
When a customer signs up for goMobi, you can offer the product free of charge for thirty days. Free Trials can be provisioned on 2nd or 3rd level domains. A lot of resellers opt to place the free Trial on a 3rd level domain, so that a domain purchase is not necessary to evaluate the product. During the free trial period, the customer can make changes to their goMobi site as desired, according to the information and functionality they want to present to users.
Once the free trial expires, they can upgrade to the paid for product to ensure continuity of service of their goMobi site.
How Often Can I Update/Change My Site? Are there Additional Costs for That?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
You can easily use the Setup Assistant at any time to make all the changes you want. There is no extra charge, so feel free to experiment and find the best way for you to use your mobile website to grow your business.
If the Source Site is Changed to a Different Site, How Quickly is this Reflected on the goMobi Site?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
The source site content is only used to populate the site the first time. Therefore changing the source site to a different site will have no effect, since the user would have confirmed their settings via the goMobi Setup Assistant. If they have not confirmed their settings, then content from the new source site will be available in minutes.
What is Included in the Package?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
The following is included in the package:
1. Hosting of the goMobi site
2. Unlimited access to the Setup Assistant to modify your mobile website site
3. A fair use policy applies to traffic volumes a 2,000 page views per day is the approximate ceiling.
If Modifications Are Made to the Content on the Source Site, How Quickly is this Reflected on the goMobi Site?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
If the goMobi site includes links to content on the source site, then changes to the content on the source site have immediate effect on the content of the goMobi site.
How Much Time Will I Need to Set up my Mobile Website?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
Your goMobi site can be set up in minutes with the simple and easy to use Setup Assistant. Even before your first use of the Setup Assistant, goMobi is at work to make the process fast and easy.
goMobi offers a unique feature, with its underlying technology, allowing the pre-populating some of your content such as your telephone number for ‘Call Us’. Making any changes to pre-selected content is very easy. The Setup Assistant is highly intuitive and will guide you through each feature you want to include.
Can a Customer Delete their Domain Name But Keep goMobi?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Yes, the domain can be removed via the API. If there is no domain assigned to the subscription then the site cannot be accessed.
Does a Customer Have to Renew goMobi at the Same Time as the Domain?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
No, they do not have to be renewed together, but for the goMobi service to be reachable, the domain has to be current.
How Are We Billed for goMobi Activations?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
A monthly invoice will be delivered at month end for all new subscriptions created during the month, and renewals occurring during the month. The billed period is specified via the API when identifying the sale: for example, if a one year subscription is sold, Social Traffic will bill for one year. Please review the billing rules document.
What Marketing Materials / Support is Available to Me as a Reseller to Help Sell the goMobi Product?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Social Traffic has prepared a wide range of marketing materials that make it easy for a reseller to educate its customers about the benefit of mobilizing their business, and how this is easily accomplished through a goMobi subscription. All the marketing materials are based on extensive market research Social Traffic has conducted in preparation of this launch, with the objective of making it very easy even for less technical users to understand the product and how to use it to maximize the return on their investment.
Some examples of available marketing materials include (but are not limited to) sample product pages, sales pages, educational videos, brochures and datasheets.
My Domain Supplier Doesn't Offer goMobi. What Can I Do?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
If you have a domain name with another registrar, you can do one of 2 things:
-
You can set up a CNAME record at that registrar who manages your domain name to point your domain to your goMobi site [lb.goMobi.info]. You should also use URL forwarding to point YourDomain.com to www.YourDomain.com to ensure that traffic to either YourDomain.com or www.YourDomain.com will reach the goMobi site OR
-
You can transfer your domain to the registrar who you have purchased your goMobi website from.
Whom Do I Contact with Technical Issues or Questions Relating to the goMobi Service?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Your account manager can assist to direct your questions to the right contact within Social Traffic to ensure a prompt response to questions which may arise, if they are not covered in the documentation supplied.
Will You Invoice Us for goMobi at the Same Time as the .mobi Domain Name?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
goMobi is invoiced separately. If a .mobi domain name is used, it will be billed using the existing prepaid account.
Can I Transfer My goMobi Subscription to Another Provider?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Developers
No, your goMobi subscription is a unique contract with your provider and so to transfer to another provider you would need to purchase a second goMobi subscription with the alternative provider.
If a Customer Wants to Discontinue the Service Mid-Term How is the Billing Affected? And Do We have to Create a Report Every Month?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
The full subscription period will have been billed by Social Traffic at the start of a subscription. No refund is offered for a customer discontinuing mid-term. It is required that Social Traffic is advised of each subscription created, via the provided API, to ensure that Social Traffic’s records of the date of commencement and expiry of the subscription are aligned with the resellers.
Can I Easily Transfer My goMobi Site Without Having to Rebuild It?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
Yes; you can create a new subscription with the new provider, and copy the content of the goMobi site across by following the instructions in the goMobi Setup Assistant (under the 'Advanced' section in the Feature Panel).
Will Social Traffic Provide Reports or Statistics on a Regular Basis?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Social Traffic provides you with access to an Admin Tool, which provides details of your goMobi subscriptions. This allows functions such as the download of a .csv file of current subscriptions, to facilitate the use of the data in other applications. Please contact your Social Traffic account manager for your Admin Tool credentials.
Can We Redirect Our Customers to Social Traffic in Case of Any Questions?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Social Traffic respects the special relationship between the Reseller and its customers. As part of the goMobi reseller agreement, the Reseller is responsible for providing support to their customers for any aspect related to their goMobi subscription. Social Traffic provides a clear escalation path so that it is possible for Resellers to obtain answers to the customer's questions they are not able to answer directly, and then easily relay the answers to their customers.
I Want to Be Able to Auto-Populate goMobi Sites for My Customers. Can I Do This?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Yes; you can easily auto-populate goMobi sites for your customers using the goMobi configuration API. Please contact your Social Traffic Account Manager for more information.
Is It Possible to Integrate goMobi with a Website Builder?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Yes; please contact your Social Traffic Account Manager for more information.
I Want to Build My Own User Interface for goMobi. Is this Possible?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Yes; please contact your Social Traffic Account Manager for more information.
For goMobi to Work, is an Existing Website Required to Use as a Source Site?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
No. goMobi helps you keep the information on your mobile site in sync with information on your desktop site. However, thanks to its easy to use Setup Assistant, you can easily set up your goMobi as a standalone website.
How Soon is a goMobi Site Live After the Service is Activated?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Your goMobi site should be open for business from the moment you click the “Get Started” button in the Setup Assistant. Depending on the domain you are using, there might be a certain delay as a result of how quickly the nameservers´ information propagates on the Internet.
How Quickly Are Changes Made on a Source Site Reflected on the goMobi Site?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
When content on a source site is modified, which is linked from the goMobi site, changes are reflected immediately. Changes to content such as phone numbers and addresses are not reflected if they have been confirmed as correct via the Setup Assistant. You will need to modify that information manually in the Setup Assistant which is easy to do.
What Browsers, Phone Types and Cellular Services Are Supported?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
dotMobi’s DeviceAtlas is the most comprehensive and advanced database of mobile phones types and services in the market. goMobi leverages this technology to adapt itself dynamically to the specific phone in the hand of your visitor. From high-end touch-screen devices to lower-end phones, goMobi guarantees the best possible mobile experience to all your mobile customers.
How Many Users Can the goMobi Site Handle?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
goMobi leverages one of the most advanced technologies to ensure scalability and fast response even in the moments of highest pressure. However, a Fair Use Policy applies, which limits traffic to your goMobi site at 2,000 page views per day.
How Much Content Can the Mobile Site Hold/Support?
Submitted 5/8/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
There is no technical limitation to the amount of content that can be put on the site. However, since the site is for mobile consumption, it is recommended to limit content to only that which is of value to the mobile user.
How Do Custom Links Work with goMobi? – How Many Custom Links Can Customers Add to their goMobi Site?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Customers can add links to their goMobi site as desired, which can link to content on their own site, or to third party sites.
Can I Use Two Different Telephone Numbers (i.e. Landline and Mobile Phone) on the Call Us Link?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Currently, you can only put one number – so it would be recommended to use your main business number. You could provide additional phone numbers within the ‘Find Us’ feature.
My Customer Currently has an Instant Mobilizer Subscription. Can this be Easily Changed to a goMobi Subscription?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Yes the conversion of an existing Instant Mobilizer subscription into a goMobi subscription is a hassle-free process. An API call is provided in the provisioning API which performs this action. Please look at the API documentation provided.
Is there a Way to Automatically Send My Customers’ Mobile Traffic to their goMobi Site?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Resellers
Yes; this can be done in a number of different ways:
-
Sample site redirection code is provided to the site owners via the ‘Advanced Feature’ in the Features lists. This code should be added to their desktop site code so that if someone goes to their desktop site on a mobile device they will automatically be redirected to the goMobi mobile site
-
DeviceAtlas code can be added server side to provide automatic device detection
Can I Change the Icon for a Particular Feature?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
Yes you can; click on the Options link in any of the features and then click on the ‘Change Icon’ link.
Can I Add My Own Custom Icons to My Mobile Website?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
No, currently you can only choose from the icon sets that are already available.
I Am Interested in Bulk Creation of Mobile Website; Can I Do This?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
This is not available through the Setup Assistant however resellers of goMobi have access to the goMobi Configuration API. Please contact your resellers for more information on this. For a small number of sites (approximately twenty) you can use the ‘Copy Site’ feature in the ‘Advanced’ section.
Can I Change the Layout of the Mobile Website?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
Yes. There are multiple templates and icon sets that you can choose from to change the look and layout of your mobile website.
Can I Put Ads on My Mobile Website?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
Yes you can add ads to your mobile website by entering your Google Adsense ID in the Site Monetisation feature.
Can I Use Flash?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
No, goMobi does not support the inclusion of Flash objects. Most phones do not support Flash.
Can I Remove the Branding in the Footer of the Site?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
Yes, go to the Advanced Feature in the Setup Assistant [Control Panel] and select the ‘Suppress Branding’ option from the options view. This will remove the footer.
Can I Enter HTML in the Mobile Website Setup Assistant?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
Yes, HTML tags are permitted. These are: 'b', 'i', 'strong', 'em', 'small', 'big', 'ol', 'ul', 'li', 'div', 'p', 'br', 'h1', 'h2', 'h3', 'h4', 'h5', 'h6', 'a' and 'img'.
Can I Enter Javascript in the Mobile Website Setup Assistant?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
Can I Exclude Page Elements from My Desktop Site from Being Displayed on the Mobile Site?
Submitted 5/7/2012 in goMobi: Developers
Yes. The Designer Toolkit allows you to add some special CSS attributes to elements of the markup of your desktop web pages to indicate that these elements should not be included in the mobile site. Including the attribute class="imz_remove" on any element will exclude it from the mobile webpage. A link to the Designer Toolkit can be found in the Advanced Feature located at the end of the Features list.
I Have an Instant Mobilizer Subscription. Can this be Easily Changed to a goMobi Subscription?
Submitted 5/6/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
Yes. You can easily switch your Instant Mobilizer subscription to a goMobi subscription. Please contact your registrar or reseller for more information.
Can I Add a Page to My Mobile Site?
Submitted 5/6/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
Yes. You can add a page to your mobile site using the ‘Create Page’ feature in the Setup Assistant [Control Panel].
Does goMobi Require a .mobi Domain Name?
Submitted 5/4/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
goMobi does not require a .mobi domain name. However, in the case of a free trial, a third level .mobi domain is provided by the registrar, so that there are no domain costs incurred by the customer.
It is recommended to use a .mobi domain for a mobile website, to communicate to the end user that the site is mobile friendly, and to assist search engines to recognize it as a mobile site.
Do I Need to Purchase a Separate Domain Name for My Mobile Site?
Submitted 5/4/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
While all mobile sites need a domain name, there is no requirement to purchase a new domain you can simply use a third level domain e.g. m.yourbusiness.info etc.
I Already Own a Domain Name, Can I Use it for gomobi Instead of Getting Another One?
Submitted 5/4/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
Yes. Your Reseller can easily help you point your domain to your goMobi site.
If I Change the Source Site to a Different Site, How Quickly is this Reflected on the goMobi Site?
Submitted 5/4/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
The source site content is only used to populate the site the first time. Therefore changing the source site to a different site will have no effect, since the user would have confirmed their settings via the goMobi Setup Assistant. If they have not confirmed their settings, then content from the new source site will be available in minutes.
Can a Customer Delete their Domain Name but Keep goMobi?
Submitted 5/4/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
Yes, the domain can be removed via the API. If there is no domain assigned to the subscription then the site cannot be accessed.
What Happens if the Expiration Date for My Domain is Different to the One for My Mobile Website?
Submitted 5/2/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
The goMobi service is dependent on the availability of the domain to reach the site: therefore if the domain expires, the goMobi site cannot be reached. It is necessary to renew the domain, or use another domain to reach the goMobi site to ensure continuity of service.
Do I Have to Renew goMobi at the Same Time as the Domain?
Submitted 5/2/2012 in goMobi: Businesses
No, they do not have to be renewed together, but for the goMobi service to be reachable, the domain has to be current.